Sunteți pe pagina 1din 310

LEED

Green Associate Study Guide


Second Edition

We do not inherit the earth from our ancestors...we borrow it from our children

A Study Resource for


Green Building and LEED Core Concepts
and the LEED Green Associate Exam Process

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED Green Associate Study Guide
Second Edition
publish date: January, 2012

NOTICE
DISCLAIMER
THIS STUDY GUIDE IS PROVIDED BY STUDIO4 LLC ON AN “AS IS” BASIS. STUDIO LLC MAKES NO
REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AS TO THE INFOR-
MATION, CONTENT, MATERIALS OR PRODUCTS INCLUDED IN THIS DOCUMENT. TO THE FULL EX-
TENT PERMISSIBLE BY APPLICABLE LAW, STUDIO4 LLC DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. STUDIO4 LLC WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAM-
AGES OF ANY KIND ARISING FROM THE USE OF THESE MATERIALS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, AND CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
The materials herein are intended to be used as supplemental study materials for preparation
of the LEED Green Associate examination. This study guide should be considered as a supple-
ment to the study materials as recommended by the U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC) and
the Green Building Certification Institute (GBCI). Studio4 LLC makes no guarantees for passing
the LEED Green Associate examination. As a condition of use, the user covenants not to sue and
agrees to waive and release Studio4 LLC, its officers, directors and volunteers from any and all
claims, demands and causes of action for any injuries or losses that the user may now or here-
after have a right to assert against such parties as a result of the use of, or reliance on, this study
guide.
COPYRIGHT
All content included in this study guide is the property of Studio4 LLC and is protected by U.S.
copyright laws. You are not permitted to modify, distribute, reproduce, publish, transmit or cre-
ate derivative documents from any material in this document for any private, public or commer-
cial purposes. You may use this study guide for personal, non-commercial use only, provided
that you do not remove any copyright, trademark or other proprietary notices from the down-
loaded materials without prior written approval from Studio4 LLC.
USGBC® and U.S. Green Building Council® are trademarks owned by the U.S. Green Building
Council, Inc. (USGBC).
GBCI™ and Green Building Certification Institute™ are trademarks of Green Building Certification
Institute (GBCI).
LEED® is a registered trademark of USGBC, used by GBCI under license from USGBC.
Studio4 LLC is not affiliated with, or endorsed by, USGBC®, GBCI™ or LEED®.
The content of this study guide is the copyrighted property of Studio4 LLC.
All other trademarks in this study guide are the property of their respective owners. If any per-
son or entity believes this document contains copyrighted materials without their permission,
please send a notice to Studio4 LLC at contact@studio4llc.com

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
ii © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Table of Contents
LEED Green Associate Study Guide, Second Edition

CHAPTER | 1 1
Introductory conversations into sustainable design and construction and the as-
sociated benefits of the roles of the LEED AP and LEED rating systems
Introduction 1
About the Studio4 Study Guide  2
The Studio4 Green Associate Study Guide Format  2
A Word About Sustainability 4
A Bit of Study Advice 4
Commentaries: the Value of LEED 4

CHAPTER | 2 10
An analysis between traditional design and construction practice versus green
building strategies and the environmental impacts associated with each
Green Buildings and Communities 10
Green Building: Past, Present, Future 11
Green Building Core Principles 12
Traditional Thinking 12
Sustainable Thinking 13
Green Building Benefits 14
Economic Benefits 14
Health and Community Benefits 14
Environmental Benefits 14
The Triple Bottom Line 15
Climate Change and Sustainable Communities 15
Hard Costs 16
Soft Costs 16
Life Cycle Costing 16
Value Engineering 16
Green Building Costs 16
Green Building Core Design Principles 17
The Sustainable Structure of Green Design 17
Integrated Design Approach 18
The Building Program 18
Design Flexibility for the Future 18
Location, Location, Location 19
Credit Interactions 20
Building Commissioning 20
Operations & Maintenance Program 21
ENERGY STAR 21

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS

iv
Table of Contents
LEED Green Associate Study Guide, Second Edition

Green Buildings and Communities Summary 22


Chapter & Recommended Reference Links 24

CHAPTER | 3 26
A review of the U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC), Green Building Certifica-
tion Institute (GBCI), Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) and
the processes required for, and associated with, LEED certification
USGBC, GBCI & LEED 26
Introduction  27
U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC)  27
USGBC’s Mission 27
USGBC’s Vision 27
Green Building Certification Institute (GBCI) 28
Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED)  28
USGBC, GBCI & LEED Organizational Chart 29
USGBC’s Guiding Principles 30
LEED Green Building Reference Guides 30
LEED Green Building Rating Systems 31
Multiple Building Projects 33
Multiple Certifications 33
Credit Harmonization 37
Carbon Overlay 37
Credit Weightings 38
Regional Priority Credits 38
LEED Pilot Credit Library 39
Project Registration and Certification 39
Commercial LEED Rating Systems 39
Project Certification Levels  40
Registration 40
Project Administrator 40
LEED AP 40
Eligibility 41
LEED Online 41
Project Checklist 41
Credit Forms and Calculators 42
Certification Process Overview 42
Prepare Application 42
Submit Application 42
Application Review 42
Certification 43

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS

v
Table of Contents
LEED Green Associate Study Guide, Second Edition

Timeline and Project Design Phases  43


Certification Process Stages 44
Commercial LEED Ratings Systems  44
LEED for Neighborhood Development 44
LEED for Homes Registration and Certification 44
LEED for Homes Certification Levels 44
How to Participate in LEED for Homes 45
Five Steps to Participate 45
LEED for Homes Certification Stages 45
Project CIRs and LEED Interpretations 45
LEED Credentialing & Credential Maintenance 46
USGBC Trademark Policy and GBCI Logo Guidelines 47
USGBC, GBCI & LEED Summary 50
Chapter & Recommended Reference Links 52

CHAPTER | 4 54
A review of the Integrative Design Process that gives teams an opportunity to
be rewarded for holding charrettes, having a certain number of team meetings,
conducting a thorough site assessment and having a LEED AP as a team member
The Integrative Process 54
Integrated Project Delivery (IPD)  55
Integrated Design Process 56
Holistic, Whole Building Design Objectives 57
The Integrated Project Team 59
Key Project Team Stakeholders and Disciplines 59
Design and Construction Phase Plan 60
Design Charrette 60
Credit Interactions 61
Building Commissioning  61
The Systems Thinking Approach 62
The Goal 62
Systems Thinking Approach 62
Systems Thinking 62
Systems 63
Leverage 68
Measuring Performance of Sustainable Buildings 69
The Life Cycle Approach 69
Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) 69
Life Cycle Costing (LCC) 70
General & Recommended Reference Links 72

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS

vi
Table of Contents
LEED Green Associate Study Guide, Second Edition

Studio4 Office Project: the Program Narrative 74


The Project Location 74
The Project Program Narrative: Predesign 75

CHAPTER | 5 78
The sustainable goals of the Sustainable Sites category address both the location
and the development of the project site
Sustainable Sites (SS) 78
Sustainable Sites Overview 79
Location and Linkage 80
Neighborhood Pattern and Design 81
Green Infrastructure and Buildings 81
LEED Boundary 82
Development Density and Community Connectivity 82
Sustainable Sites Strategies 83
Site Selection and Location 83
Site Design 84
Transportation 86
Alternative Transportation - Public Transportation Access 88
Stormwater Management 88
Heat Island Effect 90
Light Pollution Reduction 93
The Triple Bottom Line (People, Planet, Profit) 94
Sustainable Sites Summary 98
Codes & Referenced Standards 99
General Chapter Related Definitions 99

CHAPTER | 6 114
The sustainable goals of the Water Efficiency category address the following ar-
eas: Indoor potable water reduction; outdoor potable water reduction; water
efficiency as a teaching tool
Water Efficiency (WE) 114
Water Efficiency Overview 115
Water Use Reduction 116
Water Efficient Landscaping 117
Innovative Wastewater Technologies  117
Process Water Use Reduction 117
Water Efficiency as a Teaching Tool 118
Additional Benefits of Reducing Potable Water Consumption 118
Full Time Equivalents (FTEs) 118
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS

vii
Table of Contents
LEED Green Associate Study Guide, Second Edition

Water Type Definitions 119


Water Efficiency Strategies 120
Indoor Water Use Reduction 121
Outdoor Water Use Reduction 122
Process Water Use Reduction 123
Wastewater Reduction 123
The Triple Bottom Line (People, Planet, Profit) 124
Water Efficiency (WE) Summary 125
Codes & Referenced Standards 125
General Chapter Related Definitions  126

CHAPTER | 7 132
The sustainable goals of the Energy and Atmosphere category address the follow-
ing areas: reducing energy demand; increasing energy efficiency; managing refriger-
ants; renewable energy; ongoing energy performance
Energy and Atmosphere (EA) 132
Energy and Atmosphere Overview 133
Energy and Atmosphere Strategies 134
Reducing Energy Demand 134
Increasing Energy Efficiency 135
Renewable Energy Sources 137
Ensuring Energy Performance 138
Building Commissioning 139
Monitoring and Verification 140
Managing Refrigerants to Eliminate CFCs 140
The Triple Bottom Line (People, Planet, Profit) 142
Energy and Atmosphere (EA) Summary 143
Codes & Referenced Standards 145
General Chapter Related Definitions 145
Additional Recommended Study Resources 147

CHAPTER | 8 154
The sustainable goals of the Materials and Resources category address the follow-
ing areas: sustainable construction and materials selection; waste management
Materials and Resources (MR) 154
Materials and Resources Overview 155
Life Cycle Impacts 156
Sustainable Materials 156
Construction Waste Reduction 156

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS

viii
Table of Contents
LEED Green Associate Study Guide, Second Edition

Source Reduction 157


Reuse and Recycling 157
Waste Management 157
Materials and Resources Strategies 157
Materials and Resources Credit Metrics 157
Calculating Material Costs 157
Storage and Collection of Recyclables 158
Building Reuse: Maintain Existing Walls, Floors and Roof 158
Building Reuse: Maintain Interior Nonstructural Elements 158
Materials Reuse 158
Recycled Content 158
Regional Materials 158
Rapidly Renewable Materials 158
Sustainable Purchasing Policies 159
Waste Management 159
The Triple Bottom Line (People, Planet, Profit) 160
Materials and Resources (MR) Summary 161
Codes & Referenced Standards 162
General Chapter Related Definitions 162

CHAPTER | 9 170
The sustainable goals of the Indoor Environmental Quality category address the
following areas: indoor air quality; thermal comfort, lighting and acoustics
Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ) 170
Indoor Environmental Quality Overview 171
Indoor Environmental Quality Strategies 173
Ventilation 173
Contaminants 173
Material Selection 174
Occupant Control of Systems 175
Daylight and Views 175
Acoustics 176
Core & Shell (CS) 176
Schools 176
The Triple Bottom Line (People, Planet, Profit) 176
Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ) Summary 177
Codes & Referenced Standards 179
General Chapter Related Definitions 180

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS

ix
Table of Contents
LEED Green Associate Study Guide, Second Edition

CHAPTER | 10 190


The Innovation in Design credit category awards bonus points for projects that
use new and innovative technologies and strategies to improve a building’s per-
formance
Innovation in Design (ID) 190
Innovation in Design (ID) Overview 191
Innovation in Design 191
Innovation in Design Strategies 192
Innovative Performance 192
Exemplary Performance 192
Rating System ID Points 192
Path 1: Innovation in Design (Innovative Performance) 192
Path 2: Exemplary Performance 193

CHAPTER | 11 196


USGBC has identified environmental concerns that are important for every re-
gion of the country and offers bonus points for credits that address those re-
gional priorities
Regional Priority (RP) 196
Regional Priority (RP) Overview 197

CHAPTER | 12 202


For professionals who support green building design, construction, and opera-
tions, the LEED Green Associate credential denotes basic knowledge of green
building principles and practices, and LEED
LEED Green Associate Exam 202

CHAPTER | 13 210


Acronyms, abbreviations and definitions that may be unfamiliar or have specific
meanings in the context of sustainability and green building
Acronyms and Glossary of Terms 210
Acronyms & Abbreviations 211
Glossary of Terms 219

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS

x
Table of Contents
LEED Green Associate Study Guide, Second Edition

CHAPTER | 14 268


Additional resources, referenced and not referenced throughout this study
guide
Appendix 268
Diverse Use Groups 269
Default Occupancy Counts 271
Credit Interactions 273
Referenced Standards by Standards 283
Referenced Standards by Category 287

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS

xi
Table of Contents
LEED Green Associate Study Guide, Second Edition

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS

xii
Table of Contents
LEED Green Associate Study Guide, Second Edition

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS

xiii
The LEED Green Associate exam limits the scope
of studies to a general, non-technical degree of
knowledge with regard to the basic tenets of
sustainability and green building design.

CHAPTER | 1

Introduction
»» Introduction
»» About the Studio4 Study Guide
»» The Studio4 Study Guide Format
»» A Word about Sustainability
»» A Bit of Study Advice
»» Commentaries: The Value of LEED
»» Why Bother with LEED Certification?
»» LEED vs. Green
»» Integrated Design Process
»» Green Trend Forecasting

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS

1
Introduction
About the Studio4 Study Guide
The Studio4 LEED Green Associate Study Guide, Second Edition, is a third party resource and, as
such, recommended to be used as a supplement to U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC) and
Green Building Certification Council (GBCI) materials. Due to the vast amount of material and
data, it would be difficult for any third party study material to convey the evolving message
USGBC promotes relative to the green knowledge required for their exams. Those who plan to
take any LEED exam are encouraged to download and/or purchase materials as currently rec-
ommended by USGBC and GBCI. In an effort to accurately assess an overview of what LEED
promotes and teaches, much of this study guide is focused on information and strategies con-
tained within LEED Green Building Reference Guides and LEED Green Building Rating Systems,
as well as the USGBC and GBCI websites. USGBC has made a strong commitment to see that
the LEED processes and information highways are frequently updated to meet ever changing
demands. Therefore, it becomes exceedingly important to be connected in order to remain cur-
rent. Throughout this guide, links are provided to USGBC and GBCI websites, as well as links to
additional green resource sites.
Passing the LEED Green Associate exam, Part 1, is a requirement when continuing forward to-
ward any Tier II LEED AP with Specialty exam, Part 2. It would benefit all exam candidates to
consider other resources such as online tests offered by third party resources. These tests of-
fer much more than simply answering questions correctly, as they provide a computer based
experience similar to that which will be encountered at the actual test site. One recommended
source for online tests is Green Building Education Services ( http://www.greenexamprep.com/ ).
Also consider quality green educational websites such as LEEDuser ( http://www.leeduser.com/ ).
During your studies, if you encounter difficulties in understanding any aspect of LEED, sign onto
the LEED section of the ARE forum and post a question, or just observe the ongoing dialog (
http://www.areforum.org/ ).
It is very important to download the latest version of the LEED Green Associate Candidate Hand-
book for essential information the exam candidate must be aware of with regard to specific in-
structions on registering, scheduling, and studying for the LEED Green Associate exam. This free
document is available on the Green Building Certification Institute (GBCI) website.
The Studio4 Green Associate Study Guide Format
The logic behind the flow of content in this study guide is rather straightforward. One, deliver an
argument in support of building green. Two, provide a description of the organizations and tools
responsible for establishing guidance and green strategy parameters, and the project teams
and processes responsible for the design and construction of green projects. Three, wrap it up
by presenting green strategy parameters available for delivering certified, high performance
green projects and communities. Simple—the WHY—the WHO—the HOW.
The WHY begins here with the Introduction chapter by presenting 4 short publications from
leading sustainable professionals (associated with the USGBC Cincinnati Regional Chapter) as
to why they believe, through experience, LEED is a valuable assest to any green building proj-
ect. The following chapter, Green Buildings and Communities, compares traditional design and

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
2 | Chapter 1 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Introduction
building practices—Traditional Thinking—to green design and building practices—Sustainable
Thinking. The benefits of green building are presented in 2 general categories—Green Building
Core Principles and Green Building Core Design Principles.
The WHO starts with the USGBC, GBCI and LEED chapter. These are the organizations and tools
that promote the sustainable movement and provide guidance for delivering certified green
building projects. The Integrative Process chapter describes the project’s design and construc-
tion team members and additional major stakeholders—the Integrated Project Team—who are
associated with, and contribute to, the green building project and the tools, procedures and
policies they use to deliver high performance green projects.
The HOW is detailed through seven chapters, each specific to a category that addresses concerns
related to environmental issues that matter most: CO2 emissions, water and energy conserva-
tion, conservation and protection of natural resources, and human health. Each of these chap-
ters begin with an overview analysis and then presents more detailed information.
• Sustainable Sites
• Water Efficiency
• Energy and Atmosphere
• Materials and Resources
• Indoor Environmental Quality
• Innovation in Design
• Regional Priorities
To assist in understanding green building and LEED’s relationship to sustainability, a LEED project
has been developed that progressively builds at the end of each sustainable category chapter.
From site selection to credit selection, this project presents a broad overview of the integrated
design approach for achieving credits in order to produce a cost effective, high performance
building. Although this exercise goes beyond the scope of the Green Associate exam, the intent
of this project is only to provide a broad overview of how Integrated Project Teams implement
the processes and strategies that had been presented. In other words, to put a face on the con-
tent. To fully understand what green building is about, it is not sufficient to present a conceptual
outline of policies and strategies. Concepts are difficult to understand, require a fair amount of
interpretation, and a great deal of memorization in order to retain. How concepts are imple-
mented help to provide an understanding.
The LEED Green Associate Exam Prep chapter basically copies the more important items that
are included in the LEED Green Associate Candidate Handbook at this time. This is an essential
document that should be downloaded (free) from the GBCI website and read before a candi-
date begins studying for the exam. Exam eligibility requirements, registration and proper ID are
crucial elements that can prevent you from taking the exam.
The Acronyms & Glossary of Terms chapter contains a comprehensive listing of common, and
not-so-common, industry acronyms and definitions.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 3
Introduction
A Word About Sustainability
The overriding goal of the Studio4 Green Associate Study Guide is singular in purpose—to pro-
vide the information and guidance necessary to pass the LEED Green Associate exam. However,
for the movement toward a sustainable future to flourish and regenerate, it will be incumbent
upon sustainable professionals to understand that sustainability is not just about their support
of USGBC, LEED, or any specific philosophy or green building rating system.
When professionals become sustainable professionals, many will be confronted with the hard
fact that their efforts to provide green building projects will be met with skepticism and resis-
tance from consumers with respect to their perception and understanding of green building
practices. Therefore, in order to promote credibility, sustainable professionals will need to edu-
cate consumers. Not as environmentalists, but as pro-environment supporters.
If educated, consumers will realize that with proper design at minimal, if any, added cost, they
not only receive value, but become partners in providing a sustainable environment for the next
generation. Consumers, particularly in the residential market, will also come to understand, as
parents, that by learning how to alter their lifestyles they can help educate their children so that
responsible environmental stewardship becomes an intrinsic part of their nature.
A Bit of Study Advice
You will no doubt have questions concerning 1), how long it will take to properly prepare for
the LEED Green Associate exam and 2), what needs to be learned as opposed to what needs to
be memorized. There are no absolute answers for either of these questions. How long depends
entirely on the individual. The extent of industry experience or preexisting design and/or con-
struction experience, what study materials and resources are being used, study habits, will you
need to prepare your own handwritten talking-points and, importantly, how well you test. Some
report studying for a weekend, while others require months of preparation.
With regard to the latter question, Studio4’s advice is this: learn as much as you can and keep the
memorization to a minimum. Just use caution and remember to learn and understand as much
as possible—during the stress of testing, our memory will be the first to fail us. Begin your stud-
ies, see how you are progressing and the degree of your comfort level, then schedule your exam.
Set a target date and try to adhere to it.
Although the information relative to USGBC, GBCI and LEED is accurate at the time this study
guide was published, information is constantly changing in order to remain current. It is impor-
tant to visit the USGBC, GBCI and LEED links at the end of the chapters in order to ensure you are
kept abreast of any major revisions.
Commentaries: the Value of LEED
To begin presenting the case for LEED professional accreditation and project certification, the
following four pages are commentaries in support of the value LEED provides in establishing
benchmarks for achieving sustainable goals through the design and construction of our built
environments and how to protect of our natural resources, while providing more efficient and
healthier places to live, work and play.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
4 | Chapter 1 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Introduction
Why Bother with LEED Certification?
Part one: Intrinsic Benefits
Building owners often question the additional time and expense involved with registering a
building for Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED (Registered)) certification
through the United States Green Building Council (USGBC), versus just simply including ‘’green’’
features in a project. There are several reasons why owners choose to have their buildings certi-
fied through the various LEED Rating Systems. Some building owners feel that environmentally,
it is the right thing to do. Others make the decision to pursue LEED due to requirements of their
own governing body. Still other building owners pursue a financial incentive offered through
their local government or parent organization. Essentially, there are three general reasons why
building owners should seek Certification: commitment, legitimacy, and marketability.
Commitment. By registering your project with USGBC you are committing to design and con-
struct your building to the standards and requirements outlined by the LEED Rating System.
Your design team and your building’s contractor are then committed to integrating those de-
sign features to ensure that your building is more durable, healthy and more energy efficient.
Through the rigors of budget, programming, or other project challenges, these ‘’green’’ features
will remain because you and your team decided to produce a building that merits LEED Certifica-
tion and national recognition for its sustainability.
Legitimacy. In the face of widespread ‘’green washing’’ (i.e.: the attempt by businesses or individ-
uals to mislead consumers as to the environmental practices of a company or the environmental
benefits of a product or service), LEED Certification tells your peers, clients and customers, that
your building’s sustainable features have been verified by a third party to promote energy con-
servation, to ensure a healthier indoor environment and to reduce its impact on the environ-
ment. LEED is a consensus-based system, meaning one that was commented and voted upon
by USGBC’s’s diverse membership. It ensures that your project team didn’t just invent the ‘’green’’
requirements on your own or design your project to some arbitrary definition of sustainability.
Instead, thousands of professionals (there are over 100,000 LEED Accredited Professionals within
USGBC) collaborated, discussed and agreed upon these requirements.
Marketability. A LEED Certified headquarters, branch office, retail location, or elementary school
is a strong marketing tool to show the community that your organization is committed to some-
thing greater than itself. It demonstrates that you were willing to make the extra effort to not
only include those features, but also to have them confirmed - better yet Certified - by a nation-
ally and internationally recognized leader in the field. The LEED Rating System is a tool that can
help create a space that will enhance your employees’, clients’, or students’ everyday environ-
ment while reducing operating and maintenance costs as well as decreasing its impact on the
environment. LEED Certification demonstrates how it was accomplished.

Michael Senger, LEED AP, is a Mechanical Engineer with Heapy Engineering. Involved in over 100 LEED
projects and with +50 LEED Accredited Professional on staff, Heapy Engineering is one of the leading sus-
tainable design firms in the country. Michael is also a Board Member of the Cincinnati Regional Chapter
of the USGBC.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 5
Introduction
LEED vs Green
Three years ago, my team of graduate engineering students was presenting the energy, environ-
mental, and economic analysis for the construction of a net-zero energy building. The client pa-
tiently listened, asked questions, and then dictated a verdict... we had the financial green light. Years
of analysis, research, and calculations had paid off.
Next, we assembled a professional design team to take the project from concept to concrete. The
house would have it all: net-zero energy use, a sustainable project site, low water use, and sustain-
able materials. The idea of LEED certification was brought up and immediately dismissed by the
team. Why would our building need such a stamp of approval when we knew just how good the
design was? No one knew just how wrong we were. Throughout the various stages of design, our
student team lamented as the green features were removed. Once completed, the building would
retain its net-zero energy status, but had lost all other important green features.
My current projects are larger and more expensive than that small house. But, the values of the les-
sons learned during my final years as a graduate student are greater than any that I have learned. I
have come to realize the true value of the LEED rating system as a necessity to truly attain sustain-
able (‘’green’’) design.
During my career, I have seen project teams make 70% of the design decisions while spending just
the first 1% of the design budget. Thus, it becomes a daunting task to retroactively set project goals
... specifically sustainability goals. The less prominent the goal, the more likely the feature necessary
to attain that goal will fall by the wayside or be ‘’value-engineered’’ from the project.
The LEED Rating System is a tool that a design team uses in order to insure that a project’s green fea-
tures are properly designed, constructed, and accounted for. Human error pervades the construc-
tion process. Examples of such errors include ordering the wrong product, calculation mistakes, or
forgetting a step in a process. The LEED process, by no means ensures a perfect building. However,
many portions of the LEED process act to significantly decrease such errors. One of the most promi-
nent examples is the Commissioning process, which is a service that all owners will benefit from,
regardless of project scope, size, or cost.
Once the entire project has been completed, the owner asks, ‘’What insures that I now own and
operate a green building?’’ If the project has achieved LEED Certification, the team can be certain
of their answer. The entire project team knows which goals have been successfully achieved, how
much energy and water the building should save, and what type of indoor environment has been
created for the building occupants.
A holistic perspective is necessary to grasp the true impact of a third-party rating system such as
LEED. The LEED rating system has two major components. First, LEED promotes general sustainabil-
ity oriented features such as bike racks and daylighting. Second, LEED is a group of ‘’best-practice’’
codes and standards compiled to influence the construction industry. When projects pursue LEED
Certification, the market is driven to provide goods and services that attain the standards that have
been chosen. Each LEED-Certified project strengthens the green building movement, pushes for
products that are less impactful on people and the environment, and enables property owners to
truly know just how ‘’green’’ their building is.
Greg Raffio, LEED AP, is with Heapy Engineering

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
6 | Chapter 1 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Introduction
Integrated Design Process
The built and natural environments are inextricably and vitally linked. To create a high performance
/ sustainable facility, a collaborative design approach is essential for a successful outcome. The Inte-
grated Design Process fosters knowledge-sharing among significant stakeholders during the devel-
opment of a holistic design and leads to increased project value.
These stakeholders should be comprised of the owner group, key users, facilities directors, program-
mers, real estate managers, architects, commissioning agents, civil engineers, planners, mechani-
cal engineers, interior designers, structural engineers, construction managers, electrical engineers,
plumbing designers, landscape architects, and / or key specialty consultants. The General Contrac-
tor and / or the Construction Manager should also be included in this process to encourage the shar-
ing of cost, scheduling and construction knowledge. This will also familiarize the contractor with the
construction intent resulting in a more accurate bid and more efficient construction period.
During the traditional approach, design and construction professionals work somewhat indepen-
dently on their respective area of expertise. One of two things can happen when consultants are
added to the design process midstream. The new team member shares expertise that changes the
project late in the process, requiring more time, effort and money to back track; or more commonly,
the team decides not to pursue the new approach. In either case, the project and the owner suffer a
consequence. ‘Value Engineering’ during design and construction becomes the norm, which leads
to value loss.
The Integrated Design Process deviates from this traditional approach as it leverages the collective
expertise as early as the pre-design phase, where the highest potentials and greatest values are real-
ized. ‘Value’ engineering tends to generate project cuts, which successfully lessen the construction
costs, but usually lessen the true value. The Integrated Design Process is vital to a successful work
process, which can lessen the damages of ‘value’ engineering.
By bringing all the stakeholders to the design process early, intensive analysis and in-depth inves-
tigations can discover complementary and innovative project goals and design strategies when
change costs less. This Integrated Design Team establishes project goals together while engaging
in a productive exchange of ideas. The team understands, applies and tests these goals throughout
the design process.
Stakeholders share their knowledge in multi-day charrette (brainstorming) formats; trade-offs and
connections are recognized. Problems are reframed and better solutions are generated by creating
an innovative and collaborative environment where each opinion matters. The entire team estab-
lishes and meets the project goals, objectives and major solutions. These charrettes frequently be-
come rather lively and informal without jurisdiction. They are investigatory by nature, thoughtfully
critiqued and leverage the expertise and resources of the team. Connections are made that typically
are not immediately understood, such as how paint color impacts the mechanical load or how build-
ing orientation affects human productivity. Sometimes the most effective solutions have the lowest
construction cost implications and might be undiscovered in a traditional design process.
By utilizing the Integrated Design Process, deep curiosity, thorough analysis and strategic, technical
problem solving prevail, leading to a more comprehensive, cost effective and sustainable facility.
Chad Edwards, RA, LEED AP, is an Associate at Emersion Design and serves on the USGBC Cincinnati Re-
gional Chapter Board of Directors.
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 7
Introduction
Green Trend Forecasting
Over the course of the last 8 years, Green talk has infiltrated everything. The number of ‘’Green
Building’’ articles in newspapers has jumped from around 1,000 per year in 2000 to more than
9,000 in 2007. More cities and states are adopting green building incentives and policies (like
Cincinnati and Ohio). Much of this has been attributed to the U.S. Green Building Council’s LEED
Rating system and its success. USGBC has had a huge impact on the building industry as mem-
bership in the organization has grown by 50% every year for the last ten years. But there is
something much larger at work in our world than the impact of LEED. Companies ranging from
Wal-Mart to Starbucks are touting their sustainability initiatives, and it isn’t just limited to the
United States. There are now Green Building Councils in twelve countries on five continents.
Somewhere along the way, ‘green’ has crossed the line between a fad and a movement.
Motivations for companies going green vary widely, and aside from the obvious motivation of
saving the planet, many organizations have gone green to save money, or even to simply im-
prove their public image. Still others have started talking green just to ride the wave of dol-
lars following as customers seek greener products, vehicles, homes, and offices. So what’s next?
Amidst the green buzz, here are several trends in the green movement that visionary businesses
should be preparing for.
The first green trend and the reason LEED has been successful, is third party verification. In a
time when Chevron and BP make commercials about their sustainability missions, and green-
washing claims like ‘all natural’ are everywhere, it is important to have verifiable definitions for
what green really is. For buildings, that is LEED, but there are many other important third party
verifications for the rest of our lives and businesses. The International Organization for Stan-
dardization is developing the 14000 series of ISO standards to define vocabulary and validate
processes for product manufacturing and environmental impact management.
The second trend related to going green is rising energy costs. This should go without saying,
but energy will only get more expensive before and if it ever gets cheaper. A comparison be-
tween investing the same amount of money in the S&P 500 or in energy efficiency for your
building puts it all in perspective. Over the last ten years, the S&P 500 Index Fund has increased
36.8% while energy costs have risen 300%.
The phrase ‘’Blue collar jobs to Green collar jobs’’ is one of the hottest topics for politicians, and
represents the third trend. With the global push for sustainability, the need for solar panel man-
ufacturing and installing, wind turbine manufacturing, green product manufacturing, and an
endless list of sustainable business opportunities justifies the name ‘’the Next Industrial Revolu-
tion’’.
Finally, savvy businesses recognize that by embracing sustainability at their core, employees
will be proud to work there. When your job and your company is about more than just making
widgets, a sense of loyalty and pride is inevitable, and as ‘Generation Y’ takes hold in the work-
force, with their notorious ‘job-hopping’ tendencies, it is even more important for employers to
recognize the recruitment potential of going green before their competitors do.
Shawn Hesse, of Emersion Design, was the 2008 Chair of the USGBC Cincinnati Chapter

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
8 | Chapter 1 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
CHAPTER | 2

Green Buildings and Communities


»» Building Green: Past, Present, Future
»» Green Building Core Principles
»» Traditional Thinking
»» Sustainable Thinking
»» Green Building Benefits
»» Green Building Costs
»» Green Building Core Design Principles
»» Sustainable Structure of Green Design
»» Energy Star
»» Green Buildings and Communities Summary
»» Chapter & Recommended Reference Links

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS

10
Green Buildings and Communities
Green Building: Past, Present, Future
Considering the projected growth in population and construction, coupled with the vast amounts
of resources that our buildings consume today, we are going to have to be a lot smarter about
how we design and build tomorrow’s buildings and communities. Building Green requires own-
ers and project teams to make the sustainable choices that promote responsible environmental
stewardship. Today, the term green has become synonymous with being sustainable.
The urgency for change is supported by the fact that, with regard to depleting our natural re-
sources, the construction, operation, maintenance and disposal of buildings is one of the most
demanding of all industries. However, these demands on natural resources, such as energy and
water, can be substantially reduced by incorporating sustainable principles into the design and
development of our buildings and communities.
If we step back for a moment and look at the progression of sustainability, we begin by recogniz-
ing the knowledge we’ve gained from our ancestors. From the caveman, we know solar energy
provided them warmth and light, as they sought caves with southern and western exposure.
Later, these same primitive people discovered caves with overhanging structure provided pro-
tection from the hot summer sun, while allowing the sun to enter the cave during the winter
months to provide warmth. Passive design—taking advantage of the sun & wind—are two of
the most basic principles used by sustainable professionals to this day.
Fast forward to the 1970s. Facing an energy crisis, green technology began to garner attention
and gain traction as we became increasingly aware of the adverse effects the built environ-
ment—man-made environments that provide structures for human activity—were having with
regard to the depletion of our natural resources, while jeopardizing the quality of our health.
It was in 1993 when the U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC) was formed that they began moni-
toring the performance of structures being built using traditional construction practices. By 1999
USGBC created Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) and developed their first
green building rating system—LEED NC v1.0—as a pilot program.
Today, under the guidance of LEED, as well as other green building rating systems and green
building codes, building green offers us an opportunity to create environmentally friendly and
resource efficient buildings and communities. By implementing integrated approaches to design
and construction practices, we can reduce the negative impact of buildings on the environment
and building occupants by: proper site planning; reducing water use and increasing water use
efficiency; reducing energy demand and increasing energy efficiency, and promoting renew-
able energy; conserving materials and resources; improving indoor environmental quality.
Tomorrow, we can expect sustainable buildings and communities to go beyond the current mis-
sion of merely mitigating the assault on the environment and human health. USGBC predicts
green buildings and developments will create regenerative projects that will: support the health
of the local community and regional ecosystems; generate electricity and send back to the grid;
return water to the hydrologic system cleaner than it was before use; serve as locations for food
production and community networking; regenerate biodiversity; and promote many other rela-
tionships that link projects to the whole system of life around them.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 11
Green Buildings and Communities
Green Building Core Principles
Green building requires decisions to be made that transcend traditional wisdom with respect to
the built environment. With traditional thinking, we consider a building only for what it is and
who it services—independent structures that service only the owner’s program needs. How-
ever, with sustainable thinking, buildings are seen as a collection of independent systems—
sustainable building parts—that are parts of a whole system—sustainable building project—that
is part of yet a larger collection of systems—sustainable community—that is part of a still larger
collection of systems, and so on and so forth, until we reach our intended goal—sustainable
environmental stewardship.
Traditional Thinking
Traditional buildings using conventional design and construction practices should be regarded
as unfriendly assaults on the environment, our natural resources and our quality of life.
Traditional design and construction practices:
• Lack project team communication, collaboration and coordination
• Lack focus as a responsible member of the community
• Lack sustainable support for site selection and building orientation/location
• Lack protection of existing habitat and ecosystems
• Lack stewardship of site during development
• Lack coordinated construction parking and material delivery storage areas
• Lack sufficient building moisture protection
• Produce excessive carbon dioxide emissions
• Produce excessive use of energy and electricity
• Produce excessive use of potable water
• Produce excessive burden on our raw material resources
• Produce poor indoor environmental quality
• Create profound adverse effects on the environment, human health and the economy
Accordingly, traditional buildings account for:
• 14% of potable water consumption
• 30% of waste output
• 38% of carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions
• 40% of raw material use
• 24% - 50% of energy use
• 72% of electricity consumption

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
12 | Chapter 2 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Green Buildings and Communities
Additionally:
• Selecting the location of a site involves an analysis that must consider many factors. Tra-
ditionally, too little attention is given to the location of a site relative to populated com-
munities that offer existing infrastructure and services:
• Utilities (e.g., electric, gas, water, storm and sanitary sewers)
• Services (e.g., restaurants, banks, retailers, etc.)
• Mass Transit (e.g., bus lines, rail, etc.)
• Providing new utilities creates additional burdens on our natural resources. Not having
services and modes of mass transit compounds the already critical issue related to carbon
dioxide emissions by requiring additional travel to and from work—Vehicle Miles Trav-
eled (VMT). Selecting a site remote from populated or urban communities can require
all required parking to be constructed on-site, not taking advantage of free or shared
parking that communities often have available. Added maintenance of roads, additional
vehicular support services such as service stations, and increased use of fossil fuels are a
few of the consequences of our traditional ways of looking at building and development.
• Importantly, traditional buildings and developments are usually not sensitive to the types
of land they use (e.g., previously undeveloped land, prime farmland, habitat for endan-
gered species, etc.).
Sustainable Thinking
Through coordinated team efforts and experienced design decisions, the goal of sustainable de-
sign, or green design, is to create high performance green projects that reduces the environmen-
tal impact related to infrastructure, increases employee productivity, increases the efficiency of
building operations and reduces life cycle costs.
The New Buildings Institute (NBI) found that green buildings consume 24% less energy per
square foot of floor area than traditional buildings. A U.S. General Services Administration (GSA)
survey of 12 green buildings revealed the following savings and improvements:
• 13% lower maintenance costs
• 26% less energy usage
• 27% higher levels of occupant satisfaction
• 33% lower carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions
Additionally:
• Green building successfully addresses the aforementioned concerns of conventional de-
sign and construction practices related to buildings and community connections.
• Communities are beginning to recognize the benefits of sustainable solutions and offer
attractive tax incentives to certified commercial and residential green building projects.
• As green building continues to grow in acceptance and projects get on board for certifica-
tion, building codes are being rewritten to incorporate more sustainable practices.
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 13
Green Buildings and Communities
• Federal, state and local governments are requiring more sustainable building practices
through implementation of green building codes and rating systems. In 2009, the Interna-
tional Code Council (ICC) launched the International Green Construction Code (IGCC) that
provides a model focused on new and existing commercial buildings addressing green
building design and performance. In 2011, Maryland was the first state to adopt the IGCC
as a voluntary compliance alternative, effective in 2012.
• Green buildings design for the future, recognizing that building operators need to be
included in the design process in order to understand how to monitor and maintain the
building’s performance.
Sustainable thinking targets a balanced relationship between the environment, social respon-
sibility and economic feasibility. It encompasses all aspects of the built environment including
buildings, communities, transportation systems and the infrastructure required to support a sus-
tainable environment.
Green Building Benefits
Green buildings save energy, use less water, generate less waste and provide higher levels of
indoor quality and comfort. Studies conducted by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) found that Americans spend, on average, 90% of their time indoors where pollutant levels
can be 2 to 100 times higher than outdoor levels. Green buildings also provide higher levels of
occupant satisfaction with air quality and lighting, where studies indicate significant gains in oc-
cupant productivity.
The benefits of green buildings are focused around three dimensions of sustainability:
Economic Benefits
• Reduce operating costs
• Enhance asset value and profits
• Improve employee satisfaction and productivity
• Optimize life cycle economic performance
Health and Community Benefits
• Improve air, thermal and acoustic environments
• Enhance occupant comfort and health
• Minimize strain on local infrastructure
• Contribute to overall quality of life
Environmental Benefits
• Enhance and protect ecosystems and biodiversity
• Improve air and water quality
• Reduce solid waste
• Conserve natural resources
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
14 | Chapter 2 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Green Buildings and Communities
The Triple Bottom Line
The three areas that define the benefits of green buildings—Economic, Health and Community,
and Environment—are more commonly referred to by a term John Elkington originated when he
published his book Cannibals with Forks: The Triple Bottom Line of the 21st Century Business in 1998.
Every LEED project considers a multitude of sustainable strategies, and each strategy should be
analyzed by how it measures to LEED’s adoption of the Triple Bottom Line (TBL). The triple bot-
tom line establishes a measurement to recognize performance in three areas:
• Economic Prosperity: impact on a corporation’s
bottom line
• Social Responsibility: impact of a person’s happi-
ness, health and productivity
• Environmental Stewardship: impact on air, water,
land and global climate
Another way to think of TBL:
• People: Social
• Planet: Environmental
• Profit: Economic
It’s important when evaluating sustainable strategies that the project team consider what ef-
fect the strategy may have on the Triple Bottom Line. An analogy often used to compare TBL
with green buildings is a reference to the three-legged stool. When the legs of the stool are un-
equal, the stool is not balanced. Projects certified under LEED demonstrate they have achieved
an overall balance within the three dimensions of sustainability. However, the TBL requires con-
sideration beyond the scope of a project with regard to costs and benefits. As with synergistic
relationships, what effect does a project have on the externalities—parties not directly associ-
ated with the project. Will the project have a negative impact on the health of a community at
large, such as creating a burden on water and waste treatment facilities, or highway repairs, or
emitting unhealthy pollutants.
Climate Change and Sustainable Communities
Climate Change—aka Anthropogenic Global Warming (APW)—will likely continue to be debat-
ed for some time. Regardless which side of the debate we believe, there can be no argument
that man is a contributor to greenhouse gas emissions. It is the impact of man’s contribution that
is being debated. According to the Energy Information Administration (EIA), the built environ-
ment—buildings, land use and transportation systems—accounts for more than two-thirds of
all greenhouse gas emissions. Although high performance green buildings that are designed to
be energy efficient can reduce the amount of greenhouse gas emissions, they fall short of ad-
dressing the overall emission problem. Considering the fact that the average office building will
consume 30% more energy by employees commuting to and from work than what is required
for the operation of the building, site location is a significant concern that should be addressed.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 15
Green Buildings and Communities
Sustainable communities are established when high performance green buildings incorporating
proper site location and development, increased energy and water efficiency, solid waste reduc-
tion, improved indoor air quality are properly addressed. Sustainable communities are sensitive
to social justice and public health, as well as the environment. Currently, green building rating
systems can ensure greenhouse carbon emissions are under some degree of control.
Green Building Costs
Comparing the cost of green buildings to traditional buildings requires adjustments in the way
we are accustomed to thinking about project costs—what it costs to produce, which is to say,
the initial investment. However, this practice marginalizes the positive sustainable effects associ-
ated with green buildings and distorts the Return of Investment (ROI). When only the costs to
produce buildings are factored, credit is not accounted for costs associated with implementing
green strategies. For example, the costs required to reduce energy consumption or water use
can only be recovered over time. Upgrading products cost more initially, but provide longer life
cycles. With green buildings, it’s not the cost but the value that should be compared.
The World Building Council for Sustainable Development conducted a public opinion survey in
2007 that found those surveyed believed green features added 17% to the cost of a traditional
building. However, a study of 146 green buildings found the average cost to be less than 2%.
In all types of construction projects, regardless if they are traditional or green, there are 2 basic
and common types of costs related to the project: the project’s hard costs and soft costs. With
LEED, a third cost element, life cycle costing, is used for the purpose of factoring into the analysis
the true value of a building over it’s lifetime.
Hard Costs: These costs are the expenditures for the actual construction phases of the project
such as sitework, concrete, masonry, roofing, interior finishes such as carpet and painting, me-
chanical systems, etc. In general, these are the costs paid to the general contractor, subcontrac-
tors or material suppliers for direct construction related activities and materials.
Soft Costs: These are costs for services outside the realm of what is done on the construction
site. They include architectural and engineering fees, permit fees, legal and real estate fees, inter-
est paid for the cost of doing the project, insurance, closing costs, etc.
Life Cycle Costing: Synonymous with green building, “cradle to grave” costs that include ex-
penditures that address environmental concerns and improve occupant health, operation and
maintenance of the building after occupancy, demolition costs and reuse value at the end of the
building’s life. Considered to be the cost that is most representative of the project’s true value.
Value Engineering (VE): Value engineering is an important factor to consider when evaluating
any project’s cost vs it’s value. As presented in one the earlier commentaries, but worth repeat-
ing, value engineering is used as a cost cutting exercise, often late in the process when costs
need to be cut from the budget. When components are VE’d out of the project late, the project
and the owner suffer a consequence. Value engineering tends to generate project cuts, which
successfully lessen the construction costs, but usually lessen the true value. However, when us-
ing an integrated design process, considering value engineering with the life cycle cost of a
building will reflect the efficiency of a building long after it is built and occupied.
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
16 | Chapter 2 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Green Buildings and Communities
Green Building Core Design Principles
The Sustainable Structure of Green Design
USGBC defines green building as the integrated effort of transforming the way built environ-
ments are designed, constructed, operated and maintained that encourages involvement from
early planning to beyond the end of a structure’s life. Incorporating a holistic, or whole build-
ing approach to the design and construction, green buildings produce high performance by
focusing on a number of sustainable categories as defined by the LEED Green Building Rating
Systems.
With an integrated, holistic approach, the interactions, or synergies and trade-offs, between
design and construction strategies are managed to maximize performance results. Successful
green design analyzes the project from the location and development of the site, indoor and
outdoor water management, energy and refrigerant management and building commissioning,
materials and waste management to indoor environmental areas such as ventilation, tobacco
smoke, contaminants and pollutants, and control of lighting, temperature and ventilation.
LEED channels green design through various categories as determined by the environmental is-
sues being addressed. LEED rating systems enable project teams the ability to selectively choose
which green strategies are best suited for the project to the level of certification being sought.
Each LEED Green Building Rating System is organized around 7 topics, or credit categories. Each
credit category will have one or more mandated prerequisites and numerous optional credits.
All LEED ratings systems are flexible to the extent the project can focus on a specific environ-
mental area such as reducing greenhouse gas emissions, or water conservation, or energy con-
servation, or improving the quality of indoor air.
Chapters presented later will define each of the following credit categories and how they ad-
dress specific areas of environmental concern:

• Sustainable Sites (SS)

• Water Efficiency (WE)

• Energy and Atmosphere (EA)

• Materials and Resources (MR)

• Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)

• Innovation in Design (ID)

• Regional Priority (RP)

LEED for Neighborhood Development and LEED for Homes have a different credit structure.
The total amount of optional credits a project achieves in the credit categories determine which
of the four levels of certification the project is awarded:
• Certified, Silver, Gold, Platinum

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 17
Green Buildings and Communities
Integrated Design Approach
To adapt an old phrase, “A building is more than the sum of its parts”, green building recognizes
that to create a building where all of the systems work together to optimize performance, the
entire project team must work together from the earliest stages to the completion of the actual
constructed project, and beyond. An integrated design process brings the full team: owners,
developers, architects, engineers, builders, subcontractors, consultants, operations staff, gov-
ernment and community representatives, and others as necessary, to the table to determine the
right set of sustainable goals to create a high performance green project.
Integrated design is essential to realizing the goals of green projects and should be at the center
of green building policy. In fact, integrated design is so crucial to the success of any sustainable
green project that USGBC will likely incorporate the integrated design process in the 2012 LEED
Green Building Rating Systems as an additional credit category. Accordingly, the entire scope
within integrated design—Integrated Project Delivery, the Integrated Project Team, the Systems
Thinking Approach and the Life Cycle Approach—will be presented, in detail, in the Integrative
Process chapter.
The Building Program
Starting any new construction project requires establishing a set of goals, usually defined by
the requirements of the owner or client. What is subsequently collected is typically referred to
as the Building Program. LEED refers to this as the Owner’s Program Requirements, or OPR. The
project team’s Building Program should include: the physical constraints of the project; general
room by room description; the project’s environmental vision and goals and it’s design criteria
and priorities; criteria for energy efficiency, indoor air quality, materials selection, waste and de-
molition recycling as well as other green requirements; consideration of the local cultural and
climatic factors including ease of pedestrian and mass transit access; budget; schedule. This will
be sufficient to allow the project team to begin the project’s pre-design phase.
Design Flexibility for the Future
We know construction takes a heavy toll on our natural resources, so strategies that can reduce
the need for new construction should be considered by the owner and project team. LEED ag-
gressively promotes retrofitting or renovating existing buildings that will not only reduce the
burden on natural resources, including previously undeveloped land, but will also reduce vast
amounts of construction related solid waste that is generated by demolition.
When the owner and project team collaborate at the beginning of the pre-design phase, consid-
eration is usually given to designing a facility that will not only serve the owner’s current needs,
but future needs as well. Asking: What are the company growth projections over a given period
of time? However, sustainable thinking requires the project team to factor into their green build-
ing scope more distant, potential uses for the facility. Asking the more important question: What
types of occupancy could take possession years down the road, and what would their needs
be? Sustainable thinking involves designing buildings and building systems that can survive over
time. Adaptive Reuse is a term that refers to the process of reusing a building for a purpose other
than which it was built or designed for. By utilizing existing structures, not only is the need for

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
18 | Chapter 2 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Green Buildings and Communities
natural resources and demolition waste reduced, the site and infrastructure already exist. De-
signing green buildings for a more sustainable future is akin to urban planners designing infra-
structures to accommodate the needs of the community far into the future.
Through the process of designing flexible green buildings or utilizing existing buildings, the
history and character of the community can be preserved. The project team can also research
salvaged building materials for use in new green buildings in order to compliment the existing
fabric of the community. The goal is to create buildings and communities that are sustainable
for future generations. The current movement toward urban redevelopment, and form-based
codes, offers a promising future.
USGBC predicts green buildings and communities will create regenerative projects that will: sup-
port the health of the local community and regional ecosystems; generate electricity and send
back to the grid; return water to the hydrologic system cleaner than it was before use; serve as
locations for food production and community networking; regenerate biodiversity; and pro-
mote many other relationships that link projects to the whole system of life around them.
The overriding goal of regenerative projects is to achieve “net zero”, where projects use no more
resources than they can produce. In order to accomplish this, projects must achieve:
• Net Zero Energy: Generating electricity on-site, green buildings use no more electricity
than they can produce. Optimally, they draw electricity from the grid during non-peak
evening hours and return electricity to the grid during peak daytime hours.
• Net Zero Carbon Footprint (aka Carbon Neutrality): Achieving net zero carbon emissions
by balancing a measured amount of carbon released with an equivalent amount seques-
tered or offset, or buying enough carbon credits to make up the difference.
• Water Balance: Using no more water than what is received by collecting precipitation.
• Zero Waste: Produce no waste by reuse, recycling, or composting all waste generated.
Location, Location, Location
The location and development of a green building project should always be given priority con-
sideration. Sustainable professionals understand the sensitive connections between the proj-
ect—the site and how it is developed—and community integration—preserving community
character and history, demands on the infrastructure, and being a supporter of the community.
Early in the process, after the owner’s program requirements have been gathered, intelligent de-
cisions can be made with respect to how the building can impact the site and how the site can
impact the building. Critical questions must be asked and answered: how land-use is managed
to be respectful of sensitive sites; are sites available in communities that offer existing infrastruc-
ture and services; are the site characteristics conducive to an environmentally efficient design to
take advantage of solar, wind, soils, etc.; will the project help support a sustainable community.
For a variety of legitimate reasons, it is not always possible to select a site that answers these
questions in a way that bests fits the project’s goals. However, the sustainable project team will
seek the best possible solutions, given all available options, in their efforts to successfully capital-
ize on the three dimensions of sustainability.
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 19
Green Buildings and Communities
A sampling of the three primary areas typically associated with site selection and development:
• Natural: climate, sun, wind, water, soils, habitat
• Infrastructure: utilities (gas, electric, water , storm & sanitary sewers); transportation net-
works (roads and transit)
• Social: community connections and services, culture and history; local government
Credit Interactions
Fewer issues and problems are exposed by an Integrated Project Team than those created by
interactions between credits. Given this, it is important to discover the credit interactions that
may develop when a particular credit strategy is being considered. How one credit strategy
impacts other areas can have a positive—synergy—and/or a negative—trade-off—implication.
An Integrated Project Team understands the fact that every decision they make will likely have
an impact somewhere along the chain.
Every action has some degree of reaction and the importance here is, first, recognizing these re-
actions and, second, analyzing the overall impact to the project as a whole. An example would
be the synergies and trade-offs associated with ‘cool’ roofs. A cool roof with a lighter color will be
of great value in a hot climate such as Florida. The roof would reflect much of the sun’s energy—
allowing the building to be cooler—requiring less cooling, thereby reducing the size of required
HVAC equipment, which can result in less energy consumption. Great! Now take that ‘cool’ roof
to the upper limits of Michigan. The same reactions but NOT what we want in a colder climate.
Cooler buildings equate to increased heating, thereby requiring additional energy. These two
examples obviously play to the extreme, but what about that cool roof somewhere in a more
moderate climate zone. A primary reason an Integrated Project Team is critically important.
Building Commissioning
With most traditional building projects, there are two key player groups—the owner and the
project team. The first responsibility of the project team is to collect the owner’s project require-
ments so the building program can be established. However, for commercial projects registered
under LEED, there is an important third player integrated into the project team—the Commis-
sioning Agent (aka Commissioning Authority). Generalizing, as part of an overall process, the role
of the Commissioning Agent is to ensure, first, the owner’s project requirements are being met
in the design stage and, second, the building systems have been installed and operate as de-
signed. This process is referred to as Building Commissioning. With all LEED commercial projects,
Fundamental Commissioning of the Buildings Energy Systems is a mandated prerequisite.
The benefits of Building Commissioning include: reduced energy use; lower operating costs; re-
duced contractor callbacks; better building documentation; improved occupant productivity;
and verification that the systems perform in accordance with the owner’s project requirements.
LEED also provides an optional credit for the commissioning process that requires the Com-
missioning Agent to be on the job earlier in the process and, due to additional responsibilities
required, remain on the job longer. Building Commissioning is an important asset to the design,
construction and verification of high performance and sustainable projects.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
20 | Chapter 2 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Green Buildings and Communities
Although Building Commissioning can ensure the project, at completion, meets the intended
goals, it does not address the fact that, over time, building systems performance will deteriorate.
This is, as well it should be, a concern. For what good is accomplished if “green” buildings are no
longer “green” after a few years? This is where Retrocommissioning can be utilized. Retrocom-
missioning is a commitment to reevaluate the building systems. This process is analogous to
taking our car back to the dealer or mechanic for periodic, scheduled inspections and tune-ups.
Operations & Maintenance Program
The best way to explain the importance of having a properly formulated education and training
program is to compare a high performance green building with a new automobile. The design
team designs it, the general contractor builds it, and the commissioning process verifies it.
However, once the keys have been turned over to the owner and the building is occupied, it will
begin to degrade. As with a new automobile, the moment you drive off the parking lot, wear and
tear begins. The car salesperson will educate the new buyer on general operational principles
and the warranty document will outline recommended maintenance procedures. Likewise, the
owner and occupants must be educated and the building must be maintained. Otherwise disap-
pointment and failure will likely be self-inflicted, not to mention that as the building systems de-
grade, the carbon footprint will subsequently be increased. One of the unsung heroes of green
building is the training provided by the project team to the occupants and O&M personnel.
ENERGY STAR
What is the difference between LEED and ENERGY STAR?
As you begin to research the field of sustainability, you will frequently run across references
to ENERGY STAR. ENERGY STAR is a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) program that
focuses on improving energy performance in buildings as a method of reducing greenhouse
gas emissions. ENERGY STAR is a technical assistance and recognition program that offers own-
ers and managers of all buildings access to free tools and resources to help them evaluate their
energy performance and reduce energy use and greenhouse gas emissions. Organizations are
encouraged to begin by benchmarking the performance of their buildings using ENERGY STAR’s
Portfolio Manager online energy tracking tool. For certain types of buildings that perform in the
top 25% compared to their peers nationwide, the ENERGY STAR label is available as an indicator
of superior energy performance. Buildings carrying the ENERGY STAR label consume on average
about 35% less energy than their non-ENERGY STAR counterparts.
ENERGY STAR also provides labeling for home appliances, electronics, cooling and heating
equipment and for homes as an indication that the item has met certain energy efficiencies.
LEED is a building certification process that looks at various aspects of “green building” and
awards recognition to buildings that meet certain standards. Users of the LEED process earn
credits in several categories associated with green buildings. These differ by the type of LEED
certification, but generally include: sustainable sites, water efficiency, energy & atmosphere, ma-
terials & resources, indoor environmental quality, and innovation. While each category has re-
quired prerequisites that must be met, for the bulk of the credits required for certification users
can choose in which categories they wish to focus based on their own priorities.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 21
Green Buildings and Communities
Green Buildings and Communities Summary
• Sustainability is the ability of the current generation to meet its own needs without compro-
mising the ability of future generations to meet their needs
• Energy usage in commercial buildings (EPA, September 2008):
• 1% office equipment
• 3% personal computers
• 3% cooking
• 6% refrigeration
• 7% ventilation
• 7% cooling
• 8% water heating
• 9% other
• 20% lighting
• 38% space heating
• Green Building Core Principles
• Traditional Thinking
• Sustainable Thinking
• Green Building Benefits
• Triple Bottom Line
• People: Social
• Planet: Environmental
• Profit: Economic
• Green Building Costs
• Hard Costs
• Soft Costs
• Life Cycle Costing
• Value Engineering
• Green Building Core Design Principles
• The Sustainable Structure of Green Design
• Prerequisites and credits in the Green Building Rating Systems address the following
topics (except LEED for Homes and LEED for Neighborhood Development):

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
22 | Chapter 2 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Green Buildings and Communities
• Sustainable Sites (SS)
• Water Efficiency (WE)
• Energy and Atmosphere (EA)
• Materials and Resources (MR)
• Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)
• Innovation in Design (ID)
• Regional Priority (RP)
• 4 levels of certification
• Certified, Gold, Silver and Platinum
• Integrated Design Approach
• Integrated Project Team
• Integrated Design Process
• Systems Theory
• Life Cycle Approach
• Building Program
• Owner’s Project Requirements (OPR)
• Design Flexibility for the Future
• Net Zero Energy
• Net Zero Carbon Footprint
• Water Balance
• Zero Waste
• Location, Location, Location
• Natural
• Infrastructure
• Social
• Credit Interactions
• Synergies = positive
• Trade-offs = negative
• Building Commissioning
• reduced energy use; lower operating costs; reduced contractor callbacks; better
building documentation; improved occupant productivity; and verification that the
systems perform in accordance with the owner’s project requirements
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 23
Green Buildings and Communities
• Education and Training
• ENERGY STAR
• EPA program that focuses on improving energy performance in buildings as a method
of reducing greenhouse gas emissions
Chapter & Recommended Reference Links
• USGBC: http://www.usgbc.org/
• GBCI: http://www.gbci.org/homepage.aspx
• LEED: http://www.usgbc.org/DisplayPage.aspx?CategoryID=19
• LEED Online: https://www.leedonline.com/irj/portal/anonymous
• LEED Candidate Handbooks: http://www.gbci.org/main-nav/professional-credentials/re-
sources/candidate-handbooks.aspx
• Cost of Green Revisited: http://www.gbci.org/Libraries/Credential_Exam_References/Cost-of-
Green-Revisited.sflb.ashx
• Sustainable Building Technical Manual, Part II: http://www.gbci.org/Libraries/Credential_
Exam_References/Sustainable-Building-Technical-Manual-Part-II.sflb.ashx
• Doing Well By Doing Good Green Office Buildings: http://www.mistra.org/download/18.39a
a239f11a8dd8de6b800026477/IBER+Green+Office+Buildings+NKok+et+al.pdf
• Green Buildings and Communities Costs and Benefits: http://www.goodenergies.com/
news/-pdfs/Web%20site%20Presentation.pdf
• Annual Energy Outlook: http://www.eia.gov/oiaf/aeo/pdf/0383(2008).pdf
• Whole Building Design Guide (Integrated Design Process): http://www.wbdg.org/design/
engage_process.php
• ENERGY STAR: http://energystar.custhelp.com/cgi-bin/energystar.cfg/php/enduser/std_adp.
php?p_faqid=4908

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
24 | Chapter 2 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
CHAPTER | 3

USGBC, GBCI & LEED


»» Introduction
»» USGBC, GBCI & LEED
»» LEED Green Building Reference Guides
»» LEED Green Building Rating Systems
»» Rating System Credit Category Overview
»» Rating System Prerequisite & Credit Structure
»» Project Certification Levels
»» MPRs, Credit Harmonization, Carbon Overlay,
Credit Weightings, Regional Priority, TAGs &
Pilot Credits
»» Project Registration, Certification & CIRs
»» LEED Credentials & Credential Maintenance
»» USGBC Trademarks & GBCI Logos
»» USGBC, GBCI & LEED Summary
»» Chapter & Recommended Reference Links

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS

26
USGBC, GBCI & LEED
Introduction
The U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC) promotes buildings and communities that are environ-
mentally responsible, profitable and healthy places to live and work by developing a variety of
programs and services and working closely with key industry and research organizations and
federal, state and local government agencies.
Today, USGBC has developed into one of the most prolific and powerful forces that drives the
sustainable movement, having command of the dialog with regard to certified green building
projects and accredited sustainable professionals. In fact, if we were to review many of the new
green building codes and rating systems being implemented across the country, chances are
good that their origins began with USGBC’s Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design
(LEED) programs—the tools used for designing and constructing certified green projects.
USGBC also offers a host of educational opportunities, including workshops and web-based
seminars to educate public and industry professionals on different elements of the green build-
ing industry, from the basics to more technical information.
Through its partnership with the Green Building Certification Institute (GBCI), USGBC offers in-
dustry professionals the chance to develop expertise in the field of green building and to receive
accreditation as LEED professionals.
Greenbuild, the world’s largest conference and exposition dedicated to green building, was
launched by USGBC in 2002.
U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC)
The U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC) is a Washington, DC based 501(c)(3) nonprofit organiza-
tion formed in 1993 whose members represent companies and organizations across the indus-
try and includes: building owners and users; real estate developers; facility managers; architects,
designers, engineers, general contractors, subcontractors; product and building system manu-
facturers; government agencies, nonprofits.
USGBC:
• Committee based; Member driven; Consensus focused.
• Provides tools and expertise; Builds community; Provides forums for industry dialog; Edu-
cates the industry and the public; Stewards market transformation.
• Promotes the development of buildings and communities and that will sustain the health
and vitality of all life for a generation.
USGBC’s Mission
To transform the way buildings and communities are designed, built and operated, enabling an envi-
ronmentally and socially responsible, healthy and prosperous environment that improves the quality
of life.
USGBC’s Vision
Buildings and communities will regenerate and sustain the health and vitality of all life within a gen-
eration.
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 27
USGBC, GBCI & LEED
Green Building Certification Institute (GBCI)
The Green Building Certification Institute (GBCI) was established in 2008 with the support of
USGBC to independently administer accreditation and certification responsibilities. The Interna-
tional Organization for Standards (ISO) requires USGBC, as the author of the LEED rating systems,
to be a separate entity from the overseer of the rating systems. In accordance with the Ameri-
can National Standards Institute (ANSI) accreditation process for personal certification programs,
GBCI complies with ISO Standard 17024.
GBCI—collaboration and coordination:
• Manages all aspects of the LEED Professional Accreditation program, including examina-
tion development, registration and delivery.
• Oversees the evaluation of LEED project applications and provides final certification.
• Oversees the development and implementation of the Credential Maintenance Program
(CMP) for LEED APs.
Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED)
LEED is an acronym for Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design and was formed in 1998
as a pilot program by USGBC, and today it is an internationally recognized third party certifica-
tion program. LEED promotes a holistic, whole building approach by providing independent,
third-party verification that a building or community was designed and built using strategies
aimed at achieving high performance in five key areas of human and environmental health: sus-
tainable site development, water savings, energy efficiency, materials selection, indoor environ-
mental quality and innovation, as well as addressing issues specific to the project’s geographic
region.
Although LEED is typically viewed as the program that certifies green projects, LEED also defines
accredited professionals practicing in the field of sustainability. As such, there are two distinct
but intertwined parts to the LEED environment, both managed by GBCI.
First, LEED is the certification of projects as defined by the LEED rating systems where certifica-
tion is awarded based on the degree of greenness the project achieved. LEED covers a broad
spectrum of building types and has pilot programs for the development of additional rating sys-
tems. LEED is flexible enough to apply to all building types—commercial as well as residential.
It works throughout the building life cycle—design and construction, operations and mainte-
nance, tenant fitout, and significant retrofit. LEED for Neighborhood Development extends the
benefits of LEED beyond the building footprint into the neighborhood it serves.
LEED also defines the accreditation of individuals who possess knowledge in the field of sustain-
ability. There are three levels, or tiers, of accreditation based on the degree of green knowledge.
Tier I is the LEED Green Associate who demonstrates a basic knowledge and skill in practicing
green design, construction and development. Tier II is the LEED Accredited Professional with
Specialty for those who have an extraordinary depth of knowledge in green building practices
and specialization in a specific field. The top level is Tier III and is reserved for the LEED AP Fellow,
distinguishing an elite class of leading professionals.
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
28 | Chapter 3 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
USGBC, GBCI & LEED

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 29
USGBC, GBCI & LEED
USGBC’s Guiding Principles
As an organization, USGBC adheres to the following Guiding Principles
• Promote the Triple Bottom Line
• Establish leadership
• Reconcile humanity with nature
• Maintain integrity
• Ensure inclusiveness
• Exhibit transparency
• Foster social equity
Summarizing USGBC, GBCI & LEED
USGBC: Develops LEED rating systems; Publishes the LEED Reference Guides; Provides and de-
velops LEED based education and research projects.
GBCI: Provides third party LEED professional credentials; Provides third party LEED project certi-
fication; Develops and manages the credential maintenance program (CMP).
LEED: Refers to LEED Accredited Professionals—LEED Green Associates, LEED AP with Specialty
and LEED AP without Specialty—and LEED certified projects.
USGBC’s online and in-person educational offerings are available at three learning levels—100,
200 & 300—and approved for CE hours for the GBCI Credential Maintenance Program (CMP).
Individuals are Accredited and become LEED Green Associates or LEED Accredited Professionals
by successfully testing at the level of accreditation sought.
Buildings are Certified: A registered building is in the process of implementing LEED. ‘LEED cer-
tification’ with lowercase ‘c’ describes the certification process. ‘LEED certified’ with lowercase
‘c’ is used to describe a project that has been certified. ‘LEED Certified’ with capital ‘C’ is used to
describe a project that has been certified to the base level: Certified.
Companies or products are neither accredited nor certified.
Organizations can obtain membership to USGBC national organization.
Individuals can become members of USGBC regional chapters.
LEED—it is not LEEDs, leed, L.E.E.D or anything but LEED.
LEED Green Building Reference Guides
LEED Green Building Reference Guides are unique tools written to help guide LEED projects
from registration to certification of the design and construction of projects according to the rat-
ing system selected. As such, reference guides are specific to the rating system for the project,
or projects, being considered. For example, the Reference Guide for Green Building Design and
Construction is for new construction and major renovation projects that include the NC, Schools
and C&S rating systems.
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
30 | Chapter 3 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
USGBC, GBCI & LEED
LEED Green Building Rating Systems
USGBC aggressively responds to market changes. Given the growing need to include differ-
ent project types and in reaction to the expanding global market, rating systems are added as
necessary to address these newcomers. The development process for rating systems includes 3
types: current versions that are implemented and maintained; adaptation of credits to address
projects that would not qualify under existing rating systems; the next version that improves on
the existing version. The LEED Pilot Credit Library provides credits to be tested across different
rating systems and categories for inclusion into future versions of LEED. LEED is also is forward
thinking in providing a rating system to cover the operation and maintenance of buildings so as
to project their useful life.
It can be difficult, at times, to determine which rating system may be best appropriate when sev-
eral appear to be applicable. Accordingly, USGBC provides an excellent document—the Rating
System Guidance Selection—as general guidance to assist project teams if and when this occurs.
In part, recommendations include:
First, rating systems should selected based on construction type:
• Complete Construction
• Buildings that are undergoing new construction or major renovation (or gut rehab, for
low- and mid-rise residential) and a complete interior fit-out.
• LEED for New Construction and Major Renovations
• LEED for Schools
• LEED for Healthcare
• LEED for Retail: New Construction and Major Renovations
• LEED for Homes
• Core and Shell Construction
• Buildings that are undergoing new construction or major renovation on its exterior
shell and core mechanical, electrical, and plumbing units but not a complete interior
fit-out.
• LEED for Core & Shell
• Commercial Interior Construction
• Commercial Interior spaces that are undergoing a complete interior fit-out of at least
60% of the certifying gross floor area.
• LEED for Commercial Interiors
• LEED for Retail: Commercial Interiors
• Existing Buildings: Limited Construction
• Existing buildings undergoing improvement work or little to no construction.
• LEED for Existing Buildings: Operations & Maintenance
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 31
USGBC, GBCI & LEED
Second, rating systems should selected based on space usage:
• New Construction and Major Renovations
• Buildings that do not primarily serve K-12 educational, retail, or designated healthcare
uses
• High rise (7+stories) residential buildings
• Schools
• Buildings made up of core and ancillary learning spaces on K-12 school grounds
• Buildings made up of core and ancillary learning spaces on non K-12 school grounds
• Non academic buildings on school campuses
• Healthcare
• Buildings that serve individuals who seek medical treatment.
• Buildings with other kinds of medically-related uses, such as medical, dental and vet-
erinary offices and clinics, assisted living facilities and medical education & research
centers.
• Retail: New Construction and Major Renovations, Commercial Interiors
• Buildings or interiors dedicated to the sale of goods or commodities directly to con-
sumers who come onto the premise for the purpose of obtaining those goods or com-
modities, such as banks and restaurants.
• Homes
• Low-rise (1-3 stories) residential buildings. The LEED for Homes Multi-Family Midrise
rating system is appropriate for mid-rise (4-6 stories) residential buildings.
• Commercial Interiors
• Interiors dedicated to functions other than retail
A link to this document is provided at the end of this chapter and it would be well worth the time
to spend a few minutes reviewing the factors that must be considered when selecting which rat-
ing system to use. For instance, there is the 60/40 rule:
• If a rating system is appropriate for less than 40% of the gross floor area of a LEED project
building or space, then that rating system should not be used.
• If a rating system is appropriate for more than 60% of the gross floor area of a LEED project
building or space, then that rating system should be used.
• Project teams with buildings and spaces that do not fall into the scenarios described
above must assess their situation and decide which rating system is most applicable.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
32 | Chapter 3 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
USGBC, GBCI & LEED
Multiple Building Projects
The Multiple Building Application Guide is available for projects consisting of multiple buildings,
such as campuses and industrial complexes.
Multiple Certifications
• Buildings certified under NC, CS or Schools may also be certified under EB: O&M
• Buildings certified under CS may also be certified under CI
• LEED Neighborhood Development may earn additional points for construction or retrofit
of certified buildings which are part of the development
Rating System Credit Category Overview
The structure that allows the project team the flexibility to adapt to the project’s sustainable goals
is the credit categories that target specific environmental concerns. LEED Reference Guides be-
gin each category with an overview of the environmental concerns addressed by that category.
• Sustainable Sites (SS)
• The Sustainable Sites credits promote site selection by addressing the types of land,
the location relative to neighborhoods, density and mass transit, as well as regulating
vehicle parking and use
• The Sustainable Sites credits promote site design that address the impacts inherent of
development on land consumption, ecosystems, natural resources and energy use
• Water Efficiency (WE)
• The Water Efficiency credits address environmental concerns relating to the use and
disposal of building water by reducing indoor potable water consumption and using
strategies and technologies that provide water efficient landscaping; reducing the
amount of water consumption also reduces the amount of energy consumption for
both the production and use of potable water
• Energy and Atmosphere (EA)
• The Energy and Atmosphere credits address environmental concerns relating to build-
ing energy consumption by reducing the amount of energy required by building oper-
ations and through the use of more environmentally friendly ways to produce energy
• Materials and Resources (MR)
• The Materials and Resources credits address environmental concerns relating to mate-
rials selection, waste disposal and waste reduction by selecting sustainable materials,
reducing waste at its source, and reuse and recycling.
• Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)
• The Indoor Environmental Quality credits address environmental concerns relating to
indoor environmental quality, occupants’ health, safety and comfort, energy consump-
tion, air change effectiveness and air contaminant management.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 33
USGBC, GBCI & LEED
• Innovation in Design (ID)
• The Innovation in Design credits provide bonus points for projects that incorporate in-
novative and sustainable building features that improve performance above and beyond
the LEED Rating System requirements as directed in each credit; points can be awarded
for exemplary performance and innovative performance, as well as other strategies, such
as having a LEED AP as an involved member of the project team.
• Regional Priority (RP)
• The Regional Priority credits are made available to offer incentives for the achievement
of credits that address geographically specific environmental priorities.
LEED for Homes rating system credit categories
• Innovation & Design Process (ID)
• Location & Linkages (LL)
• Sustainable Sites (SS)
• Water Efficiency (WE)
• Energy & Atmosphere (EA)
• Materials & Resources (MR)
• Indoor Environmental Quality (EQ)
• Awareness & Education (AE)
LEED for Neighborhood Development (ND) is a stark deviation from all other LEED rating systems.
Developed to address green communities, LEED ND is focused around three specific areas:
• Smart Location and Linkages
• Guidance is provided to direct the project to locations that have access to existing in-
frastructure and services, such as transit.
• Neighborhood Pattern and Design
• Intent is to create compact, walkable and integrated communities that promote mixed-
uses.
• Green Infrastructure and Buildings
• The goal is to create projects that reduce the environmental impacts associated with
the construction and operation of buildings and their infrastructure within neighbor-
hoods in a way that also enhances the natural environment. As the name ND implies, it
promotes a sustainable community and not just a project.
• LEED ND also includes Innovation in Design and Regional Priority categories

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
34 | Chapter 3 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
USGBC, GBCI & LEED
Rating System Prerequisite and Credit Structure
Each LEED rating system is configured to define the parameters for the development of specific
project types and do so by providing categories that address environmental concerns related
to the project type. Each credit category has one or more mandatory prerequisites as well as a
selection of optional credits.
Prerequisites: Each version of LEED incorporates unique prerequisite requirements that must be
satisfied in order to achieve certification. The term “prerequisite” refers to a mandatory project
characteristic, measurement, quality, value or function as identified within the LEED rating sys-
tem. Prerequisites represent the key criteria that define green building performance and each
project must satisfy all specified prerequisites outlined in the LEED rating system under which it
is registered. Prerequisites establish minimum thresholds for each rating system, earn no points
and failure to meet any prerequisite will render a project ineligible for certification.
Credits: In addition to meeting all applicable mandated prerequisites, project teams must satisfy
a combination of credits to achieve the requisite number of points necessary for the specific level
of certification desired. The phrase “Credit” means a non-mandatory project characteristic, mea-
surement, quality, value or function as identified within a LEED rating system. Credits represent a
particular facet of sustainable design that contribute to overall green building performance and
no single credit is mandatory. Credits are selected and pursued at the option of a LEED project
team and are arranged in a series of categories, each pertaining to a certain aspect of sustainable
design. Each credit is associated with a specific number of points and projects must be awarded
a minimum number of points outlined in the LEED rating system under which it is registered to
achieve a particular level of certification, such as Certified, Silver, Gold or Platinum.
Each LEED prerequisite and credit will have one or more requirements that must be met in order
to be in compliance. The first section of every prerequisite and credit will define the “Intent”, or
goal, and the “Requirements”, or methods, strategies and/or standards required to achieve com-
pliance for that prerequisite or credit. The content structure of all LEED prerequisites and credits
is as follows:
• Intents
• Identifies the main sustainability goal or environmental benefit of the prerequisite or
credit.
• Requirements
• Specifies the criteria that satisfy the prerequisite or credit and the number of points
available. Some credits have 2 or more compliance paths with cumulative points. Oth-
er credits have several options available for the project team to choose. Prerequisites
must be achieved and credits are optional
The remainder of each prerequisite/credit section contains information for these 13 areas:
1. Benefits and Issues to Consider
• The environmental damage that is being mitigated and economic considerations of-
fered by the prerequisite or credit.
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 35
USGBC, GBCI & LEED
2. Related Credits
• Lists other credits that may be affected through synergies or trade-offs.
3. Summary of Referenced Standards
• Standards, such as ASHRAE, ASTM and EPA that may be used as a requirement to
achieve prerequisite or credit compliance.
• For some prerequisites and credits, LEED will allow federal, state, ,local laws or codes
to overrule if they are more strict; it should be noted that federal, state and local laws or
codes will always trump LEED required standards, if more stringent.
4. Implementation
• Offers suggestions for methods and strategies that can be used to achieve prerequisite
or credit compliance.
5. Timeline and Team
• Describes who should be involved with achieving prerequisite or credit compliance
and when this task should occur.
6. Calculations
• Lists and explains formulas and calculations, if required, to achieve prerequisite or cred-
it compliance.
7. Documentation Guidance
• This important section lists and explains what documents are required to be uploaded
to LEED Online demonstrating compliance and the declarant responsible for signing
off on the prerequisite or credit.
8. Examples
• Some prerequisites and credits have examples to demonstrate how compliance can be
achieved.
9. Exemplary Performance
• Many credits can earn additional points for exceeding the minimum credit performance.
No prerequisites offer Exemplary Performance points
10. Regional Variations
• LEED recognizes the regional differences when trying to achieve credit compliance and
offers options for addressing those regional issues.
11. Operations and Maintenance Considerations
• Guidance for implementing methods and strategies for operational and maintenance
procedures.
12. Resources
• Lists of websites and print media that can offer additional information that may be
beneficial to achieving prerequisite or credit compliance.
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
36 | Chapter 3 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
USGBC, GBCI & LEED
13. Definitions
• Lists of definitions for terminology specific to that prerequisite or credit.
Minimum Program Requirements (MPRs)
In addition to mandatory compliance with all category prerequisites, the project must also ad-
here to LEED Minimum Program Requirements (MPRs). These requirements define the types of
buildings that the LEED Green Building Rating Systems were designed to evaluate, and taken
together, serve three goals:
• Give clear guidance to the customer
• Protect the integrity of the LEED program
• Reduce complications that occur during the LEED Certification process
MPRs are rating system specific and projects must comply with each applicable MPR for the spe-
cific rating system it is seeking. The 7 areas listed represent a general outline of the MPR require-
ments and address only the core issue relative to the MPR. Each rating system may have specific
requirements which must be met. Refer to GBCI for detailed and updated MPR requirements:
1. Must comply with environmental laws
2. Must be a complete, permanent building or space
3. Must use a reasonable site boundary
4. Must comply with minimum floor area requirements
5. Must comply with minimum occupancy rates
6. Must commit to sharing whole building energy and water usage data
7. Must comply with a minimum building area to site area ratio
Credit Harmonization
Credits and prerequisites from all LEED commercial and institutional rating systems are consoli-
dated and aligned, drawing on their most effective common denominators, so that credits and
prerequisites are consistent across LEED rating systems. Credit Harmonization is a structure de-
signed to consolidate, align and update all LEED Rating Systems into their “most effective com-
mon denominator”, providing a pool of prerequisites/credits for all LEED rating systems. This
harmonization makes the task easier for project teams to switch from one rating system to an-
other.
Carbon Overlay
USGBC is a signatory to the Wingspread Principles on a U.S. Response to Global Warming, a set of
propositions signed by organizations and individuals declaring their commitment to addressing
the issue of climate change. The Wingspread Principles call for effective action to reduce green-
house gas emissions 60% - 80% below 1990 levels by mid-century.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 37
USGBC, GBCI & LEED
LEED rated buildings typically have lower greenhouse gas emissions than comparable conven-
tional buildings, with some having greater reductions than others. Accordingly, USGBC identifies
and prioritizes LEED credits based on their relative value for greenhouse gas emissions reduc-
tion. This Carbon Overlay is a quantitative index of the relative importance of individual credits.
The score for each LEED credit is based on the carbon footprint for a typical LEED building. A
building’s carbon footprint is the total greenhouse gas emissions associated with its construc-
tion and operation:
• Energy used in building systems
• Building related transportation
• Embodied emissions of water (electricity used to extract, convey, treat and deliver water)
• Embodied emissions of solid waste (life cycle emissions associated with solid waste)
• Embodied emissions of materials (associated with the manufacture and transport of ma-
terials)
Credit Weightings
With the implementation of LEED 2009, credits have different weightings depending on their
ability to impact different environmental and human health concerns. With revised credit weight-
ings, LEED awards more points for strategies that will have greater positive impacts on what
matters most—energy efficiency and CO2 reductions. Each credit is evaluated against a list of 13
environmental impact categories, including climate change, indoor environmental quality, re-
source depletion and water intake, among many others. The impact categories were prioritized,
and credits were assigned a value based on how they contributed to mitigating each impact.
The result revealed each credit’s portion of the big picture, giving the most value to credits that
have the highest potential for making the biggest change. As a result, LEED will now operates on
a 100-point scale across the various rating systems, except LEED for Homes.
Regional Priority Credits
To provide incentives to address geographically specific environmental issues, USGBC regional
councils and chapters have identified 6 credits per rating system that are of particular impor-
tance to specific areas. Each regional priority credit is worth an additional 1 point, and a total of
4 regional priority points may be earned. Upon project registration, LEED Online automatically
determines a project’s regional priority credits based on its zip code. Although the project may
be able to achieve more than 4 regional priority credits, the project team can choose only 4
credits for which these points will apply. The USGBC website contains a searchable database of
regional priority credits.
LEED Technical Advisory Groups (TAGs)
LEED committees rely on Technical Advisory Groups (TAGs) to provide technical advice with re-
spect to LEED. The TAGs are committees of the LEED Steering Committee (LSC) and, under direct
management by the Technical Committee, charged with assessing and recommending technical

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
38 | Chapter 3 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
USGBC, GBCI & LEED
solutions to the LSC for review and approval. The Technical Advisory Groups are charged with
providing a consistent source of technical advice to LEED committees and working groups with
respect to credit and prerequisite improvement and supporting tool development—ensuring
that the integrity of LEED is grounded on technical and scientific considerations of the highest
quality. These committees also work on credit and prerequisite development based on their
specific areas of expertise.
The Technical Advisory Groups are structured to include commercial, residential and neighbor-
hood development expertise for specific technical issues within the LEED rating systems:
• Sustainable Sites (SS)
• Water Efficiency (WE)
• Energy and Atmosphere (EA)
• Materials and Resources (MR)
• Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)
• Location & Planning (LP)
LEED Pilot Credit Library
The LEED Pilot Credit Library is intended to facilitate the introduction of new credits to LEED and
is an important tool for advancing LEED. The process allows projects to test more innovative
credits that haven’t been through USGBC’s complete drafting and balloting process. Projects
wanting to participate in a credit pilot must register with USGBC.
Through a special arrangement with USGBC, LEEDuser (www.leeduser.com) has posted the of-
ficial language of the LEED pilot credits in order to make it more accessible to interested project
teams. LEEDuser has also posted a short summary introducing each credit, and each credit has
an associated forum where project teams working on the credits can share their experiences
and ask questions. USGBC encourages project teams to use this forum.
Project Registration and Certification
Commercial LEED Rating Systems

The Green Building Certification Institute (GBCI), an independent third-party, manages the re-
view and verification process for projects seeking certification under commercial LEED Green
Building Rating Systems. Each LEED rating system corresponds with a LEED reference guide that
is the standard document for detailing the applicable prerequisites and credits as defined by the
rating system structure.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 39
USGBC, GBCI & LEED
LEED certification is provided by GBCI to verify that a building project meets all requirements for
the level of certification being sought. Certification for any project requires satisfying all Mini-
mum Program Requirements (MPRs), prerequisites and a minimum number of credits.
Project Certification Levels
To earn LEED certification, the applicant project must satisfy all the mandatory MPRs and cate-
gory prerequisites, and qualify for a minimum number of optional credit points. All LEED Rating
Systems, except LEED for Homes, have 100 base points plus 6 Innovation in Design points and 4
Regional Priority bonus points, for a total of 110 points. LEED for Homes is based on a 125 point
scale plus 11 Innovation in Design points. Projects, except LEED for Homes, achieve certification
if they earn points according to the following levels:
• Certified: 40-49 points
• Silver: 50-59 points
• Gold: 60-79 points
• Platinum: 80+ points
Registration
Project teams seeking LEED certification for their buildings must first register the project with
GBCI. The GBCI website provides information on registration costs for USGBC national members
as well as nonmembers. Registration is an important first step that establishes contact with GBCI
and provides access, via LEED Online, to software tools, errata, critical communications, and oth-
er essential information. Project certification is a 6 step process—5 formal steps not including
the process of determining if LEED is right for the project.
Project Administrator
GBCI assigns the role of Project Administrator to the person who initially registers the project
via LEED Online. This person is the main contact with GBCI. Although it is advisable to select the
Project Administrator during the charrette, this person can be replaced after registration. The
roles of a Project Administrator include:
• Provides project information when registering via LEED Online
• Invites team members for access to LEED Online
• Assigns credit responsibility to team members
LEED AP
Although a LEED AP is not required to be a member of the project team in order to achieve cer-
tification, a LEED AP can be a valuable asset to the process:
• Provides project coordination between all project team disciplines
• Knows the responsibilities and status of each team member
• Manages and reviews project team documentation prior to uploading to Credit Forms

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
40 | Chapter 3 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
USGBC, GBCI & LEED
• Knows which credits each member of the project team is responsible for
• Understands the entire certification process
• Coordinates codes and standards
• Must play a principle role in the project to be eligible for an Innovation in Design credit
Eligibility
Building types that are eligible for certification include, but are not limited to, offices, retail and
service establishments, institutional buildings, hotels and residential buildings of four or more
habitable stories. If a project team is unsure whether the building or space is a candidate for
LEED certification, they should review the LEED Rating System Checklist that applies to the proj-
ect. The project is a viable candidate for certification if it meets all the required MPRs and prereq-
uisites and can achieve the minimum number of points necessary to earn the Certified level. The
project team, by using the Project Checklist forms provided by GBCI, can determine which LEED
rating system and level of certification would be best suited for the project.
LEED Online
LEED Online is the primary web based resource with which project teams with registered proj-
ects can manage the LEED certification process. Using LEED Online the project team can:
• Manage project details
• Complete documentation requirements
• Upload supporting files
• Submit applications for review
• Receive reviewer feedback
• Earn LEED certification
Project Checklist
The LEED Project Checklist (aka LEED Credit Scorecard) is a form used by the project team that
lists all of the prerequisites and credits of the rating system being pursued:
• Should be initiated by the project team early during the charrette process
• Allows the project team members the ability to assess and track attempted credits
• Lists all prerequisites and credits for each category with columns for the project team to
mark as Yes, ? (Maybe), or No
The project team, preferably during a charrette, must first verify that the project can meet the
requirements of all the rating system prerequisites. Then the team can cherry pick the low hang-
ing fruit from the optional credits available. These will be the credits that can be easily achieved.
Then the team can concentrate on the more difficult credits they wish to go after. Total credit
points achieved equals the level of certification awarded.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 41
USGBC, GBCI & LEED
Credit Forms and Calculators
Mandatory to the certification process are the Adobe interactive PDF LEED Credit Forms (aka
Credit Templates, Letter Templates, or Submittal Templates) that can be accessed only by the
Project Administrator and invited project team members via LEED Online. Credit Forms are used
to upload documentation required to verify prerequisite and credit compliance. Each Credit
Form will list the requirements for achievement as well as the documentation required for sub-
mittal and must be signed by the declarant. For credits that require calculations, calculators are
built in to indicate if the credit requirements have been met. Some credits require only the sig-
nature of the declarant indicating compliance. In part, Credit Forms:
• Streamlines the preparation of LEED applications
• Allows the Project Administrator to assign project team member responsibility
• Provides automatic calculation for compliance verification when required data is entered
by a project team member
USGBC links to sample Project Checklists and Credit Templates and Forms are provided at the
end of this chapter.
Certification Process Overview
Commercial LEED Ratings Systems
Prepare Application
The GBCI website walks the applicant through the various steps required for each type of LEED
rating system application.
Each LEED credit and prerequisite has a unique set of documentation requirements that must
be completed as a part of the application process. While preparing the application, the project
team selects the credits it has chosen to pursue and assigns the credits to the responsible team
members. The project team should begin to collect information and perform calculations for all
prerequisites and the credits it has chosen to pursue. When the necessary documentation has
been assembled, the project team will upload the materials to LEED Online and start the applica-
tion review process.
Submit Application
Only the LEED Project Administrator is eligible to submit an application for review. Requirements
for a complete application vary according to the review path, but will always include payment of
the appropriate certification review fee.
Application Review
Upon receipt of a completed application for certification, a formal application review will be
initiated. The application review process differs slightly for each LEED Rating System and review
path. There are two options available to the project team:

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
42 | Chapter 3 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
USGBC, GBCI & LEED
• Split Review:
• Design Phase Review: LEED reference guides designate which prerequisites and credits
can be submitted during a Design Phase Review.
• Construction Phase Review: LEED reference guides designate which prerequisites and
credits must be submitted during a Construction Phase Review.
• Combined Review:
• All prerequisites and credits are submitted at, or after, the completion of construction.
The review of prerequisites and credits by GBCI does not constitute final approval, only the likely
approval of each upon final review. If, however, the GBCI reviewer denies approval, the project
team, for a fee, can appeal the decision.
A GBCI link to the registration, application, review and certification process is provided at the
end of this chapter. Select a rating system for detailed information, including split and combined
reviews.
Certification
Certification is the final step in the LEED review process. Once the final application review is com-
plete, the project team can either accept or appeal the final decision.
Timeline and Project Design Phases
• Predesign
• Information gathering and establishing goals (charrette)
• At this time the project team should check USGBC’s website to determine if any refer-
ence guide addenda have been issued that could affect prerequisite and credit require-
ments.
• Schematic Design
• Examines design options and establishes an agreed upon layout and scope of work.
• Design Development
• Begins the process of refining the schematic design and developing first design of the
project’s energy systems.
• Construction Documents
• Schematic design developed into detailed drawings so that construction can take
place.
• Construction
• Construction documents (CDs) completed and necessary local authority approvals re-
ceived to begin construction.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 43
USGBC, GBCI & LEED
• Substantial Completion
• Construction is nearly completed and the client could occupy the space, providing lo-
cal authorities permit occupancy prior to receipt of Certificate of Occupancy.
• Final Completion
• All construction per the construction documents has been completed.
• Certificate of Occupancy
• Official notice by building authorities having jurisdiction that the project conforms to
applicable building and safety codes.
Certification Process Stages
Commercial LEED Ratings Systems
Step 1: Planning
Step 2: Registration
Step 3: Documentation
Step 4: Certification
LEED for Neighborhood Development
LEED ND projects are considered certified upon the successful completion of a Stage 3 applica-
tion. Upon successful completion of any application stage, a LEED ND project will receive formal
recognition and may be included (at the owner’s discretion) in online LEED Project Directory of
registered and certified projects. Depending on the stage of review completed, a project may
receive one of the following:
Stage 1 Projects: Review prior to completion of entitlement (permitting) process; a formal letter
of recognition as a Conditionally Approved LEED ND Plan
Stage 2 Projects: Certification of an approved development plan; a formal certificate of recogni-
tion as a Pre-Certified LEED ND Plan
Stage 3 Projects: Review of a completed neighborhood development; information on how to
order a LEED ND plaque recognizing the project as a LEED Certified Neighborhood Development
LEED for Homes Registration and Certification
The LEED for Homes process is substantially different than commercial rating systems. With LEED
for Homes projects, there is no relationship with GBCI, as the LEED for Homes Provider provides
third party verification. The only communication between the Project and USGBC is during proj-
ect registration.
LEED for Homes Certification Levels
• Certified: 45 - 59 points
• Silver: 60 - 74 points
• Gold: 75 - 89 points
• Platinum: 90 - 136 points
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
44 | Chapter 3 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
USGBC, GBCI & LEED
How to Participate in LEED for Homes
Any project seeking LEED for Homes certification must work through a LEED for Homes Provider.
LEED for Homes Providers are under contract to USGBC to provide third party verification for the
LEED for Homes program. Another faction of this process are Green Raters, who are subordinate
to Providers. A Green Rater works with the LEED for Homes Provider team to perform field in-
spections and performance testing.
LEED for Homes Provider program:
• Project registration
• Directs Green Raters
• Certifies LEED homes
• Verifies integrity of the certification
• Works with USGBC and local USGBC chapters
Five Steps to Participate
There are five basic steps for participating in LEED for Homes:
• Contact a LEED for Homes Provider
• Develop the project team
• Build the home
• Certify the project
• Market and sell the LEED home
LEED for Homes Certification Stages
Step 1: Early Planning
Step 2: Design
Step 3: Build
Step 4: Verification and certification
Step 5: Reflection on achievements
Project Credit Interpretation Ruling Requests (CIRs) and LEED Interpretations
Occasionally during the process of analyzing prerequisite or credit compliance requirements,
the project team may encounter instances where they are unclear whether their strategy meets
the intent of the prerequisite or credit. The Project Credit Interpretation Request (CIR) and ruling
process is designed to allow project teams to obtain technical and administrative guidance on
how LEED requirements, including Minimum Program Requirements, prerequisites and credits,
pertain to their projects. In summary:
• After review of the reference guide, if the project team cannot determine if the path cho-
sen meets the intent of the prerequisite or credit, they should first contact USGBC Cus-
tomer Service to see if their question(s) can be answered. If not, then the project team
should submit their CIR, at a cost of $220 each.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 45
USGBC, GBCI & LEED
• Project teams shall not submit Project CIR requests in the format of a letter. Inquiries shall
contain only the specific issues and the essential background information necessary for
a ruling. Project CIR requests shall not contain in excess of 600 words, or alternatively
5000 characters including spaces. Furthermore, project teams shall not submit attach-
ments, cut-sheets, plans or drawings with any formal inquiry. The exception being LEED
for Neighborhood Development projects which are allowed to submit a site plan.
• Project teams should note that neither the credit language nor the minimum achieve-
ment thresholds can be changed through the Project CIR process. Furthermore, Project
CIRs do not in any way guarantee that a LEED MPR, prerequisite or credit will be satisfied
or achieved. The project team must still demonstrate and document satisfaction of all
LEED requirements during the LEED certification process. In addition, project teams must
adhere to the Project CIRs received for their projects.
LEED Interpretations are similar to project specific CIRs, but unlike Credit Interpretation Rulings,
they can be precedent-setting and applied to multiple projects and rating systems. As such,
LEED Interpretation approval takes longer than CIRs.
LEED Credentialing & Credential Maintenance
LEED Professional credentials and exams are administered by GBCI. In a move designed to pro-
vide LEED Professionals the ability to grow their knowledge base, stay current with best prac-
tices, and show clients and employers that their expertise is meaningful in a rapidly transforming
marketplace, GBCI created a continuing education process referred to as the Credential Mainte-
nance Program (CMP).
LEED credentialing and maintenance is a 2-step process, earning the credential and then main-
taining the credential.
Step 1: Earn a LEED Professional credential. GBCI provides accreditation at 3 levels, or tiers, where
candidates can select the exam most appropriate to their needs from Tier I or Tier II:
• Tier I: LEED Green Associate—intended for professionals who want to demonstrate green
building expertise in non-technical fields of practice (e.g., administration, managers, legal,
sales and marketing, students, media, entry-level design and construction).
• Tier II: LEED AP with Specialty—professionals who exhibit an extraordinary depth of knowl-
edge in green building practices and specialization in a specific field (e.g., architects, engi-
neers, designers, construction managers, facilities maintenance personnel).
• LEED AP Building Design + Construction (LEED AP BD+C)
• LEED AP Interior Design + Construction (LEED AP ID+C)
• LEED AP Operations + Maintenance (LEED AP O+M)
• LEED AP Neighborhood Development (LEED AP ND)
• LEED AP Homes

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
46 | Chapter 3 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
USGBC, GBCI & LEED
• Tier III: LEED Fellow—developed to honor and recognize distinguished LEED APs who have
made a significant contribution to the field of green building and sustainability. Nominees
must be nominated by their peers.
For Tier I & II credentials, the exam choices are:
• LEED Green Associate Exam
• LEED BD+C Specialty Exam (BD+C)
• LEED ID+C Specialty Exam (ID+C)
• LEED O+M Specialty Exam (O+M)
• LEED ND Specialty Exam (ND)
• LEED Homes Specialty Exam (Homes)
All exam candidates who test under the LEED Green Associate or LEED AP with Specialty tiers
must:
• Meet eligibility requirements
• Agree to the Disciplinary & Exam Appeals Policy
• Agree to credential maintenance
• Submit to an application audit
Step 2: Maintain the credential through the Credential Maintenance Program (CMP). In general,
complying with the credential maintenance requirements of the CMP is a 2-step process:
• Step 1: Earning Continuing Education (CE) hours
• LEED Green Associates must earn 15 CE hours biennially.
• LEED APs with Specialty must earn 30 CE hours biennially, as well as additional hours
for additional specialties.
• A $50 biennial renewal fee for all LEED Professionals.
• Step 2: Reporting CE hours earned during the 2-year reporting cycle
Note: LEED APs who earned their credential prior to June 30, 2009 are considered LEED APs
without specialty. LEED APs without specialty were provided an enrollment window of 2 years
between fall 2009 and fall 2011 to opt into the CMP without prejudice.
USGBC Trademark Policy and GBCI Logo Guidelines
Both USGBC and GBCI have extensive trademark and logo policies and guidelines, specific to the
type, color, size and acceptable use of their logos as well as directions for using the terms U.S.
Green Building Council, USGBC, Green Building Certification Institute and GBCI.
USGBC and GBCI have put forth a great deal of effort in defining the parameters for the proper
and improper use of their intellectual property. Therefore, it’s important for the exam candidate
and LEED Professional to understand the details. Any unauthorized use of USGBC and GBCI pro-
prietary materials may result in legal action.
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 47
USGBC, GBCI & LEED
The 26 page USGBC and 12 page GBCI manuals are available for download, as well as logos in
various graphic file formats, on USGBC and GBCI websites.
The information outline below is just a summary overview of a small part of the extensive infor-
mation contained on the websites and in each manual.
• USGBC
• USGBC Proprietary Marks
• Organizational Level Marks
• USGBC Logo
• Chapter Logo
• Member Logo
• Program Level Marks
• LEED logo
• USGBC Students Logo
• LEED for Homes Logo
• LEED for Homes Affiliate Logo
• Greenbuild Logo
• Project Level Marks
• LEED Certified Logo
• LEED Silver Logo
• LEED Gold Logo
• LEED Platinum Logo
• USGBC in Text
• The official organization name is the U.S. Green Building Council. “USGBC” is the official
acronym. Use the complete name on any first reference. Subsequent references in copy
may use USGBC.
• Acceptable
• U.S. Green Building Council
• USGBC
• Unnacceptable
• U.S.G.B.C.
• U.S. GBC
• United States Green Building Council
• US Green Building Council
• GBC
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
48 | Chapter 3 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
USGBC, GBCI & LEED
• LEED
• Acronym for ‘Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design’
• “LEED®” – with the registered trademark superscript – is only necessary for the first use
in a short document, or the first use in each section of a longer document. Following
the first mention, use “LEED”.
• When a project achieves certification it should be referred to as a LEED-certified proj-
ect.
• “LEED certification” with lowercase “c” is used to describe the certification process.
“LEED certified” with lowercase “c” is used to describe a project that has been certified.
“LEED Certified” with capital “C” is used to describe a project that has been certified to
the base level: Certified. When a project is certified, the correct wording is “project ‘A’
is LEED Silver” or “project ‘A’ is LEED certified to the Silver level” or “project ‘A’ is LEED
Silver certified.”
• Acceptable
• Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design
• LEED
• GBCI
• GBCI Proprietary Marks
• Organization
• GBCI Logo
• Green Building Certification Institute Logo
• Person
• LEED AP Logo
• LEED Green Associate Logo
• LEED AP BD+C Logo
• LEED AP ID+C Logo
• LEED AP O+M Logo
• LEED AP ND Logo
• LEED AP Homes Logo
• Educational
• Credential Maintenance Program (CMP) Logo
• The CMP logo is used to designate Education Review Body-approved continuing ed-
ucation courses that offer credit toward the credential maintenance requirements of
the LEED Green Associate and LEED AP with specialty professional credentials.
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 49
USGBC, GBCI & LEED
• GBCI in Text
• The official organization name is the Green Building Certification Institute. “GBCI” is the
official acronym. Use the complete name on any first reference. Subsequent references
in copy may use GBCI.
• Acceptable
• Green Building Certification Institute
• GBCI
USGBC, GBCI & LEED Summary
• USGBC: Develops LEED rating systems; Publishes the LEED Reference Guides; Provides
and develops LEED based education and research projects
• GBCI: Provides third party LEED professional credentials; Provides third party LEED project
certification; Develops and manages the credential maintenance program (CMP)
• LEED: Refers to LEED Accredited Professionals and LEED certified projects
• LEED 2009 refers to the LEED rating systems developed and implemented by USGBC in
2009.
• LEED version 3 (LEED v3) is the current version of the LEED green building certification
system developed by USGBC and encompasses the LEED rating systems updated in 2009,
the online LEED certification tool (LEED Online), and the LEED credential maintenance
program (CMP).
• Levels of Certification
• Commercial Rating Systems
• Certified: 40-49 points
• Silver: 50-59 points
• Gold: 60-79 points
• Platinum: 80+ points
• LEED for Homes Rating System
• Certified: 45-59 points
• Silver: 60-74 points
• Gold: 75-89 points
• Platinum: 90-136 points

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
50 | Chapter 3 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
USGBC, GBCI & LEED
• LEED Rating Systems
• LEED for New Construction (NC)
• LEED for Schools (SCH)
• LEED for Core & Shell (CS)
• LEED for Commercial Interiors (CI)
• LEED for Retail
• LEED for Healthcare
• LEED for Existing Buildings: Operation & Maintenance (EB: O&M)
• LEED for Neighborhood Development (ND)
• LEED for Homes
• Prerequisites and credits for commercial rating systems
• Sustainable Sites (SS)
• Water Efficiency (WE)
• Energy and Atmosphere (EA)
• Materials and Resources (MR)
• Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)
• Innovation in Design (ID); Innovation in Operation (IO)
• Regional Priority (RP)
• Prerequisites and credits for LEED for Homes rating system:
• Innovation & Design Process (ID)
• Location & Linkages (LL)
• Sustainable Sites (SS)
• Water Efficiency (WE)
• Energy & Atmosphere (EA)
• Materials & Resources (MR)
• Indoor Environmental Quality (EQ)
• Categories for LEED for Neighborhood Development
• Smart Location and Linkages
• Neighborhood Pattern and Design
• Green Infrastructure and Buildings

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 51
USGBC, GBCI & LEED
• LEED exams
• LEED Green Associate Exam
• LEED BD+C Specialty Exam (BD+C)
• LEED ID+C Specialty Exam (ID+C)
• LEED O+M Specialty Exam (O+M)
• LEED ND Specialty Exam (ND)
• LEED Homes Specialty Exam (Homes)
• LEED Credentials
• Tier I: LEED Green Associate
• Tier II: LEED AP with Specialty
• LEED AP Building Design + Construction (LEED AP BD+C)
• LEED AP Interior Design + Construction (LEED AP ID+C)
• LEED AP Operations + Maintenance (LEED AP O+M)
• LEED AP Neighborhood Development (LEED AP ND)
• LEED AP Homes
• Tier III: LEED Fellow
• Credential Maintenance Program (CMP)
• Earn the credential
• Maintain the credential
Chapter & Recommended Reference Links
• USGBC: http://www.usgbc.org/
• GBCI: http://www.gbci.org/homepage.aspx
• LEED: http://www.usgbc.org/DisplayPage.aspx?CategoryID=19
• LEED Candidate Handbooks: http://www.gbci.org/main-nav/professional-credentials/re-
sources/candidate-handbooks.aspx
• LEED Reference Guides: http://www.usgbc.org/Store/PublicationsList_new.
aspx?CMSPageID=1518
• LEED Rating Systems: http://www.usgbc.org/DisplayPage.aspx?CMSPageID=222
• LEED Online: http://www.gbci.org/main-nav/building-certification/leed-online/about-leed-
online.aspx
• LEED Project Registration: http://www.gbci.org/main-nav/building-certification/certification-
guide.aspx

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
52 | Chapter 3 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
USGBC, GBCI & LEED
• LEED Project Checklists (select rating system, then select xls checklist): http://www.usgbc.
org/DisplayPage.aspx?CMSPageID=222
• LEED Sample Credit Templates and Forms: http://www.usgbc.org/DisplayPage.
aspx?CMSPageID=1447
• LEED Pilot Credit Category: http://www.usgbc.org/DisplayPage.aspx?CMSPageID=2104
• LEEDuser Pilot Credit Forum: http://www.leeduser.com/rating-systems/Pilot-Credits/leed-
pilot-credit-library
• LEED Project Credit Interpretation Requests (CIRs) and LEED Interpretations: http://www.
gbci.org/Certification/Resources/cirs.aspx
• LEED Minimum Program Requirements (MPRs): http://www.usgbc.org/ShowFile.
aspx?DocumentID=6715
• LEED Credit Harmonization: http://www.usgbc.org/DisplayPage.aspx?CMSPageID=1971
• LEED Rating System Selection Policy: http://www.usgbc.org/ShowFile.
aspx?DocumentID=6667
• Wingspread Principles on a U.S. Response to Global Warming: http://www.climateaction-
project.com/principles.php
• LEED Credit Weightings: http://www.usgbc.org/DisplayPage.aspx?CMSPageID=1971
• LEED Regional Priority Credits: http://www.usgbc.org/DisplayPage.aspx?CMSPageID=1971
• Credential Maintenance Program (CMP): http://www.gbci.org/CMP/about-cmp.aspx
• Additional CMP information available here: http://studio4llc.com/category/leed-study-mate-
rial-e-store/free-study-resources/
• USGBC Trademark Guidelines: http://www.usgbc.org/DisplayPage.aspx?CMSPageID=1835&
• GBCI Trademarks: http://www.gbci.org/legal/trademarks/gbci.aspx
• LEED Technical Advisory Groups (TAGs): http://www.usgbc.org/DisplayPage.
aspx?CMSPageID=1795
• USGBC Guiding Principles: http://communicate.usgbc.org/usgbc/2006/08.15.06_guiding_
principles/guidingPrinciples/

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 53
CHAPTER | 4

The Integrative Process


»» Integrated Project Delivery (IPD)
»» Integrated Design Process
»» Integrated Project Team
»» Systems Thinking Approach
»» Measuring Performance of Green Buildings
»» The Integrative Process Summary
»» Chapter & Recommended Reference Links
»» Studio4 Project: the Integrative Process

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS

54
The Integrative Process
Integrated Project Delivery (IPD)
Integrative Design Process—Integrated Design Process—Integrated Project Delivery—Integrat-
ed Project Team—These are terms that are becoming commonplace as they relate to sustainable
building. So what do they mean? By definition:
In·te·gra·tive: of or relating to integration; relating to a multidisciplinary, holistic approach
In·te·grated: to make into a whole by bringing all parts together; unify; to join with something
else; unite; to make part of a larger unit
The interpreter and facilitator that stands between the entities USGBC, GBCI and the LEED sys-
tem of tools is the project team—the design, engineering and construction professionals along
with the owner and all other stakeholders with a vested interest in the project. To maximize
sustainable success, the professionals invited to the team must understand they must work to-
gether, in a cohesive and integrated environment.
For traditional projects, the process typically begins with the owner contacting an architect, or
other design professional, to discuss a design-bid-build project. The architect will collect infor-
mation from the owner, prepare construction documents, send the project out for bids, and the
owner will then contract with the general contractor or builder of their choice. For the most part,
the architect, engineers, contractors and others work independently of each other, with little
collaboration and coordination between the many players and disciplines. This type of segre-
gated design and communication limits integration and synergistic opportunities, often lead-
ing to under or over design, which often produces less efficient and more costly buildings and
systems.
A second method, one that has been around for some time and gaining popularity to the point
it is now on par with the percentage of design-bid-build contracts awarded, is where the owner
contacts a single entity, such as a developer, general contractor or construction management
firm, to prepare a design-build package. Here, the developer/contractor/CM provides a turnkey
project—a method to deliver a project in which the design and construction services are con-
tracted by a single entity­­—with the owner for project delivery. This method provides an easier
path for successful project integration and communication—one entity controls all aspects of
the design-build project. This is referred to as the design-build project delivery method.
However, in the mid-1990s another method of project delivery was created—Integrated Project
Delivery (IPD). Unlike the design–build project delivery method which places the contractor in
the leading role on a building project, IPD represents a return to the “master builder” concept
where the entire building team including the owner, architect, general contractor, building engi-
neers, fabricators, and subcontractors work collaboratively throughout the construction process.
IPD is a shared risk/shared reward system, meaning that if a problem comes up on a project, the
focus of the team is on finding a solution rather than assigning blame for the problem.
The major differences between these two project delivery methods is that with the design-build
method the owner has, somewhat, less hands-on participation in the process and the archi-
tect becomes subservient to the contractor. With IPD, different types of contract and insurance
agreements are required, and the use of Building Information Modeling (BIM) is necessary.
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 55
The Integrative Process
Integrated Design Process
It would be an uphill struggle to promote green projects if the owner or client possessed little
or no knowledge of green building principles. To overcome this, the owner must be educated
and “buy into” the basic tenets associated with sustainable design and construction. Primarily a
holistic, or whole building approach, practicing the Integrated Design Process coupled with an
Integrated Project Team that has experience in, and a dedication to, the field of sustainability.
The building design process begins when the basic programmatic requirements for the project
have been determined. A schematic design follows, formulating the basic theme that will be
used to meet the project’s goals. During design development, the scheme is further refined into
a design which is used for preparing the construction documents. The project is bid, contracts
awarded and construction commences.
During the traditional approach, design and construction professionals work somewhat indepen-
dently on their respective discipline—area of expertise. One of two things can happen when con-
sultants are added to the design process midstream. The new team member shares expertise that
changes the project late in the process, requiring more time, effort and money to back track. Or
more commonly, the team decides not to pursue the new approach. In either case, the project and
the owner suffer a consequence. Value Engineering during design and construction becomes the
norm, which leads to value loss.
However, during the integrated design approach, all stakeholders and design team members
are brought into the project at the earliest stage to discuss the project’s goals and requirements.
At various stages of the design process, reviews are conducted to verify the owner’s require-
ments and goals are being met. Integrated design allows the stakeholders and design team to
communicate collectively throughout the entire design process so that each member is aware
of all decisions made. By bringing all the stakeholders to the design process early, intensive analysis
and in-depth investigations can discover complementary and innovative project goals and design
strategies when change costs less. This Integrated Project Team establishes project goals together
while engaging in a productive exchange of ideas. The team understands, applies and tests these
goals throughout the design process.
Stakeholders share their knowledge in multi-day charrette (brainstorming) formats; trade-offs and
connections are recognized. Problems are reframed and better solutions are generated by creating
an innovative and collaborative environment where each opinion matters. The entire team estab-
lishes and meets the project goals, objectives and major solutions. These charrettes are investiga-
tory by nature, thoughtfully critiqued and leverage the expertise and resources of the team. Con-
nections are made that typically are not immediately understood, such as how paint color impacts
the mechanical load or how building orientation affects human productivity. Sometimes the most
effective solutions have the lowest construction cost implications and might be undiscovered in a
traditional design process. In addition to charrettes, the project team should schedule regular
team meetings throughout the course of the project to provide updates and discuss any issues
that need to be addressed.
By utilizing the Integrated Design Process, deep curiosity, thorough analysis and strategic, technical
problem solving prevail, leading to a more comprehensive, cost effective and sustainable facility.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
56 | Chapter 4 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
The Integrative Process
Holistic, Whole Building Design Objectives
• Accessible: building elements, heights and clearances implemented to address the spe-
cific needs of disabled people.
• Aesthetics: the physical appearance and image of building elements and spaces.
• Cost Effective: selecting building elements on the basis of life cycle costs (weighing op-
tions during concepts, design development, and value engineering) as well as basic cost
estimating and budget control.
• Functional/Operational: functional programming—spatial needs and requirements, sys-
tem performance as well as durability and efficient maintenance of building elements.
• Productive: occupants’ well-being—physical and psychological comfort—including
building elements such as air distribution, lighting, workspaces, etc.
• Secure/Safe: the physical protection of occupants and assets from man-made and natu-
ral hazards.
• Sustainable: environmental performance of building elements and strategies.
• Historic Preservation: specific actions within a historic district or affecting a historic
building whereby building elements and strategies are classifiable into one of the four
approaches: preservation, rehabilitation, restoration, or reconstruction.
Design objectives and goals are quantitative and qualitative. For instance, providing bicycle
racks is quantitative by virtue of the number of racks installed. On the other hand, it is qualita-
tive depending on whether the racks are installed under cover outside, in the cold, or under the
protection of cover and warmth from being installed inside the building.
Design objectives and goals can also be to the benefit of only the project, or the community or
the environment. For instance, providing day lighting makes for happy employees, therefore it is
project specific in that it benefits the employees which in turn is to the benefit of the employer;
controlling the intensity of floodlighting on the building exterior is being a good neighbor and
benefits the community; purchasing renewable energy credits provides no real benefits to the
project, but helps subsidize the renewable energy industry which benefits the environment as
a whole.
Harvard University Office of Sustainability Green Building Resource
The Harvard University Office of Sustainability Green Building Resource website is a treasure cove
of information about sustainability. From Green Building Guidelines, the Integrated Design Ap-
proach, Implementation Tools, Credit-by-Credit LEED Roadmap, Energy Modeling, Life Cycle
Costing, Case Studies and more, few sources share more information than Harvard.
The following, taken from Harvard’s website, is a partial checklist of salient items relative to the
Integrated Design Approach and is well worth promoting.
If it is important, ask for it: Include integrated design, sustainability, occupant education &
LEED goals in RFP language, interview questions, and Owners Project Requirements.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 57
The Integrative Process
Evaluate program needs: Work with building occupants and project team to assess an actual
building program with space needs, and consider opportunities to share resources through ad-
jacencies and providing communal amenities. By better understanding actual program needs,
team members are more likely to work toward a common goal and create a successful project.
Establish measures for success: Set measurable sustainability targets for energy, water, day-
light, etc. and require reporting on progress towards goals as part of all design submissions. For
successful designs, consider financial incentives such as passing on tax credits or sharing energy
savings or coming in under GMP.
Take advantage of available expertise: Include design charrettes in Concept and Schematic
Design that include representatives from all major stakeholders including members of the own-
er’s team, design team, construction team, and possibly vendor’s team.
Ask why: Question decisions made during building design and construction that were done
based on “rules of thumb” or “business as usual.” project teams should be prepared to look to
alternatives to common strategies and develop solutions appropriate for their specific project.
Each project is unique and technologies are constantly changing, so very few decisions should
be taken for granted.
Model alternative building systems: Include energy modeling in Concept, Schematic, & De-
sign Development with multiple parametric runs to evaluate major design decisions.
Design for operations and maintenance: Identify & include operations representative in char-
rettes, design meetings, and construction meetings. Provide comprehensive preventive mainte-
nance plan and ensure effective training of operations and maintenance staff.
Commission throughout project: Engage a commissioning agent in Schematic Design and
include thorough verification of building performance and plans for continuous commissioning
throughout building’s life.
Consider life cycle costs: Identify Life Cycle Costing requirements early in design prior to select-
ing systems and require LCC results before making major design decisions. Utilize life cycle costs
when evaluating systems rather than strictly first costs.
Consider alternative funding mechanisms: Make project teams aware of local utility rebates,
state and federal grant programs, power purchasing agreements and performance contracts
and take advantage of these programs as appropriate. If the team is made aware of these op-
portunities early in the design process, they are more likely to suggest strategies to pursue these
monies.
Meter and verify performance: Identify measurement and verification requirements for the
project and include operations staff and controls vendor in design process.
Utilize lessons learned: Provide project teams with access to and training for the High Perfor-
mance Building Resource. Throughout the project, collect and share documentation including
energy model files, LCC results, evaluation of consultants and contractors, and success stories.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
58 | Chapter 4 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
The Integrative Process
The Integrated Project Team
Integrated Project Teams require a shift in thinking so
that the mission becomes more important than indi-
vidual agendas—there is no “I” in TEAM
To assure the best result, all parties must adhere to the
following principles:
• Clear and continuous communication
• Rigorous attention to detail
• Active collaboration among all team members
throughout all phases of the project
Key Project Team Stakeholders and Disciplines
The success of the integrated design process depends in large part on the makeup of the project
team and its integration into the project at the earliest stages possible. For a typical project, the
team members involved would include:
• Owner
• Architect
• Environmental Engineer
• Civil Engineer
• Structural Engineer
• Plumbing Engineer
• HVAC and Refrigerating Engineer
• Electrical and Lighting Engineer
• Fire Protection Engineer
• Information Technologies Engineer
• Landscape Architect
• Interior Designer
• General Contractor
• Subcontractors
• Suppliers
• Occupants
• Facilities Maintenance Engineer
• Interested community leaders and officials
• Any additional professionals or groups that may have an interest in, or provide informa-
tion to, the project, such as: real estate professionals, house cleaning services, waste man-
agement services, salvage or reuse centers, etc.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 59
The Integrative Process
Design and Construction Phase Plan
• Predesign: Collecting project requirements, establishing project goals (green strategies,
target certification level) and site selection.
• Design:
• Schematic Design (SD): Prepare design options to establish project layout and scope.
• Design Development (DD): Refinement of preliminary spaces and begin design of
buildings energy systems.
• Construction Documents (CD): Completed detailed documents ready for permitting.
• Bidding: CDs sent out for bids and subsequent award of contracts to prepare for con-
struction.
• Construction: The process involved with construction from beginning until occupancy.
• Substantial Completion: Construction has been completed and could be occupied.
• Final Completion: All construction activities completed.
• Certificate of Occupancy: Legal authorization by local building officials that project
conforms to applicable codes.
• Occupancy: Buildings can be legally occupied only after the Certificate of Occupancy has
been issued.
Design Charrette
A charrette is a focused and collaborative brain-
storming session held at the beginning of a project
that encourages an exchange of ideas and informa-
tion and allows truly integrated design solutions to
take form. Project team members—all the stake-
holders—are encouraged to cross fertilize and ad-
dress problems beyond their field of expertise. The
charrette is particularly helpful in complex situa-
tions where many people represent the interests of
the client and conflicting needs and constituencies.
Participants are educated about the issues and reso-
lution enables them to “buy into” the schematic so-
lutions. A final solution isn’t necessarily produced, but important, often interdependent, issues
are explored.
In addition to charrettes, the project team should schedule regular team meetings throughout
the course of the project to provide updates and discuss any issues that need to be addressed. If
specific issues arise, create task forces as necessary to investigate and report.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
60 | Chapter 4 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
The Integrative Process
Credit Interactions
A key advantage of an Integrated Design Process is the opportunity for the project team to
discover, early in the project design, the synergies and trade-offs associated with their design
decisions. In many instances, the green building measures used to achieve one LEED credit will
also impact a number of additional LEED credits. For instance, planting native or adaptive land-
scaping on a site can also contribute to reduced water use for irrigation. Carbon dioxide sensors
installed for indoor air quality purposes may also be part of a demand ventilation control strat-
egy that saves heating and cooling energy. Identifying and exploiting the synergies and trade-
offs among LEED credits is often a key step in achieving successful, cost-effective green projects.
By using an integrated design approach, multiple project benefits can often be achieved with
reduced or minimized first cost premiums.
Because of the potential for credit synergies, the costs of a LEED project cannot typically be de-
termined by simply adding together the costs for the individual credits. In these instances, the
project team can identify synergistic credit combinations and create new synergistic credit cost
estimates to replace the individual credit estimates.
Building Commissioning
It is not enough to design the project in a holistic
manner. It is also important to determine the effec-
tiveness and outcome of the integrated design so-
lution. Commissioning is a quality-oriented process
for achieving, verifying, and documenting that the
performance of facilities, systems, and assemblies
meets defined objectives and criteria. Commission-
ing is an all inclusive process for all the planning,
delivery, verification, and managing risks to critical
functions performed in, or by, facilities.
Commissioning ensures building quality using peer review and in-field or on-site verification.
Commissioning also accomplishes higher energy efficiency, environmental health, and occu-
pant safety and improves indoor air quality by making sure the building components are work-
ing correctly and that the plans are implemented with the greatest efficiency. Commissioning
is a quality assurance-based process that delivers preventive and predictive maintenance plans,
tailored operating manuals and training procedures for all users to follow. Essentially, the com-
missioning process formalizes review and integration of all project expectations during plan-
ning, design, construction, and occupancy phases by inspection and functional performance
testing, and oversight of operator training and record documentation. Building Commissioning
is a prerequisite for many LEED rating systems.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 61
The Integrative Process
The Systems Thinking Approach
Systems thinking is the process of understanding how things influence one another within a whole.

The Goal
Projects do not exist in isolation—and neither do project related issues and problems. Creating
sustainable outcomes and solutions requires a wider perspective than simply delivering outputs
or solving a current problem. With systems thinking, the project team can overcome a narrow
short term solution to provide a better all around solution for the good of the whole. However,
none of this could be possible without understanding the basic tenets associated with systems.
The goal of systems thinking is to design smart and sustainable solutions to problems. Systems
thinking is not confined to encompass only the project, but should be expanded to include the
community it is connected to, and the effects caused by the presence of the project. How the
systems that form the project’s ecosystem effect the larger ecosystem of the community are
important considerations for the project team. By addressing an issue or problem related to the
project, the solution may impact the community.
Systems Thinking Approach
A systems thinking approach sees each problem as part of the overall system and recognizes
that if one part of the system is changed to solve one problem, the nature of the overall system is likely
to be changed as well.
As an example, the project team decides to address the issues commonly associated with Heat
Island Effects by considering a vegetated, green roof system. Although this strategy, by design,
provides many positive synergies, it also creates known problems that must be addressed.
Systems Thinking
Systems thinking is a part of the emerging science of systems theory and offers a powerful new
perspective, a specialized language, and a set of tools that can be used to address the most
complex problems. It is the process of understanding how things influence one another within a
whole.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
62 | Chapter 4 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
The Integrative Process
In nature, systems thinking examples include ecosystems in which various elements such as air,
water, movement, plants, and animals work together to survive or perish. In organizations, sys-
tems consist of people, structures, and processes that work together to make an organization
healthy or unhealthy.
Referring back to the vegetated roof example, this particular type of roof system has a positive
impact—synergy—on many of the project’s systems, as well as the community. Vegetated roof
systems will affect the site’s systems by: reducing the Heat Island Effect; capturing and treating
stormwater, thereby reducing the quantity and improving the quality of the stormwater; pro-
viding habitat and increasing open space. Here, the site’s ecosystem and stormwater system is
affected by the roof system.
With regard to the building’s systems, the vegetated roof: optimizes energy performance by in-
creasing the insulation value, thereby reducing the heating load, thereby reducing energy con-
sumption. Here, the building’s insulation system, HVAC system and electrical system is affected
by the roof system.
On the negative—trade-off—side, perhaps the biggest issue associated with vegetated roofs is
created by the fact that a vegetated roof can add a great deal of load to the building’s structural
system, thereby requiring larger structural members. Additionally, if the project was considering
harvesting rainwater as a strategy to reduce water consumption, the reduction to the quantity
of stormwater would result in a negative effect.
In this instance the whole becomes the community, and it is advantaged by a reduction in the
overall Heat Island Effect as well as the project site. As is usually the case with vegetated roof
systems, the solution to the problem is for the good of the whole.
Systems
A system is an organized collection of integrated
parts, or elements, with the goal to accomplish
a common purpose. A system has various inputs,
which go through certain processes to produce cer-
tain outputs, which together, accomplish the overall
desired goal for the system.
As a whole, a building is a system. Importantly, the
building system is also a collection of individual
systems—systems within systems. For example, the
building envelope—the system boundary between
the interior and exterior—is a collection of individ-
ual systems assembled to function collectively per a particular design intent. Roof systems are
assemblies of different parts (materials: finish roofing material, substrate, flashing, etc.) as are
wall assemblies (exterior cladding, framing, insulation, moisture membranes, etc.) as are window
assemblies (glazing, frames, thermal breaks, etc.) and so on. Inside the building envelope are
interior systems: ceiling systems; interior wall systems; floor systems; mechanical systems; and
so on.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 63
The Integrative Process
Individual system behavior and performance are the results of selections and decisions made
by specific members, or disciplines, of the project team. Individual disciplines—architects, en-
gineers, interior designers, etc.—select roofs, exterior walls, windows, interior finishes, HVAC,
lighting, etc. based on behavior and performance. However, understanding how individual sys-
tem behavior and performance impacts other systems is an important responsibility of the In-
tegrated Project Team. By definition, a system is systemic, meaning relating to, or affecting, the
entire system. The project team considers the systems thinking process as a community situated
within an environment.
Common elements of systems include: Inputs and Outputs; Processor; Control; Environment;
Feedback; Boundaries and Interface.
Systems have structure, behavior, and inter-connectivity, and a system can be thought of as a set
of rules that control structure and/or behavior.
All systems have boundaries, a fact that is immediately apparent in mechanical systems such as
the watch, but much less apparent in social systems such as organizations.
Systems can be simple—closed—or complex—open—and come in many different types, such
as: biological systems (the heart); mechanical systems (a thermostat); human/mechanical sys-
tems (riding a bicycle); ecological systems (predator/prey); and social systems (communities and
project teams).
Systems thinking emphasizes circular feedback—closed systems—meaning A leads to B which
leads to C which reverts back to A, rather than linear feedback—open systems—meaning A
leads to B which leads to C, which leads to D, and so on.
Open systems are heavily influenced by their environment, as they continuously interact with
their environment. Therefore, the system becomes part and parcel of the environment in which
it is situated. A ball rolling down a hill picks up speed as the slope of the hill increases. Open sys-
tems are often chaotic and, eventually, end in failure or self-destruction.
Aa an example of a closed system in nature’s vast ecosystem, tree leaves provide food and shelter
for the tree during summer months. In the fall, when the leaves are no longer needed to serve
their original purpose, they turn color and fall to the ground. While dead leaves are lying on the
ground, they are also decomposing, releasing nutrients into the earth, which in turn increases
its fertility to sustain other life. The leaves have been re-purposed and revert back to supporting
the ecosystem. All of nature is a closed system—A leads to B which leads to C which, eventually,
reverts back to A.
The two systems, as they relate to green building:
• open systems—cradle to grave—a linear progression where there is extraction, use and
then disposal; a system that creates, serves its intended purpose, then perishes as waste
after use
• closed systems—cradle to cradle—a circular loop where there is extraction, use and then
reuse. A system that creates, then redefines itself after its useful life to serve another pur-
pose; in a closed system, there is no waste

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
64 | Chapter 4 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
The Integrative Process
In the built environment, a closed system would require end-of-life reuse, recycling or decon-
struction. Deconstruction is the selective dismantlement of building components, specifically
for re-use, recycling, and waste management. Deconstruction is becoming more popular, not
only for the environmental benefits, but due, in part, to the increase in the number of new re-
cycling and salvaged building materials resource centers that offer a source of revenue. Sustain-
able green buildings, as closed systems, eliminate waste by re-purposing the building’s parts at
the end of it’s useful life.
Central to a full understanding of systems is the concept of system feedback. System feedback is
a loop wherein information of some kind is fed back into the system. In this way, the system can
respond to its environment.
There are basically two building blocks of all systems representations:
• negative loops —controls and/or regulates
• positive loops—amplifies
A very simple example of a negative feedback loop
is our reaction to hunger. When we are hungry, our
stomach growls to let us know it wants to be fed,
so we eat. Our stomach tells us that it is full, so we
stop eating. The information that circles between
our stomach and brain, and back again, is a negative
feedback loop—controls and/or regulates.
Another example of a negative feedback loop is a
heater and thermostat. The heater kicks on, heating
up a room. Heat, the output of the heater, serves as
input to the thermostat. At a certain critical temperature, the thermostat tells the heater that
the room is warm enough. The heater, receiving this feedback information through an electrical
connection, shuts itself off. After a while, the thermostat notices that the room has cooled to a
specific temperature, and notifies the heater. The heater kicks on again. The information travel-
ing from the heater to the thermostat and back again is a negative feedback loop—controls and/
or regulates.
Quite opposite to negative feedback loops are positive feedback loops. Positive feedback is en-
ergy taken from the output of a system and reapplied to the input. Positive feedback occurs
when A produces more of B which in turn produces more of A—amplifies. In contrast, a system
that responds to a perturbation—something that causes disruption, trouble, or disorder—in a way
that reduces its effect is a negative feedback loop. In other words, positive loops can create
chaos while negative feedback loops create order.
Agriculture and human population can be considered to be in a positive feedback mode, which
means that one drives the other with increasing intensity. It is suggested that this positive feed-
back system will end sometime with a catastrophe, as modern agriculture is using up all of the
easily available phosphate and is resorting to highly-efficient monocultures—the practice of
growing just one crop—which are more susceptible to systemic risk.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 65
The Integrative Process
Systemic risk is the risk that an amplification or leverage or positive feedback process is built into
a system. This is usually unknown, and under certain conditions this process can amplify expo-
nentially and rapidly lead to destructive or chaotic behavior. A Ponzi scheme is a good example
of a positive feedback system, because its output (profit) is fed back to the input (new investors),
causing rapid growth toward collapse.
The key feature of positive feedback is that small disturbances are amplified. When positive feed-
back is present, there is some causal loop where a small change creates an effect that causes
an even bigger change. If a PA system microphone picks up sounds from its own loudspeakers
and these sounds are re-amplified enough, the effect can be loud squealing or howling noises
from the loudspeakers. However, in the real world, positive feedback loops are always controlled
eventually by negative feedback or limiting effects of some sort. Acoustic feedback causes a PA
system to reach its maximum volume and so it cannot amplify any further.
Negative feedback is used often for controlling systems. LEED rating systems offer the Control-
lability of Systems credits in the Indoor Environmental Quality category for controlling the build-
ing’s lighting and thermal comfort systems. For example, if the company has a conference room,
they may consider using a negative feedback control to regulate the ventilation system based
on the number of occupants by installing CO2 sensors. As the number of occupants increases,
the amount of CO2 rises, which sends a signal to the ventilation system to increase the amount
of ventilation. When the meeting is over, the CO2 sensors send a signal back to decrease the
amount of ventilation accordingly.
Feedback is essential to understanding system performance, both actual and perceived. Over
the past few years, there has been a fair amount of chatter concerning green building perfor-
mance, which has resulted in a number of lawsuits, especially in the areas of energy consump-
tion and savings. Optimizing a building’s energy and water efficiency performance can be an
extremely complex process. Complex systems that have so many variables that it is not always
possible to readily determine the cause for lack of designed performance, if there indeed is/was
a lack of performance.
We go to great lengths to analyze our green building designs. We knew the strategies we imple-
mented and the products we selected and how they were designed to perform, we’ve caught
the synergies and trade-offs and made the necessary adjustments, and at the conclusion we re-
ceived verification that we had delivered the product, per the project’s environmental goals. But
there will always be events after-the-fact and outside the control of the professionals who were
responsible for delivery. Some can be attributed to the climate. Occupancy loads can change,
even occupancy types can change. System controls, such as automatic lighting, heating/cooling,
or ventilation can be stunted, for whatever reason. Neglected maintenance, leaking plumbing
fixtures, inadequate lamp replacement policies. Importantly, however, the tenant and occupants
are not always sufficiently educated as to how the building and building’s systems were designed
to perform and what their contributing roles should be to ensure continued high performance.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
66 | Chapter 4 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
The Integrative Process
Systems theory is the study of systems, with the goal of interpreting principles that can be ap-
plied to all types of systems at all nested levels. Using system feedback and monitoring results,
we can track any system’s performance. This is particularly valuable when we need to know how
a building’s energy and water systems are performing.
Beginning in 2009, all registered projects must allow USGBC access to whole-building energy
and water usage data for five years from the date of certification. This is a good start.
Typically, gas, electric and water meters are read by the utility company and bills sent to the
building’s owner, usually on a monthly schedule. This process pretty well eliminates the oppor-
tunity for any meaningful analysis and intervention by the tenant and occupants. To resolve this,
one idea being considered is to provide energy data to the building’s occupants in real-time. If
they don’t know, they can’t help. If, on the other hand, they do know, they may be more inclined
to be part of the solution to reduce consumption. This may seem, at first, an odd and futile at-
tempt, but it is beginning to make a lot of noise and is getting positive results.
The concept of installing meters to provide energy data in real-time has been tested in the resi-
dential market since 2009. Referred to as the Prius Effect, we’ve taken yet another page out of
the book written by Toyota. The top-selling hybrid car, researchers have learned, saves energy
not only because it switches efficiently between gasoline and electric power but also because of
its conspicuous control screen, allowing drivers to see their real-time gasoline efficiency.
In October 2009 Google launched a project that provided a free energy monitoring tool, Power-
Meter, in the hope of capitalizing on the so-called Prius Effect. Although the project was retired
in September, 2011, there had been 40 million smart meters installed in homes worldwide, with
a reported average energy savings of 10%.
A recent study by CenterPoint Energy Inc. and the Department of Energy found that 71% of
customers reported changing their energy consumption as a result of accessing energy data
through in-home displays. And preliminary results from a pilot program between IBM and the
City of Dubuque, Iowa, indicate strong engagement by residents and energy savings of up to
11%. Momentum is building toward making energy information more readily accessible. The
installation of smart meters and other home energy devices has picked up steam, and states like
California and Texas are moving forward with policies and programs in this area.
Alex Steffen, Executive Editor and co-founder of Worldchanging made this statement in 2008:
“When we put the energy meter on the inside of the house, the household energy use goes down by 7%.
Just by showing people their use of energy.” Steffen called this the Prius Effect—when drivers have
their mileage meters inside and understand how the fuel is spent, they become more thought-
ful drivers. By revealing usage behind the scenes, we can help individuals see connections. We
understand the price at the pump, it’s time to understand the cost at the thermostat as well.
Although these programs have been limited mostly to the residential market, there is no reason
to believe the same practice could not be successful with tenants or operators occupying com-
mercial facilities. It’s a well established fact among systems analysts that human behavior can
control system behavior. By understanding the theory of system leverage points, a small amount
of input—intervention—can produce substantial increases.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 67
The Integrative Process
Leverage
Leverage is the ratio of change in output to change in input. A leverage point is a place in a
system where force can be applied. A low leverage point is a place in a system where a small
amount of force causes a small change to system behavior. A high leverage point is a place in
a system where a small amount of change force—the effort required to prepare and make a
change—causes a large amount of predictable, favorable response.
The formula for calculating leverage is: leverage = change in output / change in input
An example of a low leverage point would be pushing on the side of a ship to change its course.
This would require a large amount of force to have the intended effect. But if the high leverage
point of pushing on the rudder is used instead, it takes only a small amount of force to achieve
the same effect.
The twelve leverage points to intervene in a system were proposed by Donella Meadows, a sci-
entist and system analyst focused on environmental limits to economic growth. She describes a
system as being in a certain state, and containing a stock, with inflows—amounts coming into
the system—and outflows—amounts going out of the system. At a given time, the system is in
a certain perceived state. There may also be a goal for the system to be in a certain state. The
difference between the current state and the goal is the discrepancy.
For example, consider a lake or reservoir, which contains a certain amount of water. The inflows
are the amount of water coming from rivers, rainfall, drainage from nearby soils, and waste water
from a local industrial plant. The outflows might be the amount of water used up for irrigation
of nearby cornfield, water taken by that local plant to operate as well as the local camping site,
water evaporating in the atmosphere, and trickling surplus water when the reservoir is full.
Local inhabitants complain about the water level getting low, pollution getting higher, and the
potential effect of hot water release in the lake on life (in particular, the fish).
This is the difference between the perceived state—pollution or low water level—and the goal—
a non-polluted lake.
As the acceptance and growth in sustainability increases, the complexities related to sustainable
policies and practices will expand exponentially. Sustainable projects from buildings, to com-
munities, to alternative energy to mass transit can create unexpected consequences.
The butterfly effect suggests the flapping of a tiny insect’s wings in Africa can lead to a tornado
in Kansas, so we can call this one the bat effect: A bat killed by a wind turbine in Somerset, PA
can lead to higher tomato prices at the Wichita farmers market. The 420 wind turbines now in
use across Pennsylvania killed more than 10,000 bats in 2010. That’s an average of 25 bats per
turbine per year, and the Nature Conservancy predicts as many as 2,900 turbines will be set up
across the state by 2030. Hmm... aren’t bats nature’s pesticide, consuming as many as 500 insects
in one hour, or nearly 3,000 insects in one night? Yes! A colony of just 100 little brown bats can
consume a quarter of a million mosquitoes and other small insects in one night. This benefits
neighbors and reduces the insect problem with crops. Bats save farmers a lot of money: About
$74 per acre. In all of Pennsylvania, bats saves farmers $277.9 million in estimated avoided costs
annually.
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
68 | Chapter 4 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
The Integrative Process
Delivering green projects that are optimized to remain sustainable for generations requires spe-
cial skill sets. It will also be necessary for professionals who aspire to become sustainable profes-
sionals to accept change. A change from traditional thinking to sustainable thinking—an Inte-
grated Project Team using the systems thinking approach that is an embedded part of the Integrated
Design process.
Measuring Performance of Sustainable Buildings
The Life Cycle Approach
A life cycle approach to sustainability measures the total environmental impact—from raw ma-
terials to disposal.
One of the most environmentally damaging effects of
traditional building practices is the narrow perspective
taken with regard to the design, construction, operation,
maintenance and disposal of the building. Narrow in the
sense that there is little attention given to knowing where
building materials come from or where they go after use,
thereby creating an endless cycle of consumption and
waste.
A life cycle approach, however, will guide the Integrated
Project Team in making choices that analyze the environ-
mental impacts associated with building systems and
materials. It implies that everyone involved in the whole
chain of a material’s life cycle—from cradle to grave—has
a responsibility and a role to play, taking into account all
the relevant impacts on society, the economy, and the
environment—the Triple Bottom Line.
Life Cycle Assessment (LCA)
Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) provides a formal process of examining the environmental impacts
of a material, product, or service through its entire life cycle. Instead of a single-attribute analysis
of a material’s environmental impact, LCA takes a holistic approach to assess the quantitative
impacts of materials throughout their respective life cycles.
LCA evaluates each stage of a material’s life cycle:
• Extraction or acquisition of raw materials
• Manufacturing and processing
• Distribution and transportation
• Use and reuse
• Recycling
• Disposal

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 69
The Integrative Process
Considering the fact that there are no perfect green materials, LCA may require trade-offs to be
made as different materials have different impacts at different stages of the life cycle. Life Cycle
Assessment allows for comprehensive and multidimensional product comparisons. For example,
with flooring, LCA weighs the resource extraction impacts and durability of hardwoods with the
manufacturing impacts, emissions during use, and recycling potentials of carpet. Also, “Made in
China” may offer financial value, but it offers little to no environmental value when you consider
China’s catastrophic environmental policies regarding extraction and waste, not to mention the
adverse environmental impacts associated with transporting these materials around the world.
LCA addresses 3 critically important environmental and health issues, from a material’s extrac-
tion thru disposal:
• Energy
• Emissions
• Waste
The total energy consumed during the life cycle stages is known as embodied energy. When
evaluating materials, the project team considers the embodied energy, as well as the perfor-
mance and adaptability of the materials.
LCA has two attributes that make it distinct and useful as an analytical tool:
• Presentation of trade-offs among multiple environmental issues
• Whole system consideration of the total product life cycle
Life Cycle Costing (LCC)
As Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) is associated with the project’s analysis of environmental and
health issues, Life Cycle Costing (LCC) is associated with the project’s analysis of costs.
Life Cycle Costing (LCC) is an assessment of the total cost of ownership, taking into account all
costs related to design and construction, ownership, operations, maintenance and the eventual
disposal of a building and its parts. By definition, sustainable design requires an analysis of a
building over its entire life and the life cycle costing analysis identifies which high performance
building systems will save money over the life of the building. For example, Product ‘A’ may cost
less and have a life expectancy of 5 years, whereas Product ‘B’ may cost a little more but have a
life expectancy of 15 years, making Product ‘B’ a better choice due to it having a better life cycle
cost.
LCC includes numerous costs associated with acquiring, operating, maintaining, and disposing
of a building or building systems:
• Initial Costs
• Capital investment costs for land acquisition, construction, or renovation and for the
equipment needed to operate a facility.
• Fuel Costs

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
70 | Chapter 4 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
The Integrative Process
• Operational expenses for energy, water, and other utilities.
• Operation, Maintenance, Repair Costs
• Non-fuel operating costs, and maintenance and repair.
• Replacement Costs
• The number of capital replacements of building systems based on the estimated life of
the system.
• Residual Values—Resale or Salvage Values, Disposal Costs
• The residual value of a system or component is its remaining value at the end of its use-
ful life, or at the time it is replaced during its useful life. Residual values can be based on
value in place, resale value, salvage value, or scrap value, net of any selling, conversion,
or disposal costs.
• Other Costs
• Finance Charges and Taxes
• Non-Monetary Benefits or Costs—Non-monetary benefits or costs are project-related
effects for which there is no objective way of assigning a dollar value. Examples of non-
monetary effects may be the benefit derived from a particularly quiet HVAC system or
from an expected, but hard-to-quantify productivity gain due to improved lighting.
In summary, traditional buildings generally consider costs that are associated only with the ini-
tial capital investment—How much does it cost to acquire, design, construct and turn over the
keys. On the other hand, green building looks at the costs over the entire life cycle of the build-
ing in order to assess the true value of the investment.
The Integrative Process Summary
• Integrated Project Delivery (IPD)
• Design-build project delivery method
• Integrated Project Delivery method
• Integrated Design Process
• Design Objectives of Whole Building Design
• Integrated Project Team
• Design and Construction Phase
• Design Charrette
• On small projects, the project team would be more than capable conducting char-
rettes on their own.
• On larger projects, the owner or project team may want to consider hiring a facilita-
tor to manage the charrette process and keep it on track. The facilitator should not
be part of the design team.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 71
The Integrative Process
• Credit Interactions
• Synergies = positive (good) reaction
• Trade-offs = negative (bad) reaction
• Building Commissioning and Retro-Commissioning
• Systems Thinking Approach
• systems theory
• systems thinking
• systems
• open = linear
• closed = circular
• negative loops
• positive loops
• leverage points
• Life Cycle Approach
• Life Cycle Assessment = LCA = Environment and People
• Life Cycle Costing = LCC = Economics
General & Recommended Reference Links
• Green Office Guide, Integrating LEED into Your Leasing Process, Section 2.4: http://www.
gbci.org/Libraries/Credential_Exam_References/Green-Office-Guide-Section-2-4.sflb.ashx
• Harvard University Office of Stainability: http://green.harvard.edu/theresource/guidelines/
• Sustainable Building Technical Manual, Part II: http://www.gbci.org/Libraries/Credential_
Exam_References/Sustainable-Building-Technical-Manual-Part-II.sflb.ashx
• Whole Building Design Guide (program of the National Institute of Building Sciences):
http://www.wbdg.org/design/engage_process.php
• National Charrette Institute: http://www.charretteinstitute.org/
• Green Advantage: http://www.greenadvantage.org/
• Integrated Project Delivery (Wikipedia): http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Integrated_Project_De-
livery
• Integrated Project Delivery: A Working Definition: http://www.ipd-ca.net/images/Integrat-
ed%20Project%20Delivery%20Definition.pdf
• Integrated Project Delivery: A Guide (AIA): http://www.aia.org/contractdocs/AIAS077630

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
72 | Chapter 4 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
The Integrative Process
• Integrated Project Delivery: FAQ: http://www.ipd-ca.net/images/AIACC%20FAQ.pdf
• WBDC—Whole Building Design Guide (life cycle information): http://www.wbdg.org/index.
php
• Sustainability—A Product Life Cycle Approach (ATKearney): http://www.atkearney.com/in-
dex.php/Publications/sustainabilitya-product-life-cycle-approach.html
• Systems Thinking (Wilipedia): http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Systems_thinking
• The Prius Effect: http://www.brandneutral.com/documents/Prius_Effect.pdf
• Next American City, 2008 Live Blog, The Prius Effect: http://americancity.org/afteroil/en-
try/1136/
• The Prius Effect, Brand Neutral: http://www.brandneutral.com/documents/Prius_Effect.pdf
• Google PowerMeter: http://www.google.com/powermeter/about/
• Leverage Points, Places to Intervene in a system: http://www.sustainer.org/pubs/Leverage_
Points.pdf
• Glossary, Leverage Points: http://www.thwink.org/sustain/glossary/LeveragePoint.htm
• Pennsylvania Wind Turbines: http://www.post-gazette.com/pg/11198/1160977-28.stm

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 73
Studio4: the Integrative Process
Studio4 Office Project: the Program Narrative
The Project Location
This project will be located in a suburb north of Cincinnati, OH on property that was recently
purchased for the development of a 24,000 sf “spec” building in a rapidly expanding community.
The site contains 3.5 acres and is positioned inside a rezoned HT-1 (high tech light industrial)
corridor and runs perpendicular and central to a high density retail corridor with integrated resi-
dential communities, just west of I-71. The adjacent property to the immediate south and west is
the 1.5 million square foot Proctor and Gamble global health care headquarters.

Aerial Vicinity Locator

Birdseye View (looking south)

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
74 | Chapter 4 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Studio4: the Integrative Process
The Project Program Narrative: Predesign
This property was required to be rezoned from residential to HT-1, where restrictions were placed
on the future development of this site. All properties along this corridor will be rezoned HT-1
with the intent to limit use to high tech, professional and light industrial use, with no retail or
residential permitted.
Since this will be a “spec” development and there will be but one occupant initially, the owner/
developer Studio4, and occupying less than 25% of the total floor area, the project will be best
suited to register under the LEED for Core & Shell (CS) rating system. If the owner/developer
occupied more than 50% of the total building area, the LEED for New Construction (NC) rating
system would be appropriate.
Quickly, the project encountered the first instance where local jurisdictions govern in a way that
can be contradictory, at times, to sustainable design. The original design program required a
single 2 story 24,000 sf building. However, in keeping with the surrounding architecture, a height
limitation of 1 story was mandated, with an unusual provision that two 12,000 sf buildings would
be allowed.
The initial project team (stakeholders) has been assembled to include the owner/developer, oc-
cupant and LEED AP Studio4, project team members (architectural/civil/structural/MEP engi-
neers, landscape architect and certain material suppliers). Additionally, it has been the experi-
ence of Studio4 that including local building and code officials, along with utility representatives,
is a win-win situation for all parties concerned. If there are issues encountered related to codes,
regulations and utilities, these people will generally join the team in finding viable solutions. The
Project Administrator has been selected, Studio4, and the Project Checklist is being reviewed to
determine, first, if the project can achieve each of the required prerequisites, the Minimum Proj-
ect Requirements and then a summary analysis of probable and potential credits that should be
pursued.
As with many sites located in more densely populated areas, land restrictions such as pre-con-
figured and limited area sites, extremely high land costs and zoning allow for little, if any, adjust-
ments to the building orientation.
During the pre-design charrette where project goals are established, it is agreed that the circum-
stances presented by P&G as a neighbor would work to the project’s advantage. As witnessed
by the aerial photos, the property immediately to the south and west will remain protected
from future development by P&G and will continue to afford opportunities for views to natural
habitat and daylight. Imposed restrictions for stormwater management may require negotia-
tions to permit implementation of strategies being considered such as the use of graywater, rain
gardens, downspout disconnects and pervious pavements as well as others that currently may
not be permitted by utility companies, communities or state and local laws.
The project team has reviewed current federal, state and local codes and regulations that may
impact the design of this project and has prepared the following program:
• The project program will focus on developing this project with efficiency of time and
cost, while achieving some level of green certification. Given the opportunity to split
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 75
Studio4: the Integrative Process
the buildings will permit a more simple path if the project is scheduled as a two phase
development. LEED does allow a property boundary split if done in a reasonable and
justifiable method. However, splitting the site into two parcels will require close atten-
tion to setbacks and other related zoning requirements as local zoning ordinances will
consider these as two distinct properties. A zoning variance was applied for and ap-
proved for a revision to the side yard setback distances.
• The initial building construction and envelope design will be a single story 12,000 sf
building, concrete slab on grade, conventional wood or metal stud framing, masonry
veneer, trussed and shingled roof and high performance glazing.
• A preliminary budget was provided by the owner and will be the target in determining
which credits to pursue in the final analysis. A life cycle analysis will be provided by the
project team that will illustrate to the owner the potential payback associated with the
certification level being sought.
• The project team will study the process from design and engineering to material selec-
tions and coordinate a schedule that considers the associated length of time involved.
Materials, such as regional or FSC, will be investigated as they can present delivery and
scheduling issues. Also important are credits like Enhanced Commissioning and Mea-
surement & Verification that can extend the length of time to receive certification.
• The core & shell interiors will include only a demising wall to define the initial tenant
and common area toilet facilities that will serve all tenants.
• Owner’s Project Requirements (OPR)
• Studio4 is an architectural and graphic design studio; creator/owner of a sustainable
website; provider of sustainable educational study materials and classes
• A space requirement of 3,000 sf would be sufficient to fulfil present and future
needs
• Initial 4 FTEs and potential to expand to 8 FTEs; a potential of 15 transient occu-
pants
• General office; 2 private offices; 1 design studio; 1 classroom for 15 people; 1 break
room; 1 utility room
This concludes the pre-design stage where the Owner’s Project Requirements (OPR) have been
collected, codes and regulations reviewed, a cursory credit analysis conducted and basic design
goals established. The next stage will entail registering the project via LEED Online and begin
the schematic design process to achieve the Basis of Design (BOD) documents.
The next project section is located at the conclusion of the Sustainable Sites chapter.
NOTE: The page after this is a sample of the blank prerequisite/credit form that was prepared for
the Studio4 2012 BD+C Study Guide. As you will see, items relative to each prerequisite/credit
will be addressed per the reference guide. This may help understand the items being discussed
in the credit category chapters that follow, as well as the Studio4 Office Project. However, the
creation of the Studio4 Office Project is tailored around the 2009 LEED C&S rating system.
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
76 | Chapter 4 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
the Integrative Process
IPc2 Implementing Strategies
Total Data Warehouse Exemplary
NC CS Schools Retail
Points Center & Dist Ctr Hospitality Healthcare Points Submittal Phase

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 na Design

INTENT
• Encourage an integrative approach to system design and operations among owner, design
team, and tenants, enabling system synergies and healthier and more productive occupants.
REQUIREMENTS
• description
BENEFITS & ISSUES
• description
RELATED CREDITS
• description
REFERENCED STANDARDS
• description
IMPLEMENTATION
• description
TIMELINE & TEAM
• description
CALCULATIONS
• description
EXAMPLES
• description
EXEMPLARY PERFORMANCE
• description
REGIONAL VARIATIONS
• description
DEFINITIONS
• description

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 77
CHAPTER | 5

Sustainable Sites (SS)


»» SS Credit Matrix
»» Sustainable Sites Overview
»» Sustainable Sites Strategies
»» The Triple Bottom Line
»» Sustainable Sites Summary
»» Codes & Referenced Standards
»» General Chapter Related Definitions
»» Studio4 Project: Sustainable Sites

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS

78
Sustainable Sites (SS)

Sustainable Sites Overview


The project’s site is a fundamental component of sustainable building practices that has an im-
pact on land consumption, ecosystems, natural resources, the quality of water and energy, hu-
man health and well-being, and, importantly, surrounding communities. With transportation ac-
counting for 33% of the greenhouse gas emissions (2008), LEED is increasing its focus on Vehicle
Miles Traveled (VMT), mass transit, walkability, and the use of existing community infrastructure
and services. The Sustainable Sites category addresses environmental concerns related to both
site selection/location and site development.
Since the days of LEED v2.0, and perhaps earlier, there has been a movement focused on sup-
porting the project’s site location relative to urban and more densely populated areas—Devel-
opment Density. Because this was often a difficult credit to earn, LEED v2.2 enhanced the oppor-
tunities by giving credit to sites that were connected to these areas if certain connections were
available—Community Connectivity. The two combined under the credit SSc2.
However, LEED for Homes (2008) has addressed site selection/location and site development via
the Location and Linkages and Sustainable Sites credits. And LEED Neighborhood Development
does much the same through the Smart Location and Linkages, Neighborhood Pattern and De-
sign, and Green Infrastructure and Buildings categories. As LEED 2009 began the transition to
align credits across multiple rating systems, commercial rating systems are adapting titles, ter-
minology and policies that will relate to all LEED Green Building Rating Systems—Location and
Linkage and Neighborhood Pattern and Design.
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 79
Sustainable Sites (SS)
Regardless which rating system, or titles and terminology, or which credit category these are
placed—Location and Linkage, Smart Location and Linkages, Location and Transportation—
they all address same or similar site related topics that can be classified as Smart Growth.
Smart Growth is an urban planning and transportation theory that concentrates growth in com-
pact walkable urban centers to avoid sprawl and advocates compact, transit-oriented, walkable,
bicycle-friendly land use, including neighborhood schools, complete streets, and mixed-use de-
velopment with a range of housing choices.
The Sustainable Sites (SS) category promotes the following measures:
• Location and Linkage
• Neighborhood Pattern and Design
• Transportation
• Stormwater Management
• Heat Island Effect
• Light Pollution
Therefore we can claim, universally, Sustainable Sites:
• Encourages neighborhood development projects that protect and enhance the overall
health, natural environment, and quality of life of communities.
• Promotes the location and design of neighborhoods that reduce auto dependency by
providing jobs and services that are accessible by foot, bicycle, or public transit.
In essence, Sustainable Sites answers these 3 questions:
• Where: Location and Linkage
• What: Neighborhood Pattern and Design
• How: Green Infrastructure and Buildings
Location and Linkage
• Encourages projects and communities to consider location, land types (i.e., preservation
of sensitive lands), and transportation alternatives while also discouraging sprawl.
• Where
• Increased Development Density
• Previously Developed or Infill Sites
• Protected Habitat
• Urban Development
• Existing Infrastructure
• Increased Diversity
• Mass Transit
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
80 | Chapter 5 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Sustainable Sites (SS)
Neighborhood Pattern and Design
• Emphasizes vibrant, equitable communities that are healthy, walkable and mixed-use.
• What
• Compact Development
• Community Connectivity
• Alternative Transportation
• Walkable Streets
• Diverse Land Uses
• Diverse Community
• Access to Sustainable Food
Green Infrastructure and Buildings
• Promotes the design and construction of buildings and infrastructure that reduce energy
and water use, while promoting more sustainable use of materials, reuse of existing and
historic structures, and other sustainable best practices.
• How
• Site
• Existing Building Reuse
• Historic Resource Preservation and Adaptive Reuse
• Minimized Site Disturbance
• Site Pollution Reduction
• Solar Orientation
• On-site Renewable Energy
• Sustainable Infrastructure Materials
• Water Efficient Landscaping
• Stormwater Management
• Heat Island Reduction
• Light Pollution Reduction
• Building
• Water Efficiency
• Energy Efficiency
• Sustainable Materials
• Wastewater Management
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 81
Sustainable Sites (SS)
The importance of the Sustainable Sites category is that it offers many options for addressing
greenhouse gas emissions, while promoting solutions of other critical issues such as managing
stormwater, heat island effects and light pollution. Germane to this chapter are a few of defini-
tions and strategies that should be presented at this point.
LEED Boundary
With any registered LEED project there are two pieces of information and data required to be
submitted, via LEED Online, that are used across several credits and, therefore, must be consis-
tent—LEED Boundary and Full Time Equivalents (FTEs).
Not all green projects can or will be constructed in densely populated urban locations. As such,
the descriptions for building footprint, construction zones, boundaries and property lines will
have more relevancy.
building footprint: area of the building structure
that is defined by the perimeter of the building plan;
pavement, landscaping and other non-building
facilities are not included in the building footprint
development footprint: the area of the site
impacted by the project, which includes parking,
landscaping, roads and other facilities in addition
to the building
property boundary: the total area within the legal
boundaries of the site
project boundary: the platted property line of the
project. For projects developed on properties with
multiple buildings, such as campuses or industrial
complexes, use a reasonable property boundary as
required for the project construction and/or local
codes
LEED (project) boundary: the portion of the project site submitted for LEED certification
Development Density and Community Connectivity
Two options are available for a project to achieve credit for urban redevelopment
• Development Density
• Construct or renovate a building on a previously developed or infill site and in a com-
munity with a minimum density of 60,000 s.f. per acre.
• Community Connectivity
• Construct or renovate a building on a previously developed or infill site within 1/2 mile
of a residential zone with an average density of 10 units per acres, within 1/2 mile of
at least 10 basic services, and must have unobstructed pedestrian access between the
building and the services. Community Connectivity is about locating in areas that sup-
port Diverse Uses (i.e., mixed use), refer to Appendix 1 for a listing of Diverse Use types.
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
82 | Chapter 5 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Sustainable Sites (SS)
Sustainable Sites Strategies
Site Selection and Location
The development decisions we make can affect schools, taxes, traffic, economic growth, the
environment, and even our health. From the length of our daily commute to the price of a new
home to the safety of our neighborhoods, where we build can have major impacts on our per-
sonal lives and our communities.
Smart growth provides better communities, typically offering more choices and personal free-
dom, a good return on public investment, an opportunity to enhance the natural environment,
and a legacy we can leave for future generations.
Implementing smart growth strategies, we can create new neighborhoods and maintain exist-
ing ones that are attractive, convenient, safe, and healthy—fostering design that encourages
social, civic, and physical activity. We can create more choices for residents, workers, visitors,
children, families, single people, and older adults—choices in where to live, how to get around,
and how to interact with the people around them.
Site selection and location strategies:
• Increase development density
• Create a smaller footprint
• Maximize the floor area ratio or square footage per acre by stacking floors, instead of
spreading out the building footprint, in order to maximize open spaces and protect
the habitat
• Locate the project in densely populated communities
• Average density of project and surrounding community should be 60,000 sf/acre min.
• Redevelopment
• Previously developed or infill sites
• Protects undeveloped land and is often served by existing infrastructure such as
roads, utilities and community services
• Restore a brownfield site
• Improves and protects the environment
• Saves undeveloped land
• Incentives often offered by owner or government agencies
• Consider trade-offs such as costs for environmental assessments
and remediation, time required to investigate and remediate and
potential liabilities to owner

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 83
Sustainable Sites (SS)
• Protect the habitat
• Select sites that do not include sensitive site elements and land types such as:
• Prime farmland as defined by the U.S. Department
of Agriculture (USDA)
• Less than 5 feet above areas defined by FEMA as
being in the 100 year flood plain
• Land that is habitat for threatened or endangered
species
• Within 100 feet of wetlands as defined by Code of
Federal Regulations (CFR)
• Within 50 feet of a body of water as regulated by
the Clean Water Act (CWA)
• Public parklands
• Urban development
• Urban areas often have infrastructures in place, such as mass transit and community
services, that provide for more sustainable sites through community connectivity and
also by reducing demands on our natural resources.
• Community connectivity: must be on a previously developed site AND within 1/2 mile
of a residential neighborhood with an average den-
sity of 10 units/acre AND within 1/2 mile of ten ba-
sic community services such as: bank, convenience
store, place of worship, fire station, post office, res-
taurants (2 permitted), etc. and has pedestrian ac-
cess between the building and services.
• Mass transit: unobstructed walking distance within
1/2 mile of commuter rail, light rail or subway system
OR unobstructed walking distance within 1/4 mile of
one or more bus stops for two or more public, campus or private bus lines usable by
building occupants.
Site Design
Sustainable site design includes the design, installation and maintenance of areas such as land-
scaping and hardscapes. Green practices minimize the use of irrigation, fertilizers and pesticides
and employs strategies to reduce soil erosion and sedimentation. The use of native plants re-
duces the burden on water resources due to reduced irrigation requirements and reduces the
need for fertilizers and pesticides. Reducing the amount of hardscapes can increase the area of
open space and the use of reflective materials for pavement, walks and roofs can reduce heat
island effects.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
84 | Chapter 5 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Sustainable Sites (SS)
Site design strategies:
• Create and implement an Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan (ESC) to reduce con-
struction pollution; the plan must comply with the requirements of the 2003 EPA General
Construction Permit or local codes, whichever is more strict; the EPA General Construc-
tion Permit outlines the provisions necessary to comply with Phase I and Phase II of the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) program
• Prevents loss of soil during construction by stormwater
runoff and wind
• Prevents sedimentation of storm sewer and receiving
streams
• Prevents pollution of the air with dust and particulate
matter
• Strategies that can be used to control erosion due to construction activities:
• Mulching
• Erosion control blankets
• Straw bales
• Berms
• Silt fence

Mulch Control Blankets Straw Bales Silt Fencing

• Reduce site disturbance caused by building


• Reduce the footprint of the building to increase the amount of open space
• Protect and restore existing habitat
• Efficient hardscapes
• Design new or replace existing hard surfaces with permeable
(pervious) surfaces
• Minimize the amount of hard surfaces such as parking lots,
walkways, patios, etc. which will also reduce the amount of
lighting required

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 85
Sustainable Sites (SS)
• Minimize water usage
• Use water efficient irrigation systems
• Use native or adaptive landscaping that reduces, or eliminates, the
need for irrigation
• Use of reflective materials
• Design hard surfaces, including roofs, with high SRI materials to
minimize heat island impacts
• Sustainable management plan
• Consideration of the type of chemicals and other products
used for cleaning exterior surfaces
• Consideration of the type of chemicals and other products
used for snow and ice removal
• Develop an integrated pest management program

Transportation
Sustainable sites can reduce the social, economic and environ-
mental impacts caused by the increased demands on building
related transportation. It is easy to understand the importance
of sustainable sites when you consider how the location of the
site can increase the length and frequency of vehicle trips. Espe-
cially when transportation accounts for over 30% of the nation’s
greenhouse gas emissions and vehicle technology, transporta-
tion fuels and land use all contribute to the emission of green-
house gases. In 2006, over 75% of the commuters in the U.S. Greenhouse Gas Emissions
drove to work alone—one occupant per vehicle.
Owners, developers and project teams should consider locating near urban redevelopment
where mass transit and community services are readily available, and provide incentives that
encourage employees to reduce vehicle use or use alternative fuel vehicles.
Implement traffic demand management—Transportation Demand Management (TDM)—strat-
egies and policies to reduce travel demand (specifically that of single-occupancy private ve-
hicles), or to redistribute this demand in space or in time (alter work days and/or hours).

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
86 | Chapter 5 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Sustainable Sites (SS)
Transportation strategies:
• Provide access to mass transit networks
• Commuter rail, light rail or subway system; public, cam-
pus or private bus lines usable by building occupants
• Shuttle service from project location to transit lines
• Reduce employee parking
Mass Transit
• Limit parking spaces and encourage employees to con-
sider alternative transportation options to reduce pol-
lution and land development impacts from automobile
use
• Size parking not to exceed existing minimum local code
requirements
• Shared parking facilities with other buildings
• Alternatives to single occupant vehicles Limit Parking
• Encourage car pooling and van pooling
• Designated car pooling and van pooling parking spaces
• Provide reserved parking spaces conveniently located
near building entrances for building occupants who car-
pool to work
• Promote Low-Emission & Fuel-Efficient Vehicles (FEV)
Car/Van Pooling
• On-site fueling stations
• Provide FEV vehicles or offer incentives for employee FEV
ownership
• For Schools, investigate trade-offs for alternative fuel ve-
hicles
• Offer incentives
• Develop an alternative commuting incentive programs Alternative Fuel Vehicles
• Rideshare programs that offer fee based options
• Support alternative transportation
• Promote alternatives or incentives to single-oc-
cupancy vehicle commuting
• Provide secured spaces and changing rooms for
bicycle use
• Reduced parking rates for carpooling or alternative fuel vehicles
• Assist employees with parking fees for public parking
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 87
Sustainable Sites (SS)
Alternative Transportation - Public Transportation Access
A consideration important to a sustainable urban redevelopment project is the proximity of the
project to mass transportation infrastructures usually found in densely populated urban areas.
The requirements for achieving this credit relate to the availability and proximity of rail stations
and bus stops. As with Development Density and Community Connectivity, there are 2 options
available to the project.
• Rail Station
• The project must be located within 1/2
mile walking distance of an existing,
planned and funded commuter rail, light
rail or subway station
OR
• Bus Stops
• The project must be within 1/4 mile walk-
ing distance of 1 or more stops for 2 or
more public, campus or private bus lines
usable by building occupants

Bus stops within a 1/4 mile radius


with walking path from the building

Stormwater Management
Developments can reduce the natural permeability of a site, which increases the quantity and
reduces the quality of stormwater runoff downstream to waterways such as streams, rivers and
lakes. The replacement of permeable areas with impervious surfaces reduces the quality due to
the contaminates carried by the runoff water, which becomes harmful to aquatic life and recre-
ational opportunities in receiving waters. This also causes downstream erosion in our waterways
due to increased runoff rates. Stormwater management involves strategies that reduce or con-
trol the amount of increased stormwater created by the project. Pollution caused by soil ero-
sion during site development, increased amounts of impervious surfaces, landscaping fertilizers
and the cleansing of impervious pavements by rainwater contribute to the sedimentation and
degradation of our waterways. A Stormwater Management Plan (SWP) may include the collec-
tion and reuse of stormwater to reduce the amount of potable water required for irrigation and
flushing of toilets. Stormwater management is often regulated by state or local codes to address
regional preferences. In certain parts of the U.S., management is generally encouraged in ef-
forts to reduce the impact on waterways and in communities with combined sanitary and storm
sewer systems. However, in other parts of the U.S., stormwater is committed to downstream use
for livestock, crops and municipal water supplies.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
88 | Chapter 5 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Sustainable Sites (SS)
Strategy considerations for controlling and reducing the quantity and improving the quality of
stormwater runoff:
• Quantity control
• Design project site to maintain natural stormwater flows, promoting infiltration
• Minimize impervious areas by using alternative surfaces such as pervious pavements,
open grid pavers and vegetated roofs.
• Pervious pavements: For hardscapes such as parking, drives, walks and other similar
surfaces, use pervious materials that will allow stormwater to penetrate through the
surface to the soils below to reduce the quantity of the stormwater runoff. Also, the
quality of stormwater that goes back into the soils and possibly to the aquifers is fil-
trated and improved.
• Grid pavers: consider the use of open grid pavers that allow the stormwater to filtrate
the open spaces created by the grid pattern to reduce the quantity of stormwater run-
off.
• Vegetated roofs (aka green roofs): There are many synergies associated with vegetated
roofs in addition to reducing the amount of stormwater runoff. The quality of retained
stormwater is improved, the roof is better insulated which improves heat gain/loss, re-
ducing the amount of HVAC required and the subsequent energy consumption and
vegetated roofs increase the amount of open green space, providing an environment
for insects, birds and other habitat.
• Control Stormwater: Redirect the flow and rate
• Design retention and detention ponds, rain gardens, bioswales, vegetated strips or
similar structures to retain or hold and slow the rate of stormwater runoff
• Harvest Rainwater: Collect and reuse
• Capture rainwater for reuse in such areas as irrigation, flushing toilets and urinals,
and custodial

Green Roofs Retention and Detention Ponds Rain Gardens

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 89
Sustainable Sites (SS)
• Quality control
• Most all of the strategies used for controlling the quantity of stormwater runoff can also
be implemented for improving the quality of stormwater runoff by utilizing Best Man-
agement Practices (BMPs). BMPs are methods that have been proven to be effective
and are therefore accepted measures for meeting the requirement.
• Pervious pavement and open grid pavers allow a certain amount of water to penetrate
the material and infiltrate to the soils below, filtering contaminants from the stormwa-
ter.
• Structural techniques such as vegetated roofs and non-structural techniques such as
rain gardens, bioswales and vegetated strips offer a natural filtration of the stormwa-
ter.
• Low Impact Development (LID)
• Precipitation, in the forms of rainfall and snow onto impervious surfaces such as parking
lots, sidewalks and streets does not filtrate back into the earth and aquifer, but rather
washes the surfaces and sends the contaminants eventually to our waterways. This is
known as nonpoint source pollution.
• Low Impact Development addresses how stormwater enters a site, is temporarily stored
and how the stormwater eventually exits the site. At its core, LID minimizes impervious
surfaces, protects soils from compaction and erosion, promotes native vegetation and
manages stormwater at its source.
• As with any sustainable strategy, all aspects of synergies and trade-offs must be con-
sidered, particularly with LEED for Neighborhood Development projects. Managing
stormwater may be less practical, for instance, when considering street grids that pro-
mote walking. Streets can cause interruption to the overall stormwater management
plan by disrupting the preferred release of stormwater.
Heat Island Effect

A heat island is an urban area which is significantly warmer than its surrounding rural areas. The
main cause of the urban heat island is simply the modification of the land surface by urban de-
velopment. Heat islands can be caused by buildings blocking surface heat from radiating into
the relatively cold night sky, the lack of sufficient wind, changes in the thermal properties of
surface materials, and a lack of evapotranspiration in urban areas.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
90 | Chapter 5 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Sustainable Sites (SS)
Materials commonly used in urban areas, such
as concrete and asphalt, have significantly
different properties that store and release
heat than surrounding rural areas. These tem-
perature differentials are generally greater at
night than during the day. Heat island effects
are also major contributors to smog in urban
areas. LEED defines heat islands as tempera-
tures 2 to 10 degrees greater than those of
surrounding urban areas. LEED addresses
heat island elements related to roofs and
nonroof components.
Pavement and roofing materials can be huge contributors to heat islands due to their thermal
properties, acting as heat sinks that collect and store heat. Conventional paving and roofing ma-
terials that are darker in color exacerbate this problem by absorbing more of the sun’s energy.
Green roofs are becoming popular in the U.S., particularly in larger metropolitan areas such as
Chicago and New York. In addition to assisting stormwater management by reducing quantity
of flow and increasing quality of release, green roofs reduce the building’s energy consumption,
provides vegetated open space and refuge for habitat. Green roofs also reduce the heat island
effect of absorbing the sun’s energy by providing natural vegetation and soils which also con-
tributes to the cooling effects of evapotranspiration—the release of water from plants into the
atmosphere. Green roofs are a great sustainable strategy for a project.
Emissivity is the ability of a material to emit heat by radiation, solar reflectance (albedo) is the mea-
sure of a material’s ability to reflect sunlight and Solar Reflectance Index (SRI) is the measure of a
material’s ability to reject solar heat. The ideal relationship is lower emissivity and higher albedo
and SRI. Pavement and roofing materials that exhibit these qualities are often referred to as cool
pavements and cool roofs.
• Solar Reflectance is the fraction of the solar energy that is reflected by a surface, such as
a roof or pavement, expressed as a number between zero and one. The higher the value,
the better the roof reflects solar energy. For example, a white reflective coating or mem-
brane has a reflectance value of 0.85 (reflects 85% of solar energy hitting it and absorbs
the remaining 15%), while asphalt has a value of 0.09 (reflects 9%).
• Emittance is the amount of absorbed heat that is radiated from a surface, expressed as
a number between zero and one. The higher the value, the better the surface radiates
heat.
• Solar Reflectance Index (SRI) indicates the ability of a surface to reject solar heat, and is the
combined value of reflectivity and emittance. It is defined so that a standard black is zero
(reflectance 0.05, emittance 0.90) and a standard white is 100 (reflectance 0.80, emittance
0.90). Because of the way SRI is defined, very hot materials can have slightly negative SRI
values, and very cool materials can have SRI values exceeding 100.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 91
Sustainable Sites (SS)
Strategy considerations for reducing heat island effects on the microclimate and human and
wildlife habitat:
• Nonroofs
• Reduce area of hardscape area including roads,
parking lots/parking structures, walks or court-
yards
• Shading: combination of any of the following
strategies for 50% of the total hardscape area
• Shade from existing tree canopy or, for new
trees, within 5 years of installation
• Shade from structures covered by solar panels
that produce renewable energy
• Shade from architectural features that have a SRI
of at least 29
• Cool pavements: Use hardscape materials with a
SRI of at least 29
• Open grid pavement systems which are at least
50% pervious
• Place a minimum of 50% of parking spaces under cover
• Roofs used to shade or cover parking must have a SRI of at least 29

• Roofs
• Cool Roofs: Use roofing materials for 75% of
the roof surface with controlled SRI values
• 78 SRI for low sloped roofs less than or
equal to 2:12 slope
• 29 SRI for steep sloped roofs greater than
2:12 slope
• Green Roofs: Install a vegetated roof that cov-
ers at least 50% of the roof area
• Install high albedo (SRI) cool roof and veg-
etated roof surfaces that, in combination,
meet the following:
• (area of roof meeting minimum SRI / 0.75) + (area of vegetated roof/0.5) = Total Roof
Area

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
92 | Chapter 5 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Sustainable Sites (SS)
Light Pollution Reduction
Outdoor lighting is important for safety, lighting pas-
sages between buildings and sidewalks, parking lots
and roadways. However, poorly designed exterior light-
ing can add to nighttime light pollution which can in-
terfere with nocturnal ecology, reduce observation of
night skies (aka Sky Glow), cause roadway glare and
jeopardize relationships with neighbors by creating
light trespass.
Satellite image of earth at night
Properly designed lighting systems can promote an appreciation for a place at night. Careful se-
lection of fixture types and wattage and controlling the lighting during off hours or curfew times
can avoid light pollution, maintain safety and enhance the public image of a company.
The intent of light pollution reduction is to:
• Minimize light trespass from the building and site
• Reduce sky glow to increase night sky access
• Improve nighttime visibility through glare reduction
• Reduce development impact on nocturnal environments
• Interior
• Utilize indirect interior lighting or automated non-emergency lighting shutoff controls
• Shut off non-emergency lighting:
• Reduce power to all non-emergency lighting with a direct line of sight to building
envelope openings, such as windows and doors, with shutoff controls during off
hours or curfew times
• Automatic shielding:
• Provide automatic shielding or permanent obstructions, for all non-emergency light-
ing with a direct line of sight to building envelope openings, such as windows and
doors
• Exterior

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 93
Sustainable Sites (SS)
• Design site lighting with computer model
• Use computer modeling for proper selection and location of fixture types
• Accurate control of illumination levels, particularly important for maintaining re-
quired lighting densities per ASHRAE 90.1 and light trespass at the project property
lines
• Only light areas required for safety and comfort
• Shut off or reduce lighting levels for non-essential lighting such as building facade and
landscaping lighting
• Use full cutoff light fixtures, low angle spot
lights and low reflectance surfaces
• Full cutoff light fixtures prevent wasteful up-
lighting above a horizontal plane, reduces
glare and helps prevent light trespass
• Low angle spot lights help reduce glare,
lighting unnecessary surfaces and wasting
energy lighting the sky
• Low reflectance surfaces reduces light reflec-
Cutoff light fixtures
tance and trespass
• Classify project lighting zone and comply ac-
cordingly with the requirements of IESNA RP-33
• LZ1 - Dark (park and rural settings)
• LZ2 - Low (residential areas and neighborhood business districts)
• LZ3 - Medium (commercial/industrial and high density residential)
• LZ4 - High (major city centers and entertainment districts)
• School sports fields are excluded from requirements, but must have automatic shut-
offs
The Triple Bottom Line (People, Planet, Profit)
To reiterate a tenet that was presented in the Green Buildings and Communities chapter, three
areas define the benefits of green buildings—Economic, Health and Community, and Environment.
Every LEED project considers a multitude of sustainable strategies, and each strategy should be
analyzed by how it measures to LEED’s adoption of the Triple Bottom Line (TBL). The triple bot-
tom line establishes a measurement to recognize performance in three areas:
• People: Social
• Planet: Environmental
• Profit: Economic

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
94 | Chapter 5 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Sustainable Sites (SS)
The location of the site is of paramount importance to immediate and long term environmental
impacts. LEED sustainable sites promotes responsible and practical site design strategies relative
to local and regional communities and ecosystems in the following areas:
• Site Selection
• Site Design
• Transportation
• Stormwater
• Heat Island Effect
• Light pollution
• Site Selection
• Strategies:
• Increase development density
• Redevelopment
• Protect or restore habitat
• Urban development
• The Triple Bottom Line:
• People: Sites should consider strategies that promote the restoration or protection of
the natural habitat, redevelopment of existing buildings or any other strategy that
enhances the community at large
• Planet: Strategies such as daylighting and natural ventilation reduces energy use;
redevelopment saves greenfield sites; protects natural ecosystems
• Profit: Site location can have a direct affect on vehicle miles traveled (vmt), saving
both fossil fuels and infrastructure; can contribute to the economy of local commu-
nities; proper site selection allows for placement and orientation of the building to
reduce energy costs providing daylighting and natural ventilation
• Site Design
• Strategies:
• Create an Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan
• Efficient hardscapes
• Minimize water usage
• Use of reflective materials
• Sustainable management plan

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 95
Sustainable Sites (SS)
• The Triple Bottom Line:
• People: Reducing light pollution shows a concern for community and safety; creating
or increasing the natural habitat serves the project as well as adjoining properties
• Planet: Incorporating proper hardscape/roofing materials and regionally appropriate
landscape design will reduce heat island effects
• Profit: Strategies that incorporate native landscaping will conserve both water and
energy and require less maintenance
• Transportation
• Strategies:
• Locate site in an area that has mass transit
• Limit parking
• Encourage carpooling
• Promote low emissions or fuel efficient vehicles
• Offer incentives
• Support alternative transportation
• The Triple Bottom Line:
• People: Reducing vehicle emissions also increases the quality of the air; strategies
such as mass transportation and bicycles promotes exercise
• Planet: The obvious here is the reduction of vehicle emissions
• Profit: Reducing vehicle travel saves operation and maintenance costs for the vehicle
owner and reduces the cost burden of construction and maintenance of highways
• Stormwater Management
• Strategies:
• Quantity control
• Reduce building footprint
• Reduce impervious pavement materials
• Use pervious pavement materials, vegetated roofs, rain gardens, bioswales, reten-
tion and detention ponds to hold and/or slow the rate of stormwater runoff
• Quality control
• Reduce building footprint
• Reduce impervious pavement materials
• Use pervious pavement materials, vegetated roofs, rain gardens, bioswales, reten-
tion and detention ponds to hold and/or slow the rate of stormwater runoff

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
96 | Chapter 5 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Sustainable Sites (SS)
• Nonpoint source pollution is one of the greatest threats to stormwater quality and
can be caused by oil leaks from vehicles, fertilizers and other contaminants washed
across impervious surfaces during a rain.
• The Triple Bottom Line:
• People: Stormwater management strategies such as retention ponds, rain gardens
and wetlands promote biodiversity of native habitat which also reduces stormwater
damage to adjoining properties
• Planet: Managing stormwater reduces flooding and sedimentation of downstream
land and waterways; stormwater can be used for landscape irrigation and in the inte-
rior for flushing toilets, thereby saving potable water
• Profit: A proper stormwater management plan implemented at the beginning of the
project reduces damage to the site which later must be corrected at a cost; retention
ponds, rain gardens, wetlands and other aesthetic strategies can increase the prop-
erty value
• Heat Isand Effect
• Strategies:
• Nonroofs: reduce hardscapes, shading, cool pavements, open grid paving, cover or
shade parking
• Roofs: cool roofs, green roofs, combination cool and green roofs
• The Triple Bottom Line:
• People: Controlling heat islands reduces the ambient temperatures in urban areas
• Planet: The heat generated by heat islands are detrimental to habitat, wildlife and
animal migration corridors; green roofs provide additional structure for habitats
• Profit: Cool pavements and cool or vegetated roofs reduce the heating and cooling
load of the building, thereby reducing HVAC equipment size which also reduces en-
ergy costs
• Light pollution reduction
• Strategies:
• Interior: indirect lighting, shut off non emergencey lighting, automatic shielding
• Exterior: computer designed systems, light only for safety and comfort, shut off non
essential lighting, use full cutoff fixtures, design per LZA lighting zone recommenda-
tions
• The Triple Bottom Line:
• People: Reducing light pollution shows a concern for community and safety; creating
and increasing the natural habitat serves the project as well as adjoining properties

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 97
Sustainable Sites (SS)
• Planet: Controlling light pollution causes less impact on the nocturnal ecosystem;
reduces night glow
• Profit: Reducing the quantity of luminaires not required for safety saves initial equip-
ment costs as well as operating costs
Sustainable Sites Summary
• The Sustainable Sites (SS) category promotes the following measures:
• Location and Linkage
• Neighborhood Pattern and Design
• Transportation
• Stormwater Management
• Heat Island Effect
• Light Pollution
• Sustainable Sites answer these 3 questions:
• Where: Location and Linkage
• What: Neighborhood Pattern and Design
• How: Green Infrastructure and Buildings
• Alternative Fuel Vehicles
• Electric; hydrogen; natural gas; ethanol, biofuel
• Eligible vehicles:
• Zero Emission Vehicles (ZEV) as defined by the California Air Resources Board (CARB)
• Green Score 40 or greater listed by the American Council for an Energy Efficient
Economy (ACEEE)
• Brownfields
• EPA defines brownfields as “real property, the expansion, redevelopment, or reuse of
which may be complicated by the presence or potential presence of a hazardous sub-
stance, pollutant or contaminate.”
• If found to be contaminated, but remediated, the land can be reused
• Schools are not permitted to be built on land that was previously used as a landfill
• Heat island properties
• Understand the key elements: albedo, solar reflectance, solar reflectance index, emit-
tance

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
98 | Chapter 5 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Sustainable Sites (SS)
Codes & Referenced Standards
Refer to the Appendix for a complete listing of Referenced Standards by Credit with a descrip-
tion of the intent of the standard.
• The Sustainable Sites category contains many standards for implementing credit strate-
gies regulating site disturbance, stormwater management, open space, light pollution.
Important standards to become familiar with:
• 2003 EPA Construction General Permit: NPDES stormwater regulations for site construc-
tion activity
• ASTM E1527-05 Phase I Environmental Assessment & ASTM E1903-97 Phase II Environ-
mental Site Assessment
• U.S. Department of Agriculture, United States Code of Federal Regulations Title 7, Volume
6, Parts 400 to 699, Section 657.5: Standard that defines prime farmland
• Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Definition of 100 Year Flood: The flood
elevation that has a 1% chance of being reached or exceeded each year
• Endangered Species List (U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, List of Threatened and Endan-
gered Species): Addresses threatened and endangered wildlife and plants
• National Marine Fisheries Services, List of Endangered Marine Species: In addition to this
federal list, state agencies provide state specific lists
• United States Code of Federal Regulations, 40 CFR, Parts 230 -233, and Part 22, Definition
of Wetlands: Addresses wetlands and discharges of dredge or filled material into water
regulated by states
• U.S. EPA, Definition of Brownfields
• ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2007, Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low Rise Res-
idential Lighting, Section 9 (without amendments): Establishes exterior lighting power
densities (LPD) for buildings
• Various ASTM standards regarding Heat Island Effect
General Chapter Related Definitions
Refer to the Acronyms and Glossary of Terms chapter for definitions important to this chapter,
whether or not they were discussed.
• adapted (introduced) plants
• albedo
• alternative fuel vehicles
• bicycle network
• biodiversity
• biomass

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 99
Sustainable Sites (SS)
• bioswale
• brownfield
• building density
• building footprint
• community connectivity
• conservation
• conventional irrigation
• designed landscape
• development density
• development footprint
• ecologically appropriate site features
• ecosystem
• edge development
• emissivity
• endangered species
• erosion
• eutrophication
• floodplain
• floor-area-ratio (FAR)
• footcandle
• fossil fuel
• fuel efficient vehicles
• fully shielded exterior light fixtures
• greenfield
• greenhouse effect
• greenhouse gas (GHG)
• hardscape
• harvested rainwater
• heat island effect
• historic building
• hybrid vehicles
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
100 | Chapter 5 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Sustainable Sites (SS)
• impervious surfaces
• imperviousness
• infill sites
• infiltration basins
• infiltration trenches
• in situ remediation
• integrated pest management (IPM)
• invasive plants
• irrigated land
• irrigation efficiency
• landscape area
• LEED project boundary
• light pollution
• light trespass
• local zoning requirements
• lot
• low emitting vehicles (LEV)
• mass transit
• master plan
• mixed use
• National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)
• native (or indigenous) plants
• natural areas
• neighborhood
• no-disturbance zone
• open grid pavement
• open space area
• park
• parking footprint
• paseo
• pedestrian access
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 101
Sustainable Sites (SS)
• pedestrian oriented design
• perviousness
• plaza
• pollutant
• porous pavements and permeable surfaces
• predevelopment
• preferred parking
• previously developed
• previously developed site
• project
• project boundary
• project building
• property area
• prime farmland
• public transportation
• rain garden
• rainwater harvesting
• residential area
• retention ponds
• school
• sedimentation
• shielding
• site assessment
• site disturbance
• site energy
• sky glow
• smart growth
• softscape
• site disturbance
• solar reflectance (albedo)
• solar reflectance index (SRI)
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
102 | Chapter 5 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Sustainable Sites (SS)
• square
• square footage
• stewardship
• stormwater pollution prevention plan (SWPPP)
• stormwater runoff
• stratosphere
• street
• street grid density
• subdivision
• sustainability
• sustainable development
• tertiary treatment
• topsoil
• traffic analysis zone
• transportation demand management
• tree and plant preservation plan
• two year, 24-hour design storm
• undercover parking
• underground parking
• vegetation containing artifices
• vegetated roofs (green roofs)
• walking distance
• water body
• wetland
• wet ponds
• wetland vegetation
• woonerf
• xeriscaping

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 103
Studio4: Sustainable Sites (SS)
Studio4 Office Project: Sustainable Sites
LEED Online Registration
Aside from the standard issue of questions about the Project Administrator, Project Owner and
general project details, there are two pieces of information LEED Online requires from the Proj-
ect Administrator that will serve as a standard of accounting across several credits that uses the
same information and, therefore must be used consistently throughout the certification process.
One is project boundary information and the other is the FTE count.
The project boundary for this project, as well as most sites with a single building, will simply
be the legal property description that is generally shown on a survey drawing that defines the
metes and bounds. Also, the civil engineer’s drawings will indicate the property lines as well as
defining the scope of the project relative to work outside the building proper.

Project Boundaries

Another area that needs to be checked by the project team is an analysis of the Minimum Pro-
gram Requirements (MPR). This project meets the mandatory requirements, but one calculation
does need to be made to ensure that the minimum building area to site area ratio is in compli-
ance. This requires that the gross floor area of the LEED project building must be no less than 2%
of the gross land area within the LEED project boundary. The site area is 3.5 acres and the gross
floor area is 12,000 sf. Therefore:
• (3.5 acres x 43,560 sf/acre) x 0.02 = 152,460 x 0.02 = 3,049.2 sf minimum required
Although the project was zoned for two buildings with the agreement that there would be an
eventual lot split, for the sake of expediency, the split will occur after the completion of the
project and certification approved. Also needed to consider is the fact that this is a speculative
project and Phase II may never be developed.
FTE requirements refer to occupant loads, and occupant loads have different meanings depend-
ing on the requirements being met. In the case of zoning, occupant loads deal with life safety
issues and address areas such as the minimum width of egress corridors and number of required

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
104 | Chapter 5 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Studio4: Sustainable Sites (SS)
emergency exit doors based on the building use group. LEED, on the other hand, views occu-
pants from a different perspective, allowing two options for determining occupant counts, or
FTEs. If the actual FTE is not known, LEED provides a matrix based on the type of occupancy use.
For general office use such as this project, this would be 1 FTE per 250 sf of the gross square foot-
age. Therefore: 12,000 sf / 250 = 48 FTEs
Schematic Design
The Civil Engineer has taken the data collected during the initial charrette and prepared a pre-
liminary schematic site development plan where the owner, architect, engineers, landscape ar-
chitect, contractor and other stakeholders can review and discuss in more detail the strategies
to achieve the credits being sought. They will also determine what synergies are apparent and
perhaps uncover hidden issues in the form of adverse trade-offs that may affect their credit se-
lections.

Conceptual Site Development Plan


Sustainable Sites Category
Sustainable Sites deal with issues outside of the building, including portions of the building ex-
terior, the land that is being developed, and the surrounding community. Choosing a building’s
site and managing that site during construction are important considerations for the sustainabil-
ity of any project. The Sustainable Sites category discourages development on previously unde-
veloped land; minimizes a building’s impact on ecosystems and waterways; encourages region-
ally appropriate landscaping; rewards smart transportation choices; controls stormwater runoff;
and reduces erosion, light pollution, heat island effect and construction related pollution.
• SSp1 Construction Activity Pollution Prevention: This prerequisite requires the creation
and implementation of an erosion sediment control (ESC) plan, in accordance with the
2003 EPA Construction General Permit or local standards if more strict, to prevent loss of soil,
sedimentation and air pollution during the course of construction. Soil erosion on build-
ing sites is a major source of sediment pollution in waterways and the runoff of sediment
carries pollutants and excessive nutrients that enter the water systems at concentrated
levels. Many communities require strict adherence to EPA regulations or local ordinances

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 105
Studio4: Sustainable Sites (SS)
concerning both the protection of the site and the effects of site disturbance downstream.
Additionally, a mandated requirement for this site is that of monitoring the effectiveness
of control measures after storms that have delivered a set amount of rainfall within a
given period. Construction submittal: civil engineer, landscape architect, contractor
• SSc1 Site Selection: This is an easy credit to achieve given the fact that this site fits per-
fectly with the goals of sustainable sites. This site: does not infringe on any of the sensitive
or protected site elements such as wetlands, flood plains, endangered species, farmland,
etc.; is a previously developed site, thereby preserving greenfields; and is situated in a
location with a substantial amount of community connectivity. Design submittal: owner,
civil engineer, environmental engineer, ecologist
• SSc2 Development Density and Community Connectivity: The intent of the Development
Density option is to drive development toward high density neighborhoods that have a
60,000 sf/acre density ratio. However, in the past this has been a difficult task to achieve.
Recently, LEED added the Community Connectivity option to this credit in a successful ef-
fort to make it a much easier path to compliance. With regard to Development Density, a
precedent had been established through a legacy CIR for a project of comparable size to
this project, but located in an area where the average density was over 125,000 sf per acre.
This avenue could possibly have been pursued, but is unnecessary at this point. There is
the intent of the project team not to apply for CIRs in an effort to expedite the project.
Community Connectivity is virtually at the project’s doorstep. There is available the re-
quired 10 community services and high density residential units (10 units/acre) within a
1/2 mile radius with sidewalks that provide a direct and unobstructed link. This will meet
the requirements of the Community Connectivity option of the credit. Each of the 10 ba-
sic services have to be identified and the information uploaded via LEED Online. Design
submittal: owner, developer, design team

Community Connectivity (10 basic services and high density residential within 1/2 mile)

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
106 | Chapter 5 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Studio4: Sustainable Sites (SS)
• SSc3 Brownfield Redevelopment: Brownfields have the potential to be renewed with
proper remediation that removes possible hazardous materials from the site’s soil and
groundwater that may be present. Redevelopment on brownfields prevents develop-
ment on undeveloped greenfields that may serve as a habitat for wildlife and brownfields
are usually located in areas having existing infrastructure necessary for the new develop-
ment. Reclaiming a potentially contaminated site can provide economic support to the
surrounding area and initialize further development. Unfortunately, with regard to this
credit, a condition of sale required the previous owners to demolish and remove the ex-
isting buildings and accessory structures. The age of those buildings revealed asbestos
siding on the main structure. Asbestos has previously been permitted by the EPA as an en-
vironmentally hazardous material sufficient to classify a site as a Brownfield. This project
would most likely have qualified as a brownfield. Design submittal: owner, civil engineer,
environmental engineer, ecologist, EPA
• SSc4 Alternative Transportation: There are 4 sub-credits within SSc4, and the project will
pursue SSc4.3 Alternative Transportation - Low Emitting and Fuel Efficient Vehicles and
SSc4.4 Alternative Transportation - Parking Capacity.
• SSc4.1 Alternative Transportation - Public Transportation Access: The use of public trans-
portation decreases air pollution in urban areas and reduces the building footprint by
requiring only a minimum of parking space. Choosing a site close to public transporta-
tion gives building occupants the option to use public transportation to and from work.
There is no public transportation available to this project. Design submittal: owner, ar-
chitect, design team
• SSc4.2 Alternative Transportation - Bicycle Storage and Changing Rooms: Select a site
that provides convenient biking paths, safe bike storage, and close shower facilities to
building occupants where the showering facilities must be within 200 yards of the en-
trance to the building. Design submittal: architect, civil engineer, landscape architect,
plumbing engineer
• SSc4.3 Alternative Transportation - Low Emitting and Fuel Efficient Vehicles: This credit
allows achievement by reserving 5% of the total parking capacity for the use of low
emitting and fuel efficient vehicles. 5% x 60 spaces = 3 spaces to be reserved close to
the building entrance for these types of vehicles. Design submittal: owner, architect,
design team
• SSc4.4 Alternative Transportation - Parking Capacity: Option 1 permits no more park-
ing capacity than that required by code. Local zoning regulations for this type of use
requires 1 parking space per 200 sf of gross building area. Therefore, 12,000 sf/200 = 60
parking spaces. Phase I of this project has the 60 spaces as required. Design submittal:
owner, architect, design team
SSc5 Site Development and SSc6 Stormwater Design
Sustainable Sites credits SSc5 and SSc6, with their 2 sub-credits each, afford the project many
synergetic opportunities throughout the sustainable categories and allows many of the same
strategies for credit compliance. Most projects governed by local, state and federal regulations
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 107
Studio4: Sustainable Sites (SS)
require some degree of stormwater control and landscaping/open space requirements. Imple-
menting strategies for a path to compliance for one credit can be used successfully for strategies
related to other credits. Constructed wetlands, for instance, don’t have to be large in size, yet can
serve to control the quantity and quality of stormwater, stormwater reuse for irrigation and toilet
flushing, graywater reuse and reducing heat island effects while providing a natural and much
needed refuse for local habitat. Rain gardens, vegetated swales and strips, bioswales, detention/
retention areas, wetlands and similar strategies can singularly, or collectively, be used to achieve
most, if not all, of the credit opportunities offered.
SSc5 - Site Development credits are important for the enhancement of the natural elements
of the project site such as native plants and trees, soils, and watersheds. On greenfield sites, a
key strategy to credit achievement is to minimize the building footprint as much as possible.
Utilize strategies such as sharing facilities and stacking the parking with the building, and dur-
ing construction create construction boundaries that minimize land disturbance. Open space
is beneficial in urban environments to wildlife whose habitats are rapidly disappearing. Smaller
development footprints and more greenspace helps with the urban heat island effect and pro-
vides for better stormwater retention. The goal of SSc6 - Stormwater Design is to decrease the
quantity and increase the quality of stormwater runoff that leaves the site. The options depend
on the pre-development conditions on the site. If it is a greenfield, prevent an increase in storm-
water runoff on-site after development. If the site has existing impervious surfaces, decrease the
amount of stormwater that exits the site by 25% after development. Where SS Credit 6.1 is about
the quantity of stormwater that leaves the site, SS Credit 6.2 is about the quality of the water
that leaves the site. To meet the requirements of the credit, create and implement a stormwater
management plan (SWMP) that is designed to capture and treat runoff from 90% of the average
annual rainfall. Also, the best management practices (BMPs) used to treat runoff must remove
80% of the average annual post development total suspended solids (TSS) load.

Constructed wetland, habitat,


rain garden, vegetated strip
and pervious pavements

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
108 | Chapter 5 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Studio4: Sustainable Sites (SS)
• SSc5.1 Site Development - Protect or Restore Habitat: This cred-
it addresses two site conditions, Case 1 as applied to greenfield
sites and Case 2 for previously developed areas or graded sites.
This is an important credit to pursue because of the synergies
involved and, in the site’s current configuration, an easy credit
to achieve. Option 2 requires protecting or restoring the great-
er of 50% of the site (excluding building footprint) or 20% of
the site (including building footprint) with native or adaptive
vegetation. Considering the fact that a lot split is not planned
during Phase I, combined with the extensive landscape requirements of the local zoning
ordinance, there is sufficient land available to meet the requirements of this credit. The
landscape architect will coordinate with the civil engineer on this credit to design and en-
gineer rain gardens, vegetated swales, constructed wetlands and other strategies that can
contribute to many Sustainable Site and Water Efficiency credits. Construction submittal:
civil engineer, landscape architect, environmental engineer, ecologist, local professional
• SSc5.2 Site Development - Maximize Open Space: This credit
has three cases that address existing local zoning ordinance
provisions regarding open space requirements. Open space is
the property area minus the development footprint and must
be vegetated and pervious. This project falls under the case
where there is local zoning but without any requirement for
open space. Although the local ordinance has no provision for
a percentage of open space, it does include an extensive and
aggressive landscaping policy requiring all unpaved and unde-
veloped portions of the site be vegetated. This is an instance
where local codes are more stringent than those requirements necessary to comply with
the credit. On this site, all property lines, right of ways, interior pavement islands, mandat-
ed spaces between sidewalks and buildings will be landscaped with plants, shrubs and
trees and landscaped berms constructed to protect visibility from adjacent residential
properties. Since c5.1 & c5.2 go hand-in-hand with each other, the civil engineer and land-
scape architect will coordinate the design and construction documents. Design submittal:
civil engineer, landscape architect, environmental engineer, ecologist, local professional
• SSc6.1 Stormwater Design - Quantity Control: The intent of
this credit is to limit disruption of natural water hydrology by
reducing impervious cover, increasing on-site infiltration, re-
ducing or eliminating pollution from stormwater runoff, and
eliminating contaminants. On building sites where the exist-
ing imperviousness is greater than 50%, this credit requires re-
ducing the quantity of stormwater runoff by 25%. On building
sites where the existing imperviousness is less than 50%, the
requirement specifies that the post-development discharge rate and quantity from the
site shall not exceed the pre-development rate and quantity. This site had no improve-

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 109
Studio4: Sustainable Sites (SS)
ments, as there are no existing impervious surfaces and requires either 1) a stormwater
management plan that prevents the post-development peak discharge rate and quantity
from exceeding the predevelopment peak discharge rate and quantity for the 1 and 2
year 24 hour design storms OR 2) implementation of a stormwater management plan that
protects receiving stream channels from excessive erosion and the stormwater manage-
ment plan must include stream channel protection and quantity control strategies. This
credit is actually mandated by local zoning regulations that require stormwater to be held
and released for the purpose of downstream protection. Design submittal: civil engineer,
landscape architect
• SSc6.2 Stormwater Design - Quality Control: The intent of
this credit is to limit the disruption of natural stormwater and
clean the stormwater that becomes contaminated as it pass-
es through the site. To do this, the project must implement
a stormwater management plan that reduces the amount of
impervious cover, promotes infiltration and then captures and
treats the remaining stormwater runoff for 90% of the aver-
age annual rainfall. For this credit, LEED promotes Best Man-
agement Practices (BMPs) as long as they remove 80% of the post-development Total
Suspended Solids (TSS). This credit is achievable through the implementation of strate-
gies and techniques provided by credits SSc5.1, SSc5.2 and SSc6.1. The wetland area, rain
gardens and vegetated swales will hold and retain stormwater, allowing some passage
through the structures into the subgrade for filtration. The remaining stormwater that
does eventually pass through to the public storm sewer, or waterways, will have been
cleansed by the vegetation while being held. In calculating the amount of stormwater
to treat, climatic data is used for the specific region where the project is located. There
are 3 distinct climates in the U.S. that influence the amount of annual rainfall. Humid wa-
tersheds that receive at least 40” of annual rainfall, semiarid watersheds which receive
between 20”-40” per year and arid watersheds that will receive less than 20” of annual
rainfall. Treating 90% of the annual rainfall is equal to the following: 1” for humid wa-
tersheds, 0.75” for semiarid watersheds and 0.50” for arid watersheds. Design submittal:
owner, architect, civil engineer, landscape architect
• SSc7.1 Heat Island Effect - Nonroof: This credit requires shade
(within 5 years of occupancy), materials with a Solar Reflec-
tance Index (SRI) of at least 29, and/or open-grid pavement for
at least 50% of the site’s non-roof impervious surfaces such as
roads, sidewalks, courtyards, and parking lots. A second option
requires placing a minimum of 50% of parking spaces under-
ground or under a deck, a roof, or a building. Any roof used
to shade or cover parking must also have a SRI of at least 29.
This credit will be achieved by using concrete for the parking
lot, which accounts for more than 50% of the hardscaped areas.
Ordinary concrete has an SRI value range between 38 and 52. Construction submittal:
architect, civil engineer, landscape architect
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
110 | Chapter 5 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Studio4: Sustainable Sites (SS)
• SSc7.2 Heat Island Effect - Roof: In general, there are 2 configu-
rations used for conventional roof designs - flat roofs and sloped
roofs. This shingled roof will have a slope of 6:12. LEED consid-
ers a steep sloped roof as one having a slope greater than 2:12
and requiring an SRI index of 29 or higher. Low sloped roofs
have a slope of 2:12 or less and require an SRI index of 78 or
higher. LEED allows vegetated roofs, high SRI roofs and roofs
that use a combination of the two and provides formulas for
the amount of area of each material to use in order to comply
with the credit. For the roof on this project, 75% of the roof
surface must be covered with a shingle that has a minimum SRI value of 29. Fortunately,
there are many colors available to select from the manufacturers of cool shingles. Design
submittal: architect, civil engineer, landscape architect, mechanical engineer
• SSc8 Light Pollution Reduction: Reducing light pollution rela-
tive to the site requires regulating the light sources inside and
outside of the building. On the interior, all non-emergency
light must be regulated when trespassing beyond translucent
surfaces (windows) between the hours of 11:00 p.m. and 5:00
a.m. This can be accomplished by installing automatic devices
with manual overrides that will turn off the interior lights dur-
ing this time period. Addressing the exterior light pollution requires a determination of
the proper lighting zone and using shielded light fixtures where there exists the potential
for these fixtures to produce glare, trespass, etc. There are two possible candidates to
consider for the lighting zone - LZ2 Low and LZ3 Medium. If using the more strict LZ2, the
footcandle (fc) level at the property (boundary) line can be no greater than 0.10 fc horizon-
tal and vertical. However, this is another instance where local codes and ordinances are
more stringent than the requirements to achieve the credit. The local zoning ordinance
mandates 0.00 fc at the property line. Although argued for some time as being impracti-
cal and nearly impossible to achieve, the 0.00 fc ordinance is still in effect. Design submit-
tal: architect, civil engineer, electrical engineer, landscape architect, lighting designer
• SSc9 Tenant Design and Construction Guidelines: This credit is specifically targeted to
C&S projects and requires the publication of an illustrated document written to educate
tenants about implementing sustainable design and construction features in their tenant
improvement build-out and how to use LEED for Commercial Interiors. Design submittal:
owner, architect, design team

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 111
Studio4: Sustainable Sites (SS)
Schematic Site Development Plan

Design Site Development Plan

The civil engineer has taken the preliminary site development sketch and coordinated with the
landscape architect to prepare a refined Site Development Plan for distribution to the team for
review. This design and subsequent review comments will be used to begin the final site related
construction documents. The sustainable elements incorporated into this plan include:
• Pervious sidewalk pavement
• SRI 29 concrete parking and drive pavement
• SRI 29 roofing materials
• Vegetated swales to collect, hold, filter and release stormwater runoff
• Rain gardens between vegetated swale and parking lot, between building and sidewalk
and in 2 parking islands
• Landscaped berm along east property line
• Native and/or adaptive landscaping
• Wetland for stormwater, habitat and potential reservoir for stormwater reuse
In summary, the credits being pursued in the Sustainable Sites category have come at little ad-
ditional cost to the project budget. Often referred to as the “low hanging fruit”, many of these
credits are either mandated by local codes and ordinances or were available due to the location
and existing condition of the site. Also, the sanitary and storm sewer authority that services sev-
eral cities and surrounding counties has initiated an aggressive campaign to expedite the study
and implementation of sustainable and green practices. As such, they will make available fund-
ing on this project the cost for the rain gardens and constructed wetlands for inclusion into their
pilot program. An agreement to allow the Metropolitan Sewer District to monitor performance
is required.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
112 | Chapter 5 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Studio4: Sustainable Sites (SS)
Project Checklist Analysis
 
 

      


     
     
      
      
      
      
      
      
   
      
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
     
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
     
  
  
  
  
  

   




Not bad. 19 probable points out of 28 available with only 40 required for LEED certification.
What does this mean? We’re halfway to certification and the cost so far for being green has been
minimal.
The next session will begin at the end of the Water Efficiency chapter.
Please note, the Project Checklist is a tool that allows the project team during the charrette to
check off the credits they believe to be achievable and also check those credits the project will
not pursue. For the purposes of this exercise, the checklist is being used as an analysis of the
project credit standing as it progresses through the categories.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 113
CHAPTER | 6

Water Efficiency (WE)


»» WE Credit Matrix
»» Water Efficiency Overview
»» Water Efficiency Strategies
»» The Triple Bottom Line
»» Water Efficiency Summary
»» Codes & Referenced Standards
»» General Chapter Related Definitions
»» Studio4 Project: Water Efficiency

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS

114
Water Efficiency (WE)

Water Efficiency Overview


Water is a finite, precious resource and a recent international poll determined that clean water
shortages top the world’s most urgent issues. As the demand for development increases, the
burden on our limited water resources also increases, making it increasingly important for in-
dividuals and corporations to understand the dire ramifications associated with neglecting this
impending crisis.
The public water supply delivered to buildings represents the third largest category of water use
in the U.S., behind thermoelectric power and irrigation. Using large volumes of water increases
maintenance and life cycle costs for building operations in addition to increasing demands on
municipal supply and treatment facilities.
There’s a reason that water has become a national priority. A recent government survey showed
at least 36 states are anticipating local, regional, or statewide water shortages by 2013. Accord-
ing to the EPA, across the country our growing population is putting stress on available water
supplies. Between 1950 and 2000, the U.S. population nearly doubled while the public demand
for water more than tripled! Americans now use an average of 100 gallons of water each day—
enough to fill 1,600 drinking glasses! This increased demand has put additional stress on water
supplies and distribution systems, threatening both human health and the environment.
In the U.S., we use over 400 billion gallons of water each day, representing almost 25% of the
nation’s fresh water supply, and 3,700 billion gallons more than we return to the natural water
system each year. The EPA estimates that one third of our streams, rivers and lakes are now un-
safe for swimming and fishing, where nearly 86% of the water we use is discharged.
Another important concern is the direct correlation between the water we use and the resultant
wastewater that is generated. The continued increase in the use of public potable water also cre-
ates an increase in the amount of wastewater being generated, thereby threatening the capabili-
ties of our wastewater treatment facilities. The vast majority of the water we use is treated and
discharged into our waterways. In turn, treatment facilities that are being taxed run the danger
of releasing untreated wastewater into our waterways. The use of water can also be directly re-
lated to energy consumption.
Considering many water conservation measures can be done at no cost, or at a rapid payback, it
seems prudent to make water efficiency a priority.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 115
Water Efficiency (WE)
The Water Efficiency (WE) category addresses environmental concerns related to:
• Potable water use
• Waste water
Water Efficiency promotes the following measures:
• Indoor Water Use Reduction
• Water Efficient Landscaping
• Innovative Wastewater Technologies
• Process Water Use Reduction
Subsequently, the goals of Water Efficiency can be achieved by implementing the following
strategies:
• Indoor Water Use Reduction
• Outdoor Water Use Reduction
• Process Water Use Reduction
• Innovative Wastewater Technologies
Water Use Reduction
• Reducing indoor potable water consumption can be achieved by using nonpotable wa-
ter sources and installing water efficient fixtures. Water treatment and reuse of stormwa-
ter and graywater for toilet flushing and custodial purposes can be alternative options
to potable water. Another alternative option in some areas is reclaimed water available
through local municipalities.
• Water efficiency measures in commercial buildings can reduce water use by 30% or
more
• Mandates a 20% reduction over the building baseline and awards 2, 3 and 4 points for
further reductions of 30%, 35% and 40%
• Applies to both flush and flow fixtures (e.g., water closets, urinals, lavatory faucets,
showers, kitchen sinks and pre-rinse spray valves) and are based on occupant usage
• Consider alternative water sources for nonpotable water requirements
• Consider water efficient fixtures, electronic controls, waterless urinals and composting
toilets
• Reducing water consumption can reduce energy consumption by requiring less water
to be treated, heated, cooled and distributed
• Reducing water consumption can reduce the burden on wastewater treatment facili-
ties

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
116 | Chapter 6 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Water Efficiency (WE)
Water Efficient Landscaping
• Landscape irrigation, the primary user of outdoor water consumption, accounts for a sub-
stantial percentage of our daily water consumption. The use of native plants provides a
landscape that will require minimal supplemental water while providing additional envi-
ronmental benefits such as attracting native wildlife, requiring less fertilizers and pesti-
cides which in turn reduces water quality degradation.
• Outdoor water uses, mostly for irrigation, account for 30% of the 26 billion gallons of
potable water used daily.
• Outdoor water use reduction can be achieved by:
• Landscaping that does not require permanent irrigation
• Using captured rainwater, recycled wastewater or water treated by a public agency
specifically for nonpotable use
• Use effective and efficient water practices
Innovative Wastewater Technologies
• Reducing the amount of wastewater leaving the site reduces public infrastructure, chemi-
cal inputs, energy use and emissions generated at waste treatment facilities. Since the
quality of water required for water closets and urinals can be much lower, more options
are available to reduce potable water consumption through the use of strategies such as
using grey water treated on-site or from municipal sources.
• Reducing the burdens inherent with wastewater can be achieved by:
• Reducing wastewater conveyance by using water conserving flush fixtures (e.g., wa-
ter closets and urinals) and water conserving flow fixtures (e.g., faucets, showerheads,
aerators, sprinkler heads)
• Using nonpotable water (e.g., captured rainwater, recycled greywater, on-site or mu-
nicipally treated wastewater)
Process Water Use Reduction
• Process water applies to building equipment such as cooling towers, boilers, chillers, cer-
tain business operations such as dishwashers and washing machines. Process water is not
addressed by all LEED ratings systems.
• Reducing process water requirements can also reduce potable water consumption,
which in turn not only reduces the amount of fresh water withdrawn from streams, riv-
ers, lakes and underground aquifers, but reduces the amount of energy consumed and
chemicals added at the municipal level
• Garbage disposals introduce unprocessed food waste into the municipal water systems
and burdens sewage treatment facilities; consider composting food waste

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 117
Water Efficiency (WE)
• LEED promotes process water reduction only by complying with the following:
• No refrigeration equipment using once-through cooling with potable water
• No garbage disposals
• At least 4 process items where water use is less than that specified for certain equip-
ment types (e.g., dishwashers, clothes washers, ice machines, etc.)
Water Efficiency as a Teaching Tool
• LEED promotes water efficiency education in our school systems. Children can study bio-
logical systems, nutrient cycles, habitats and our impact on natural resources.
Additional Benefits of Reducing Potable Water Consumption
• With the projected shortage of fresh water in this country, concerns for human health be-
come more real as reservoirs and groundwater aquifers become depleted. As this occurs,
lower water levels can concentrate natural contaminants.
• Two of the most often overlooked but more important aspects of increased water effi-
ciency are the reduction of energy consumption and energy related pollution. Water that
must be treated, heated, cooled and distributed requires energy.
Full Time Equivalents (FTEs)
A discussed in the Sustainable Sites chapter, there are two pieces of information required when
registering a project with LEED Online that are used across several credits - The LEED boundary
description and the FTE count. Therefore, the LEED boundary description and Full Time Equiva-
lent data must be consistent as it is applied across several credits.
The first instance when FTEs are required is in the Sustainable Sites category to determine the
required quantities for SSc4.2: Bicycle Storage and Changing Rooms. However, FTEs are very
prominent in calculating potable water and wastewater usage.
Full Time Equivalents for NC identify the total number of building occupants of the following
occupancy types:
• Full time staff
• Part time staff
• Peak Transients (students, volunteers, visitors, customers, etc.)
• Residents
Full Time Equivalents for Schools identify the total number of building occupants of the follow-
ing occupancy types:
• Full time staff
• Part time staff
• Students above grade 3
• Peak Transients (volunteers, visitors, etc.)

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
118 | Chapter 6 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Water Efficiency (WE)
full time equivalent (FTE): a regular building occupant who spends 40 hours per week in the
project building. Part time or overtime occupants have FTE values based on their hours per
week divided by 40. Multiple shifts are included for credits that require annual calculations, as
with annual potable water consumption and wastewater generation.
full time equivalent building occupants: a measure equal to the total number of hours all build-
ing occupants spend in the building during the peak 8 hr occupancy period divided by 8 hrs.
For full time and part time staff, the FTE occupants are based on an 8 hour occupancy period.
An 8 hour full time occupant has an FTE value of 1.0 and a part time occupant’s FTE is the hours
they work per day divided by 8. In buildings with multiple shifts, only the shift with the highest
volume is used. FTE calculations for each shift must be used consistently for all LEED credits.
Transient occupants and total shifts worked are particularly important in the Water Efficiency
category when determining annual wastewater and potable water calculations. Annual calcu-
lations are determined by the total consumption or load during a 24 hour period for the total
number of days worked annually. For instance, if there are three shifts and the FTE quantities of
the shifts are 150, 100 and 50 FTEs, for most credits the highest shift with 150 FTE would be used.
However, when total annual calculations are required, the consumption or load during a 24 hour
period would be that created by the combined shifts of 150, 100 and 50 - or 300 FTEs.
• Full Time FTE Staff Occupants
• 8 full time @ 8 hrs/day
• Total FTE Staff Occupants = Total Staff Occupant Hours / 8
• 8 FTE X 8 hrs/day = 64 total hours / 8 = 8
• Part Time FTE Staff Occupants
• 24 part time @ 2 hrs/day
• Total FTE Staff Occupants = Total Staff Occupant Hours / 8
• 24 FTE X 2 hrs/day = 48 total hours / 8 = 6
Water Type Definitions
gallons per flush (gpf): measurement of water used by flush fixtures (water closets and urinals).
Per EPAct 1992, baseline rates for water closets is 1.6 gpf and urinals is 1.0 gpf
gallons per minute (gpm): measurement of water used by flow fixtures (faucets, showerheads,
aerators, sprinkler heads)
potable water: water that meets or exceeds EPAs drinking water quality standards and is ap-
proved for human consumption by the state or local authorities having jurisdiction
nonpotable water (aka gray water): water unfit for human consumption that has not come
into contact with human waste, but is adequate for other uses such as irrigation
graywater (aka greywater): domestic wastewater composed of wash water from kitchen,
bathroom and laundry sinks, tubs and washers; the Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) defines gray-

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 119
Water Efficiency (WE)
water as untreated household wastewater that has not come in contact with toilet waste; the
International Plumbing Code (IPC) defines graywater as wastewater discharged from lavatories,
bathtubs, showers, clothes washers and laundry sinks; some states will allow kitchen sinks to be
included with graywater
blackwater: wastewater from toilets and urinals, definitions vary where wastewater from kitch-
en sinks, showers and bathtubs are considered as blackwater under some jurisdictions
process water: water used for industrial processes and building systems such as boilers, cooling
towers and chillers
stormwater runoff: runoff water resulting from precipitation that flows over surfaces and usu-
ally to storm sewers or waterways
Water Efficiency Strategies
Plumbing fixtures are categorized as either flush or flow fixtures. Flush fixtures are toilets and uri-
nals and are rated in gallons per flush (GPF). Flow fixtures are primarily faucets such as lavatories,
sinks, aerators and showerheads and are rated in gallons per minute (GPM). Standard plumbing
fixtures used today are regulated by the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (EPAct).

Low Flow Toilet Composting (nonwater) Toilet Dual Flush Toilet


• Blackwater generating fixtures and fittings for both conventional and High Efficiency Toi-
lets (HET):
• Conventional toilets: 1.6 gpf
• HET single flush: 1.28 GPF
• HET single flush pressure assist: 1.0
• HET dual flush (full flush): 1.6 gpf
• HET dual flush (low flush): 1.1 gpf
• HET foam flush: 0.05 gpf
• Nonwater toilets: 0.0 gpf

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
120 | Chapter 6 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Water Efficiency (WE)
• Conventional urinals: 1.0 gpf
• Nonwater urinals: 0.0 gpf
• Residential fixtures, faucets and appliances
• Conventional toilets: 1.6 gpf
• Conventional lavatory (bathroom) faucets: 2.2 gpm
• Conventional kitchen faucets: 2.2 gpm
• Conventional showerheads: 2.5 gpm
Projects considering the water balance approach will likely need to use strategies that capture
rain water for nonpotable, irrigation and process water use. This will require regional rainfall
studies to determine if there will be sufficient amounts of annual rainfall available to the site.
The public water supply delivered to buildings represents the third largest category of water use
in the U.S., behind thermoelectric power and irrigation. Using large volumes of water increases
maintenance and life cycle costs for building operations in addition to increasing demands on
municipal supply and treatment facilities. Use meters and submeters to determine systems wa-
ter usage and to locate leaks.
Indoor Water Use Reduction
Strategy considerations for indoor water use reduction:
• Install water efficient plumbing fixtures
• Use low flow fixtures: lavatories, sinks, showerheads
• Use low flow flush type fixtures: dual flush toilets, waterless toilets and urinals, com-
posting toilets
• Dual flush water closets use a full flush for solid waste and a half flush for liquid
waste
• Waterless urinals all use basically the same science of passing urine through a liquid
seal. There are two varieties of waterless urinal: cartridge based and non cartridge
based units
• WaterSense fixtures:
• WaterSense is an EPA sponsored part-
nership program that promotes water ef-
ficiency for water-efficient products, pro-
grams, and practices. WaterSense helps
consumers identify water efficient prod-
ucts and programs that meet WaterSense
water efficiency and performance criteria.
HET waterclosets are available with the
WaterSense label

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 121
Water Efficiency (WE)
• Use nonpotable water
• Captured rainwater, graywater or municipally claimed wastewater for flush type fix-
tures
• Install submeters
• Meter indoor water systems to monitor consumption and locate leaks
Outdoor Water Use Reduction
Strategy considerations for outdoor water use reduction:
• Zoned landscaping
• Zone planting regions according to the irrigation requirements of each type of plant
• Install locally adaptive landscaping
• Native or adaptive landscaping reduces or eliminates irrigation demands by using in-
digenous plants that have acclimated to the climate characteristics of the region
• Xeriscaping
• Xeriscaping is a landscape concept that consid-
ers the whole of the landscaping design in an ef-
fort to produce landscaping that requires little or
no Irrigation
• The concept includes an analysis of existing soil
conditions and the use, if needed, of water effi-
cient irrigation systems, native or adaptive plant-
ing, mulch and maintenance considerations
• Mulching
• Mulch retains moisture which provides water to the plant’s root system and helps pre-
vent evaporation of the plant’s water
• Properly schedule irrigation times for appropriate times and quantities
• Turf grass
• Reduce or eliminate turf grasses that require large amounts of water
• Efficient irrigation systems
• Drip and bubbler irrigation systems are the most efficient by pro-
viding more water to the root systems and less surface water to
the leaves for evaporation or runoff
• Weather based controllers use weather and soil conditions to de-
termine irrigation requirements

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
122 | Chapter 6 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Water Efficiency (WE)
• Use nonpotable water for irrigation
• Conserving water for irrigation can be less costly when coordinating strategies with
stormwater management such as capturing, filtering and holding rainwater.
• Captured rainwater, graywater or municipally claimed wastewater for irrigation
• Install submeters
• Meter irrigation systems to monitor consumption and locate
leaks
• Maintenance
• Develop a maintenance program that establishes procedures for
cutting, caring for and routine maintenance of lawn and land-
scaping
Process Water Use Reduction
Process water, typically, is used by industries for purposes such as fabrication, processing, wash-
ing and cooling, and is obtained from a public supply or through self supplied sources. Examples
of equipment using process water are cooling towers, boilers and chillers installed for heating
and cooling air for building operations. Process water also includes commercial appliances such
as clothes washers, ice makers and dishwashers. Water efficiency concerns related to process
water can be addressed by installing submeters to determine the major users of process water.
Strategy considerations for process water use reduction:
• Use nonpotable water
• Captured rainwater, graywater of municipally re-
claimed wastewater for building processes such as
water chillers
• Install submeters
• Meter process water systems to monitor consump-
tion and locate leaks
Wastewater Reduction
Strategy considerations for wastewater reduction:
• Use water conserving fixtures, nonpotable water, or municipally treated wastewater
• Treat on-site wastewater to tertiary standards

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 123
Water Efficiency (WE)
The Triple Bottom Line (People, Planet, Profit)
Our demand for fresh water is reducing our supplies at an alarming rate and the drop in fresh
water levels will cause many areas of the country to run short within a few years. Many water
conservation strategies are no cost or at a low cost that provides a rapid payback. However, oth-
er strategies, such as biological wastewater treatment systems and graywater plumbing systems
often require more substantial investments.
• The Triple Bottom Line:
Water efficiency addresses one environmental issue and that is water conservation. The
Triple Bottom Line applies consistently across all uses.
• People: Conserving water is our obligation to future generations
• Planet: Using less water has a profound affect on our infrastructure as it relates to
water supply and sanitary sewer treatment facilities
• Profit: Reducing large amounts of water reduces maintenance and life cycle costs for
building operations; reduction in consumer’s costs for additional supply and treat-
ment facilities; reduced water usage also conserves energy
• Indoor Water Use
• Strategies:
• Install water efficient plumbing fixtures
• Use nonpotable water
• Install submeters
• Outdoor water use
• Strategies:
• Install locally native and adaptive landscaping or Xeriscaping
• Zoned landscaping
• Mulching
• No turf grass
• Use nonpotable water
• Efficient irrigation systems
• Install submeters
• Maintenance program
• Process water use
• Strategies:
• Use nonpotable water
• Install submeters
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
124 | Chapter 6 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Water Efficiency (WE)
Water Efficiency (WE) Summary
• The Water Efficiency (WE) category promotes the following measures:
• Indoor Water Use Reduction
• Outdoor Water Use Reduction
• Process Water Use Reduction
• Wastewater Reduction
• Measuring Water Savings
• Water savings are determined by calculating the percentage reduction from the base-
line case to the design case
• Determine the baseline water use of flush and flow fixtures using conventional fix-
tures
• Determine the design water use of flush and flow fixtures using water saving fix-
tures
• Strategy Pros and Cons
• Although some water saving strategies may save water, consideration should be given
to detect strategies implemented that may consume more energy; wastewater treat-
ment, for example, may increase energy consumption through the use of pumping
systems; additionally, any device using electricity must go through the commissioning
process
• Process Water
• Process water is not addressed by all LEED rating systems; process fixtures, equipment
and systems are not included in EPAct
Codes & Referenced Standards
Refer to the Appendix for a complete listing of Referenced Standards by Credit with a descrip-
tion of the intent of the standard.
• The Water Efficiency category references three standards:
• The Energy Policy Act (EPAct) of 1992 and 2005 (2005 is date statute became law)
• Uniform Plumbing Code 2006, Section 402.0, Water Conserving Fixtures and Fittings:
UPC defines water conserving fixtures and fittings for water closets, urinals and me-
tered faucets
• International Plumbing Code 2006, Section 604, Design of Building Water Distribution
System: Defines maximum flow rates and consumption for plumbing fixtures and fit-
tings, including public and private lavatories, showerheads, sink faucets, urinals and
water closets

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 125
Water Efficiency (WE)
General Chapter Related Definitions
Refer to the Acronyms and Glossary of Terms chapter for definitions important to this chapter,
whether or not they were discussed.
• adaptive and native plants
• aquifer
• baseline case versus design case
• blackwater
• composting toilet
• conventional irrigation
• dual flush toilet
• drip irrigation
• EPAct 1992
• Full Time Equivalent (FTE)
• gallons per flush (GPF)
• gallons per minute (GPM)
• graywater
• invasive plants
• irrigation efficiency
• low flow fixtures
• nonpotable water
• potable water
• process water
• rainwater harvesting
• recycled water
• stormwater
• tertiary treatment
• transient occupants
• water closet
• waterless urinal
• wastewater
• wetland vegetation

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
126 | Chapter 6 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Studio4: Water Efficiency (WE)
Studio4 Office Project: Water Efficiency
Water Efficiency Category
Water Efficiency addresses the use of potable water at the site and the discharge of wastewater
from the site. Reducing these will help limit the amounts of freshwater drawn from our water
bodies and aquifers, and then treated for distribution and use, which strain our freshwater sup-
plies and our water infrastructure. It also serves to reduce the wastewater volumes discharged
to these receiving bodies.
WEp1 Water Use Reduction: This prerequisite requires a potable water use reduction of 20%
from regulated flush and flow fixtures - fixtures as regulated by a standard such as EPAct - and
excludes water used for irrigation and process equipment. A baseline needs to be established
and compared to the design case in order to determine the amount of reduction. A quick outline
of how this is done:
• Determine the FTE load for all occupants, including transient occupants (students, visitors
and retail customers)
• We determined earlier that the default FTE load was 48 for the use type, and for this use
type, the default transient load = 0 FTE
• Unless known otherwise, LEED establishes an equal split between men and women, 24
men and 24 women
• Determine the fixture usage
• These calculations deal with occupant usage and not number of fixtures, as the number
of fixtures is irrelevant. If you have 10 FTEs, the total daily usage will remain the same
whether there are 2 fixtures or 200 fixtures.
• Women, by default, are calculated at 3 uses per day for toilets and 3 uses per day for
lavatories
• Men, by default, are calculated at 3 uses per day also, but 1 use for toilets, 2 uses for
urinals and 3 uses for lavatories
• Determine the baseline case for the total annual potable water consumption
• Since we are looking for annual consumption, this calculation includes the total FTE
count for all shifts during a 24 hour period x the number of days worked per year, using
the default EPAct figures for flush and flow fixtures. These include only toilets, urinals,
lavatory faucets, showers, kitchen sink faucets and pre-rinse spray valves. Per EPAct,
a toilet uses 1.6 gpf, a urinal 1.0 gpf and a lavatory faucet 2.2 gpm at a duration of 15
seconds (15 sec = 0.25 min). We will assume 5 days per week x 50 weeks per year = 250
days worked per year.
• 24 women x 3 = 72 toilet uses per day; 24 women x 3 = 72 lavatory uses per day
• 24 men x 1 = 24 toilet uses per day; 24 men x 2 = 48 urinal uses per day; 24 men x 3 =
72 lavatory uses per day
• 72 + 24 = 96 toilet uses per day total men & women
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 127
Studio4: Water Efficiency (WE)
• 48 urinal uses per day total men
• 72 + 72 = 144 lavatory uses per day total men & women
• Toilets = 96 uses x 1.6 gal = 153.6 gals per day
• Urinals = 48 uses x 1.0 gal = 48.0 gals per day
• Lavatories = 144 x (2.2 gpm x 0.25 min) = 144 x 0.55 = 79.2 gals per day
• 153.6 + 48.0 + 79.2 = 280.8 gals per day total potable water use
• 280.8 gal/day x 250 days/year worked = 70,200 gals baseline total annual potable wa-
ter
• Determine the design case for the total annual potable water consumption
• Same exercise, only substitute the EPAct flush and flow rates
with the flush and flow rates for water efficient fixtures. We’ll
use the following: 1.0 gpf HET toilets; 0.0 gpf waterless uri-
nals and 1.5 gpm for lavatory faucets
• Toilets = 96 uses x 1.0 gal =96.0 gals per day
• Urinals = 48 uses x 0.0 gals = 0 gals per day
• Lavatories = 144 uses x (1.5 gpm x 0.25) = 144 x 0.375 = 54.0
gals per day
• 96.0 + 0 + 54.0 = 150.0 gals per day total potable water use
• 150.0 gal/day x 250 days/year worked = 37,500 gals design
total annual potable water
• Determine the percentage annual potable water volume savings
• 1 - (37,500 design case/70,200 baseline case) = 1 - 0.5342 = 0.4658 or 47% annual po-
table water volume savings per year
• This is a huge savings in the respect it not only meets the prerequisite by changing out
standard fixtures with water efficient fixtures, it eliminates the need to reuse stormwa-
ter to achieve the task. Furthermore, this is such a large annual savings, it sets the stage
nicely for the remaining Water Efficiency credits. 47% qualifies for Exemplary Perfor-
mance.
Design submittal: owner, architect, engineers
WEc1 Water Efficient Landscaping: Approximately 30% of the 26 billion
gallons of water consumed daily goes into outdoor use, primarily land-
scaping. The goals of WEc1 is to reduce potable water consumption for
irrigation by 50% or use no potable water for irrigation.
Since we have developed our landscaping in and around rain gardens,
vegetated swales and the wetland area, we will pursue Option 2 and in-
stall no irrigation simply by planting indigenous plants that require little
or no irrigation and take advantage of the stormwater we are directing
toward the rain gardens, vegetated swales and wetland areas. Using this
option, LEED will allow temporary irrigation for a period of 12 months.
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
128 | Chapter 6 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Studio4: Water Efficiency (WE)
Although located in a moderate climate, we’ll install a temporary irrigation system using the
potable water supply. If we were to reuse stormwater, we would likely need to install pumps
and other equipment. If this were done, this equipment would have to be included in EAp1 Fun-
damental Commissioning of the Building Energy Systems. Design submittal: owner, landscape
architect, civil engineer, plumbing engineer
WEc2 Innovative Wastewater Technologies: This credit requires a 50% reduction of potable wa-
ter used for building sewage (blackwater) conveyance produced by flush fixtures. This can be
accomplished by using water conserving fixtures, stormwater reuse, recycled graywater or by
treating 50% of the wastewater on-site to tertiary standards. Treating wastewater is not univer-
sally permitted throughout the U.S. and if it is locally permitted, can be an expensive strategy
to implement. Therefore, we will consider the first option and see how water conserving fixture
compliance for WEp1 helps to achieve this credit.

NO Yes Yes

Most of the work has been done considering the calculations are identical to WEp1, except the
flow fixtures are removed from the equation because we are only considering wastewater.
• Determine the baseline case
• 153.6 gals per day for toilets + 48.0 gals per day for urinals = 201.6 gals wastewater gen-
erated per day x 250 days/year worked = 50,400 gals wastewater generated per year
• Determine the design case
• 96.0 gals per day for HET toilets + 0.0 gals per day for waterless urinals = 96.0 gals waste-
water generated per day x 250 days/year worked = 24,000 gals wastewater generated
per year
• Determine the percentage of annual wastewater volume savings
• 1 - (24,000 design case/50,400 baseline case) = 1 - 0.4762 = 0.5238 or 52% annual waste-
water volume savings
Design submittal: owner, architect, engineers
WEc3 Water Use Reduction: An extension of WEp1, this credit awards points for achieving savings
above the prerequisite 20%. We don’t need to incorporate additional strategies so the work has
already been done. All we need to do now is see how many points we’re entitled to pick up.
• Points based on % annual potable water volume savings
• 30% savings = 2 points; 35% savings = 3 points; 40% savings = 4 points
Design submittal: owner, architect, engineers
WEc4: Process Water Use Reduction - required for School projects only
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 129
Studio4: Water Efficiency (WE)
Project Checklist Analysis

 
 

      


     
     
      
      
      
      
      
      
   
      
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
      
  
     
      
      
      
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
     
  
  
  
  
  

   




In the Water Efficiency category, a total of 10 points are available for credits applicable to this
project and we have collected all 10 through the use of water conserving fixtures and smart
landscaping strategies.
Before we go any further, a review of our credit status shows we have done exceedingly well and
at a minimal cost. If we take the 29 points and add the IDc2 credit point for having a LEED AP on
the project we have 30 points - 75% of that needed for certification.
This gives us the opportunity to continue through the remainder of the project with the intent
to cherry pick the most easily obtainable and least expensive credits. At the end of the process,
we can see how much, or how little, it costs to obtain LEED certification. However, we will run
through the credits to show how compliance could have been achieved if we had decided to do
so.
The project needs 10 more points plus a few to be added as a safety factor. It’s never known for
certain how the credits will be interpreted during the submittal review process, so it’s better to
have a few in reserve for the sake of safety.
The next session will begin at the end of the Energy and Atmosphere chapter.
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
130 | Chapter 6 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
CHAPTER | 7

Energy and Atmosphere (EA)


»» EA Credit Matrix
»» Energy & Atmosphere Overview
»» Energy & Atmosphere Strategies
»» The Triple Bottom Line
»» Energy and Atmosphere Summary
»» Codes & Referenced Standards
»» General Chapter Related Definitions
»» Studio4 Project: Energy & Atmosphere

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS

132
Energy and Atmosphere (EA)

Energy and Atmosphere Overview


Buildings consume 39% of the energy and 74% of the electricity produced annually in the U.S.,
and the adverse impact on the environment from energy production is alarming. The better the
energy performance of a building, the fewer greenhouse gases are emitted from energy pro-
duction and building operations and, importantly, improved energy performance also results in
lower operating costs.
The majority of our energy produced comes from nonrenewable fossil fuels, which are found in
three major forms — coal, oil, and natural gas—and are a finite resource that cannot be replen-
ished once extracted and burned. Burning these three sources as fuel releases pollutants such
as carbon dioxide, sulfur dioxide, nitrogen oxides and mercury, small particulates and are major
sources of greenhouse gas emissions.
Aside from the environmental impacts associated with using coal, oil and gas, the extraction,
refining and distribution can have devastating effects on natural habitats and ecosystems. Rins-
ing coal with water produces billions of gallons of sludge that is stored in ponds. Hydroelectric
generation can disrupt natural water flows and the issues related to accidents, transportation
and disposal of nuclear fuels cannot be dismissed.
The release of chlorofluorocarbons—CFCs—from refrigeration equipment causes such harm to
the ozone layer—Earth’s natural shield from ultraviolet radiation—that there is now a global ban
on CFCs. New projects are not permitted to install HVAC systems using CFCs.
For these reasons the Energy and Atmosphere category makes available to green building proj-
ects the most credit points that can be earned in any credit category.
The energy performance of any building project depends on its design. Green buildings, using
the whole building approach, consider massing, orientation, building envelope and construc-
tion methods as well as the efficiencies associated with the building mechanical systems, such
as HVAC, water, electrical and lighting. An Integrated Project Team can assess the matrix of avail-
able options and strategies to determine the most effective energy efficiency path to follow.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 133
Energy and Atmosphere (EA)
The Energy and Atmosphere (EA) category addresses environmental concerns related to:
• Energy
• Refrigerants
Energy and Atmosphere promotes the following measures:
• Energy reduction and efficiency
• Using benign forms of energy
• Ensuring continued energy performance
• Managing refrigerants
Subsequently, the goals of Energy and Atmosphere can be achieved by implementing the fol-
lowing strategies:
• Reducing energy demand
• Increasing energy efficiency
• Renewable energy
• Commissioning, Monitoring & verification
• Refrigerant management to eliminate CFCs
Energy and Atmosphere Strategies
Reducing Energy Demand
Green building energy savings come from reducing the amount of electricity that is purchased.
Therefore, the most logical place to begin assessing energy is to reduce the project’s demand for
energy. For green buildings, several steps that require little more than a fundamental knowledge
and understanding of sustainable site and building design practices can be implemented to re-
duce energy consumption. Fundamental to those with sustainable experience and this is where
an experienced team can be of enormous benefit to the successful start of a project.
Energy demand strategies:
• Collect data
• Develop a program that outlines the parameters that will be used for guidance through-
out the course of the project. Typically this begins with the collection of data from the
owner, during a charrette, to describe their needs. In LEED this is referred to as the
Owner’s Project Requirements (OPR). With this information in hand, the project team
can then create their Basis of Design (BOD) documents which will formulate a project
program that translates the owner’s requirements into design and construction lan-
guage.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
134 | Chapter 7 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Energy and Atmosphere (EA)
• Design process
• Analyze the owner’s requirements to ensure the building area is no larger than neces-
sary. Next the project team should prepare an assessment of the project’s infrastructure
to see that site related components such as sustainable hardscapes and landscaping
concepts are coordinated within the scope of the project itself and also, perhaps, with
adjoining properties to provide an efficient, compact design that is sensitive to site
related synergies and trade-offs. In the case of these first two design processes - less is
more - the less constructed product, the more energy demand is reduced. Along with
a schematic site program, the building envelope itself must be planned in accordance
with regionally appropriate techniques, including exterior material selections, insula-
tion, roofing, weatherproofing, fenestration, etc. Consider strategies that can produce
free energy such as available solar options and natural daylighting. Also, natural venti-
lation will reduce demands on HAVC equipment, which in turn will require less electric-
ity. The next preliminary design step is to develop the conceptual interior spaces and
required mechanical systems, including HVAC, plumbing, power and lighting.
• Analyze data and design
• With the project’s program determined and a schematic design completed, the project
team can evaluate the building and building systems such as HVAC, power and light-
ing, process water heating, water use, etc. This can best be done by utilizing a building
simulation model that analyzes and compares the energy consumption of the design
case against a baseline case for a similar building which is designed to conventional
building and engineering standards. This simulation model will be used to determine
the effects of building orientation and building envelope components, solar heat gains
and losses, mechanical system controls, water efficiency power demand reductions
and all other sources that affect the demands on energy consumption.
• EPA’s ENERGY STAR Target Finder is an online tool that allows planners to set an aggressive
energy performance target for building design and compare estimated energy consump-
tion to the established target. The tool can provide direction during the design process
and facilitate the evaluation of a range of energy efficiency measures to achieve energy
and cost goals. Target Finder is required for LEED for School prerequisite compliance.
Increasing Energy Efficiency
One of the goals of integrated design is discovering any underlying synergies and trade-offs as-
sociated with collective design strategies. The successful increase in a building’s energy efficiency
is best achieved by implementing a whole building holistic design approach as practiced by an
integrated project team. When looking at project costs, particularly life cycle costs, the costs re-
lated to building operations receive a great deal of attention. The project team understands that
decisions they make with regard to the site and building envelope to the mechanical equipment,
and even interior finishes, have an impact on the cost of building operations. Energy represents
a substantial cost of building operations. Therefore, reducing the demand for energy becomes
an important consideration and equally important to ensure that the energy is used efficiently.
Energy use per square foot and use per capita are metrics for measuring energy intensity.
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 135
Energy and Atmosphere (EA)
Energy efficiency strategies:
• Passive and thermal design
• Positioning and orientation of the building on
a site are of critical importance in being able to
take advantage of nature to reduce energy and
improve the quality of the indoor environment.
Proper building orientation will allow for the
use of natural resources like the sun and wind
to heat, cool, ventilate and illuminate a build-
ing. These strategies along with thermal energy
storage, the selection of materials and location
of windows will allow the building to be heated
in the winter, cooled in the summer and naturally lit.
• High performance building envelope and building systems
• Selection of high performing materials such as roofing, insulation and glazing systems
should be appropriate to the regional climate.
• HVAC, plumbing, electrical and lighting systems should be considered on their effi-
ciency and life cycle attributes.
• Verify and monitor
• Two key elements to energy efficiency is verifying the building and building systems
were constructed and installed per the construction documents and the continued
monitoring of these systems after occupancy.
Energy Simulation
New buildings are required to exceed baseline energy performance standards that:
• Baseline complies with Appendix G of ASHRAE Standard 90.1
• Must distinguish between regulated energy and process energy. Regulated energy pow-
ers lighting, HVAC and service water heating. Process energy runs office equipment, com-
puters, elevators, escalators, kitchen cooking and
refrigeration, laundry washing and drying, lighting
that is exempt from the lighting power allowance
and miscellaneous items.
• Providing an energy simulation analysis allows the
project team to see the effects of changes made to
the building and the building systems and deter-
mine the most efficient building design based on
related synergies and trade-offs.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
136 | Chapter 7 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Energy and Atmosphere (EA)
Renewable Energy Sources
The use of renewable energy sources reduces the demand for conventional energy such as coal,
oil and natural gas which also alleviates their associated environmental impacts. LEED distin-
guishes between onsite energy generation and offsite energy purchases.
Renewable energy sources include:
• Photovoltaic
• Wind energy
• Solar thermal: active and passive
• Biofuels: from organic materials such as wood by-products and agricultural waste
• Geothermal heating
• Low impact hydroelectric
• Wave and tidal

Wind Biomass Geothermal

Wave & Tidal Photovoltaic Off-Site


Strategy considerations for meeting energy demand with renewable energy:
• Generate onsite renewable energy
• Based on energy costs, not energy consumption
• Energy cost savings; possible utility rebates and net metering (selling excess energy to
the utility)
• investigate appropriateness: climate; geographical; regional factors
• Purchase offsite renewable energy
• Based on quantity of energy consumption, not energy costs
• Must be at least a 2 year contract for 35% of the building’s electricity consumption

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 137
Energy and Atmosphere (EA)
• There are 3 approaches to achieve this credit:
• Open electricity market: governing utility company may be able to select a Green-e
certified provider
• Closed electricity market: governing utility company may be a Green-e certified pro-
vider
• If local utility company cannot provide Green-e certified power, Owner may purchase
renewable energy certificates (RECs)
• Green-e is a certification program for renewable energy that has been certified by the
Center for Resource Solutions
• Green-e equivalency is renewable energy that is not Green-e certified but is equivalent
for the 2 major criteria for Green-e certification:
• The energy source meets the requirements for renewable resources detailed by the
Green-e standard
• The renewable energy provider has undergone an independent third party verifica-
tion that the standard has been met
• RECs, also known as Green tags, Renewable Electricity Certificates, or Tradable Renew-
able Certificates (TRCs), are tradable, non-tangible energy commodities in the United
States that represent proof that 1 megawatt-hour (MWh) of electricity was generated
from an eligible renewable energy resource (renewable electricity)
Ensuring Energy Performance
Another critical component of a successful sustainable project is to ensure that the project con-
tinues to perform after occupancy to the established specifications. The standards for accom-
plishing this are handled by the prerequisite for building commissioning and the credit for moni-
toring and verification of the commissioned systems.
Strategy considerations for maintaining energy efficiency:
• Owner’s Project requirements (OPR)
• Prepare OPR at the beginning of the design process
• Conduct commissioning throughout the life cycle of the building
• Staff training
• Train facilities team to maintain building performance
• Preventative maintenance
• Develop a preventative maintenance program
• Incentives for occupants and tenants
• Involve occupants in energy efficient strategies

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
138 | Chapter 7 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Energy and Atmosphere (EA)
• Promote usage of energy efficient electronic equipment and appliances
• Bill tenants from submeter readings to encourage energy conservation
• Educate occupants to shut down equipment and turn out lights
• Provide occupants feedback on energy performance
• Energy Star’s Portfolio Manager is an interactive energy man-
agement tool that allows the owner or project team to track
and assess energy and water consumption across an entire
portfolio of buildings. Portfolio Manager helps identify under-
performing buildings, verify efficiency improvements, and re-
ceive EPA recognition for superior energy performance.
Building Commissioning
Commissioning is a mandated quality control process that should be
initiated at the beginning of the project. The benefits of commission-
ing include reduced energy use, lower operating costs, fewer contrac-
tor callbacks, better building documentation, improved occupant productivity and verification
that the commissioned systems perform in accordance with the owner’s project requirements.
Consideration should be given to a commissioning program for the building after occupancy.
Commissioning can also be applied to existing buildings.
At a minimum, the systems to be commissioned are:
• HVAC&R systems and related controls
• Lighting and daylighting controls
• Domestic hot water systems
• Renewable energy systems
In the prerequisite EAp1 and credit EAc3, the commissioning steps include:
• Predesign, Design Phase
• Designate the commissioning authority (CxA)
• Document owners project requirements (OPR) and develop the basis of design (BOD)
• Review OPR and BOD
• Develop and implement a commissioning plan
• Incorporate commissioning requirements into the construction documents
• Conduct commissioning design review prior to midconstruction documents
• Construction Phase
• Review contractor submittals applicable to systems being commissioned
• Verify installation and performance of commissioned systems
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 139
Energy and Atmosphere (EA)
• Develop systems manual for commissioned systems
• Verify that requirements for training are completed
• Complete a summary commissioning report
• Occupancy
• Review building operation within 10 months after substantial completion
A link is provided at the end of this chapter to the LEEDuser page that explains the commission-
ing process.
Monitoring and Verification
Monitoring and verification tracks energy performance by comparing actual building perfor-
mance measurements against predictions from energy simulations or industry standard bench-
marks.
Programs such as EPA’s Energy Star Portfolio Manager
uses project data on electricity and natural gas con-
sumption to compare against a benchmark building
to arrive at a building’s energy performance. Portfolio
Manager can help identify under-performing buildings,
verify efficiency improvements, and receive EPA recog-
nition for superior energy performance. A score of 50
represents average performance.
Other methods for measurement and verification are
Option D: Calibrated Simulation or Option B: Energy
Conservation Method as specified by the International Performance Measurement & Verifica-
tion Protocol (IPMVP) Volume III. The Measurement & Verification plans must cover a period of
at least 1 year of post construction occupancy and provide a process for corrective action if the
results indicate that energy savings are not being achieved.
Managing Refrigerants to Eliminate CFCs
Since the 1970s, evidence has suggested that the release of chlorofluorcarbons (CFCs) destroys
the ozone layer. In 1995, the U.S. joined the Montreal Protocol in banning the production of
CFCs and establishing a phase out date for the use of hydochlorofluorcarbons (HCFCs). CFCs and
HCFCs are categorized as ozone depleting substances (ODSs) and used as refrigerants in cooling
systems.
A refrigerant is a working fluid that flows through a machine that is designed to pump heat from
a lower temperature to a higher temperature. Most refrigerants are in the halogen family, and
typically hydrogenated hydrocarbons. This family of chemicals fall into the following catego-
ries:

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
140 | Chapter 7 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Energy and Atmosphere (EA)
• CFC (ChloroFluorCarbons)
• Stability and long life with greatest Ozone De-
pletion Potential (ODP) caused the production
to be banned in this country in 1995
• HCFC (HydoChloroFluorCarbons)
• Stable and short life, not as great ODP as CFCs,
allowing a phase out plan
• HFC (HydoFluorCarbons)
• Negligible impact on the ozone layer but significant Global Warming Potential (GWP)
• Halocarbons
• Used in the cells of foamed insulation and fire fighting systems
• Natural Refrigerants
• Carbon Dioxide (CO2)
• Water (H2O)
• Ammonia (NH3)
• Hydrocarbons (HC)
• Air (78% N2; 21% O2; 1% H2O2; + trace gases)
The Montreal Protocol on Substances That Deplete the Ozone Layer is an international treaty
designed to protect the ozone layer by phasing out the production of a number of substances
believed to be responsible for ozone depletion. The treaty was entered into force on January 1,
1989. It is believed that if the international agreement is adhered to, the ozone layer is expected
to recover by 2050.
The Montreal Protocol bans production of chlorofluorocarbons (CFC) and phases out hydro-
chlorofluorocarbon (HCFC) refrigerants. Over 50% of the water chillers in existing buildings still
use CFC-11 and many are old, inefficient, leaky and retrofitting is not cost effective. For newer
systems using CFC-11, replacement with HCFC-123 is encouraged. Replacement refrigerants are
less efficient, making the cooling systems consume more energy per unit of cooling output.
The choice of replacement refrigerants considers the trade-offs between performance, ozone
depleting potentials (ODP) and global warming potentials (DWP). An alternative to these refrig-
erants is the use of natural refrigerants such as ammonia, carbon dioxide, water or propane. To
achieve certification, new buildings may not use CFC based refrigerants and existing buildings
must complete a total CFC phase out prior to project completion.
For new construction, LEED offers several options to address these issues:
• Install HVAC&R systems using no refrigerants
• Install HVAC&R systems using non CFC refrigerants

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 141
Energy and Atmosphere (EA)
• Install HVAC&R systems using refrigerants that minimize their effects on ozone depletion
and global climate change
• Install fire suppression systems and equipment that use no CFCs, HCFCs or halons
For existing buildings, LEED requires a phase out plan:
• Existing CFC based HVAC&R and fire suppression systems must be replaced or retrofitted
to phase out the use of CFC refrigerants prior to project completion
• For existing chiller systems, a plan to phase out CFC based refrigerants within 5 years of
project completion
• An alternative compliance path for chillers is permitted if replacement or conversion is
not economically feasible. If a third party audit determines that payback would be greater
than 10 years for replacement or conversion, a reduction in annual leakage to 5% or less
is required.
The Triple Bottom Line (People, Planet, Profit)
Buildings use 39% of the energy and 72% of the electricity produced each year in the United
States and the cost to the environment with respect to the extraction and burning of fossil fuels
is enormous.
The ozone depletion potential (ODP) of HCFCs is much smaller than the ODP of CFCs. However,
the ODP of HFCs is nearly zero, but their global warming potential (GWP) is much higher. There-
fore, the dilemma created is that ODP friendly refrigerants are enemies of GWP and GWP friendly
refrigerants are enemies of ODP.
• Energy
• Strategies:
• Energy Demand
• Energy Efficiency
• Renewable Energy
• Ongoing Energy Performance
• The Triple Bottom Line:
Energy demand, energy efficiency, ongoing energy performance and renewable energy
address strategies that reduce our dependence on nonrenewable energy sources.
• People: Efficient use of energy reduces demand on the local energy infrastructure;
using renewable energy resources shows the community a commitment to respon-
sible environmental stewardship
• Planet: Reducing energy consumption reduces the many profound environmental
effects of using fossil fuels and other nonrenewable energy sources; reduces green-
house gas emissions

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
142 | Chapter 7 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Energy and Atmosphere (EA)
• Profit: Reducing energy demand will reduce energy and operating costs which are
major cost components of operating a business or home budgets
• Atmosphere
• Strategies:
• Manage refrigerants to eliminate CFCs
• The Triple Bottom Line:
• People: Reducing the impact of ozone depletion contributes, globally, to overall
health and well being
• Planet: The elimination of certain refrigerants can reduce the depletion of the ozone
layer and associated impacts to global warming
• Profit: Passive cooling strategies can reduce the costs associated with active cool-
ing systems; upgrading existing CFC refrigerant based equipment to more efficient
equipment can reduce energy demand and maintenance costs
Energy and Atmosphere (EA) Summary
• Reduce demand
• Collect data
• Design process
• Analyze data and design
• EPA’s ENERGY STAR Target Finder
• Increase efficiency
• Passive and thermal design
• High performance building envelope and building systems
• Verify and monitor
• Simulation
• Renewable energy
• photovoltaic, wind energy, solar thermal: active and passive, biofuels: from organic
materials such as wood by-products and agricultural waste; geothermal heating, low
impact hydroelectric, wave and tidal
• Generate onsite renewable energy
• Based on energy costs, not energy consumption
• Purchase offsite renewable energy
• Based on quantity of energy consumption, not energy costs

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 143
Energy and Atmosphere (EA)
• Ensuring energy performance
• Building commissioning
• Monitoring and verification
• Refrigerant management
• No CFCs and phase out HCFCs
• Design systems using no CFC refrigerants, non CFCs, or refrigerants that minimize ODP
and DWP
• use no CFCs, HCFCs or halons with fire suppression systems and equipment
• Regulated & Process Energy
• Regulated energy: generally includes items regulated by building regulations such
as: lighting (interior, parking garage, surface parking, facades and building grounds),
HVAC (space heating, cooling, fans, pumps, toilet exhaust and parking garage ventila-
tion) and service water heating (domestic or space heating)
• Process energy: generally includes items not regulated by building regulations such as
plug-in items: office equipment, computers, elevators, escalators, kitchen cooking and
refrigeration, laundry washing and drying and miscellaneous items
• Building Commissioning
• The Commissioning Agent (CxA) represents the interests of the Owner to verify that the
design, installation and performance of the building systems are in accordance with
the Construction Documents based on the Owner’s Project Requirements (OPR) and
the & Basis of Design (BOD)
• Energy Audits
• LEED for Existing Buildings Operations & Maintenance: Energy audits should begin with
determining the major energy resource users and determining strategies to improve
energy efficiencies
• LEED for Homes: Home Energy Saver is a government program used for performing en-
ergy audits on residential projects
• LEED for Homes
• The LEED for Homes rating system manages energy demand on resource consump-
tion by adjusting the point thresholds for Certified, Silver, Gold and Platinum ratings
based on the size of the home. Depending on location, size and number of occupants,
a 100% increase in home size yields an increase in annual energy use of 15% to 50%
and increase in material usage of 40% to 90%. Accordingly, the Home Size Adjustment
penalizes larger homes.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
144 | Chapter 7 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Energy and Atmosphere (EA)
Codes & Referenced Standards
Refer to the Appendix for a complete listing of Referenced Standards by Credit with a descrip-
tion of the intent of the standard.
• The Energy & Atmosphere category references some of the most important standards
that are vital to LEED. ASHRAE standards establish minimum and optimized energy per-
formance and the EPA Clean Air Act regulates the use of refrigerants. Also included are
standards for measurement & verification and Green-e power. Important standards to be-
come familiar with:
• ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2007 establishes minimum requirements for the energy ef-
ficient design of buildings. ASHRAE 90.1-2007 and ASHRAE 62.1-2007 are two of the
most important standards to LEED
• U.S. EPA Clean Air Act, Title VI, Section 608, regulates the use and recycling of ozone
depleting compounds
• International Performance Measurement and Verification Protocol, IPMVP Volume III
describes best practice techniques for verifying the energy performance of new con-
struction projects
General Chapter Related Definitions
Refer to the Acronyms and Glossary of Terms chapter for definitions important to this chapter,
whether or not they were discussed.
• British Thermal Unit (BTU)
• biofuel based energy systems
• biomass
• Building Automation Systems (BAS)
• building envelope
• chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs)
• climate change
• Commissioning (Cx); Commissioning Agent (CxA); Commissioning Plan; Commissioning
Report
• compact fluorescent lamp (CFL)
• Energy Conservation Measures (ECM)
• energy efficient products and systems
• energy management system
• ENERGY STAR® Rating
• energy simulation model (or energy model)
• fossil fuel
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 145
Energy and Atmosphere (EA)
• geothermal energy
• geothermal heating systems
• Global Warming Potential (GWP)
• greenhouse gas
• green-e
• green power
• Halons
• HVAC systems
• Hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs)
• hydro energy
• Hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs)
• hydro power
• leakage rate
• Lighting Power Density (LPD)
• Montreal Protocol
• natural refrigerants
• natural ventilation
• net zero energy
• nonrenewable resource
• offsite renewable energy
• onsite renewable energy
• ozone
• Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP)
• Photovoltaic (PV) Energy
• refrigerants
• renewable energy
• Renewable Energy Certificate (REC)
• simple payback
• solar thermal systems
• wind energy
• wave and tidal energy systems

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
146 | Chapter 7 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Energy and Atmosphere (EA)
Additional Recommended Study Resources
Download The Treatment by LEED of the Environmental Impact of HVAC Refrigerants:
http://www.gbci.org/Libraries/Credential_Exam_References/The-Treatment-by-LEED-of-the-Envi-
ronmental-Impact-of-HVAC-Refrigerants.sflb.ashx
Download Guide to Purchasing Green Power:
http://www.gbci.org/Libraries/Credential_Exam_References/Guide-to-Purchasing-Green-Power.sflb.
ashx
Download Cost of Green Revisited:
http://www.gbci.org/Libraries/Credential_Exam_References/Cost-of-Green-Revisited.sflb.ashx
U.S. Doe Energy Building Codes:
http://www.energycodes.gov/
Fundamental Commissioning of Building Energy Systems:
http://www.leeduser.com/credit/NC-2009/EAp1

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 147
Studio4: Energy and Atmosphere (EA)
Studio4 Office Project: Energy and Atmosphere
Energy and Atmosphere Category
Energy and Atmosphere deals with practices and policies that reduce the use of energy at the
site, reduce the use of nonrenewable energy both at the site and at the energy source, and re-
duce the impact on the global climate, atmosphere, and environment from both activities at the
site and energy sources offsite.
Energy and Atmosphere are combined because a significant portion of the air pollution and
global climate impacts come from energy sources. Therefore reducing or changing these energy
sources has a large impact on the atmosphere, on both a more regional and global scale.
EAp1 Fundamental Commissioning of Building Energy Systems: Projects that achieve any level of
LEED certification must perform to a higher level than conventional buildings. The building must
first be designed to perform at a higher level, then it must be verified that the required systems
were installed and function in accordance with the documented design. Commissioning (Cx) is
the process of verifying and documenting that a building and re-
lated systems and assemblies were planned, designed, installed,
tested, operated and maintained to meet the Owner’s Project
Requirements (OPR). The Commissioning Authority (CxA) is the
individual who is in charge of the entire commissioning process.
Depending on the building size, there are different members
of the project team, design team, construction team, owner or
owner’s employees and, of course, the CxA who are permitted
to perform certain activities. LEED reference guides provide a list
of activities required for commissioning and the persons per-
mitted to perform CxA activities per building size. Regardless of
building size, there are two tasks that only the CxA can perform.
The first is verifying the installation and performance of commissioned systems and the second
is completing a summary commissioning report. The CxA is a consultant to the project in the
respect that their purpose is to protect the owner and acts, essentially, as an oversight entity.
This is the reason the all important verification and summary report tasks can only be done by
the CxA.
The energy related systems that must be commissioned:
• HVAC&R
• Lighting and daylighting controls
• Domestic hot water systems
• Renewable energy systems
Commissioning is essential to the successful delivery of any high performing green building. A
LEED AP needs to be very familiar with both the tasks required and who is permitted to perform
those tasks. Construction submittal: owner, design team, CxA

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
148 | Chapter 7 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Studio4: Energy and Atmosphere (EA)
EAp2 Minimum Energy Performance: As stated in EAp1, projects that achieve any level of LEED
certification must perform better than a standard building and this prerequisite establishes that
level for energy performance. According to a DOE report in January 2008, all but nine states
use some iteration of ASHRAE 90.1 as their state energy code. All buildings must meet both the
mandatory provisions and the prescriptive requirements as required by ASHRAE/IENSA Stan-
dard 90.1-2007 (without amendments). Determining compliance for the envelope components
is relatively straightforward using the tables in the ASHRAE standard.
LEED for Schools must establish energy performance goals using EPA’s Target Finder rating tool.
There are three options provided for establishing minimum energy performance:
• Option 1 Whole Building Energy Simulation: Requires energy
simulation software to establish a baseline building and then
compares that to the designed building. The baseline build-
ing uses a set of preestablished conventional building materi-
als and components while the design building uses materials
and components selected by the project team. This deter-
mines how the designed building compares to a standard
building. This option is more complex, but yields advanced
and more accurate results and also provides the potential for
increased points based on the model’s predicted savings.
• Option 2 Prescriptive Compliance Path - ASHRAE Advanced Energy Design Guide: This op-
tion has four compliance paths, all directed toward certain building types:
• Path 1 Small Office Buildings 2004: must be less than 20,000 sf and office occupancy
• Path 2 Small Retail Buildings 2006: Must be less than 20,000 sf and retail occupancy
• Path 3 Small Warehouses and Self Storage Buildings 2008: Must be less than 50,000 sf and
warehouse or self storage occupancy
• Option 2 K-12 School Buildings: Must be for K-12 schools
The Advanced Energy Design Guide series provides a sensible and easy approach to achieving
advanced levels of energy performance without the need for calculations or simulation analy-
sis. Prescriptive compliance simply means designing to a set of preestablished building compo-
nents and systems that have been shown to produce energy savings. Each path is regulated by
the climate zone where the project is located.
• Option 3 Prescriptive Compliance Path - Advanced Buildings Core Performance Guide:
This option complies with all the measures of the Advanced Energy Design Guide series
but permits same type buildings larger than those under Paths 1, 2 and 3, but less than
100,000 sf.
Being an office building less than 20,000 sf, this project will use Option 2 Path 1. Compliance re-
quires little more than using basic, proven building components and systems. Design submittal:
design team

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 149
Studio4: Energy and Atmosphere (EA)
EAp3 Fundamental Refrigerant Management: The intent of this prerequisite is to reduce ozone
depletion by zero use of ChloroFluoroCarbon (CFC) based refrigerants used in HVAC&R and fire
suppression systems in new buildings, or phasing out CFCs in existing buildings prior to project
completion. Though CFCs are no longer available in new equipment, due to the Montreal Pro-
tocol banning the production of CFCs in this country in 1995, CFC based systems are still found
in existing buildings. If the new building is connected to an existing building, that system must
also be CFC free. Design submittal: owner, mechanical engineer
EAc1 Optimize Energy Performance: This credit is awarded if energy cost savings can be shown
compared to a base building that meets the requirements of ASHRAE/IENSA 90.1-2007. The
method of determining energy cost savings must meet the requirements of Appendix G of the
standard.
• Option 1 Whole Building Energy Simulation: 1-19 points for NC and Schools; 3-21 points for
CS
• Option 2 Prescriptive Compliance Path - ASHRAE Advanced Energy Design Guide: 1 point for
each path and option 2 Schools
• Path 1 Small Office Buildings 2004: Must be less than 20,000 sf and office occupancy
• Path 2 Small Retail Buildings 2006: Must be less than 20,000 sf and retail occupancy
• Path 3 Small Warehouses and Self Storage Buildings 2008: Must be less than 50,000 sf and
warehouse or self storage occupancy
• Option 2 K-12 School Buildings: Must be for K-12 schools
• Option 3 Prescriptive Compliance Path - Advanced Buildings Core Performance Guide: 1-3
points
Design submittal: design team
EAc2 On-Site Renewable Energy: Achievement of this credit is deter-
mined by the percentage of the building’s energy use that is provid-
ed by on-site renewable energy generation systems. For this credit,
the project can use the annual energy cost calculated in EAc1 or the
U.S. Department of Energy’s Commercial Buildings Energy Consump-
tion Survey (CBECS) database for the building type to determine the
amount of energy cost offset. LEED provides points based on the
percentage of renewable energy contributed.
• Since no energy performance calculation has been performed for the project, we’ll use
the CBECS median electrical intensity budget for an office building at 11.7 kWh/Sf-yr for
electrical and 58.5 kBtu/sf-yr for non-electrical fuel and the Default Energy Costs by State
from EIA 2003 Commercial Sector Average Energy Costs by State at $0.0723 $/kWh for
electricity and $0.00789 $/kBtu for natural gas (State of Ohio):

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
150 | Chapter 7 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Studio4: Energy and Atmosphere (EA)
• Default Annual Electrical Costs
• 12,000 sf x 11.7 kWh/sf-yr x $0.0723/kWh = $10,150.92/yr
• Default Annual Fuel Costs
• 12,000 sf x 58.5 (kBtu/sf-yr) x $0.00789$/kBtu = $5,538.78/yr
• Default Total Annual Energy Costs
• $10,150.92 Electricity + $5,538.78 Fuel = $15,689.70
The project would need to meet 1% of its annual energy costs - $1,568.97 - with renewable en-
ergy systems in order to earn 4 points under EAc2. 1% and 4 points is the only option available
for Core & Shell projects. Design submittal: owner, architect, electrical engineer
EAc3 Enhanced Commissioning: Enhanced commissioning requires the CxA to be on the project
earlier and stay on the project later than what is necessary with Fundamental Commissioning by
requiring 3 additional tasks to be added to the scope. The 3 tasks, in order, are:
• Perform a design review prior to mid-construction documents
• Review contractor submittals applicable to the systems being commissioned
• Review building operation within 10 months after substantial completion
Construction submittal: owner, design team, CxA
EAc4 Enhanced Refrigerant Management: The intent of this credit is
not to use refrigerants. Buildings that comply with this credit elimi-
nate the use of HVAC&R systems that damage the atmosphere with
CFCs, HCFCs and Halons. Select refrigerants with low ozone deple-
tion (ODP) and global warming potential (GWP) and prevent leakage
of these compounds into the atmosphere. Select equipment with ef-
ficient refrigerant charge and long service life potential. Projects that
have naturally ventilated buildings with no active cooling systems
or natural refrigerants including water, carbon dioxide, and ammonia are eligible for this credit.
Design submittal: mechanical engineer
EAc5 Measurement and Verification: NC & Schools
EAc5.1 Measurement and Verification - Base Building: Core & Shell
EAc5.2 Measurement and Verification - Tenant Submetering: Core & Shell
The M&V series of credits are designed to provide ongoing accountability of building energy
consumption.
Both EAc5 and EAc5.1 require the development and implementation of a measurement and
verification (M&V) plan consistent with either Option D: Calibrated Simulation as specified by the
International Performance Measurement & Ventilation Protocol (IPMVP), Volume III or Option B:
Energy Conservation Measure Isolation as specified by the International Performance Measure-
ment & Ventilation Protocol (IPMVP), Volume III. Construction submittal: design team, Operations
and Maintenance

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 151
Studio4: Energy and Atmosphere (EA)
EAc5.2 requires a central monitoring electronic metering network. Also required is a Mainte-
nance & Verification plan that documents and advises future tenants of this opportunity and the
means of achievement. The intent of submetering is to give tenants an incentive to save energy.
However, project teams should verify that local utilities and municipalities will permit a second
party to charge for electricity based on submetering.
This project will provide separate meters for each tenant. Construction submittal: design team,
operations & maintenance
EAc6 Green Power: Green power is derived from solar, wind, geo-
thermal, biomass or low-impact hydro sources and helps increase
renewable sources of energy on the grid, rather than fossil based
electricity. This credit offers 2 points for supporting the develop-
ment and use of grid source, renewable energy technologies on a
net zero pollution basis - off-site renewable energy. The credit re-
quires a 2 year contract to provide 35% of the building’s electricity
from renewable off-site sources based on the quantity of energy
consumed, not the energy cost. Renewable energy sources are defined by the Center for Resource
Solutions’ Green-e certification requirements.
The power purchased to comply with this credit’s requirements do not have to be Green-e certi-
fied. Other sources of green power are eligible if they satisfy the Green-e program’s technical re-
quirements such as renewable energy certificates (RECs), tradable renewable certificates (TRCs)
and green tags. Green tags equate to paying a subsidy to encourage renewable power genera-
tion somewhere on the grid, even if the electricity does not supply your building.
Two options are available for establishing a baseline energy use. Option 1 determines the base-
line by using the results obtained from EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance. Option 2 estimates
a baseline using the DOE’s Commercial Buildings Energy Consumption Survey (CBECS) database.
Quantities per square foot are based on the building type.
There are guidelines for establishing area calculations for Core & Shell projects based on the %
of occupancy. However, to illustrate the cost of green power, we’ll assume the building is fully
occupied and use the total 12,000 sf.
• Since we haven’t determined the quantity based on an energy simulation model, we’ll
be using Option 2, where the CBECS median electrical intensity budget for an office
building is 11.7 kWh/sf-yr.
• 12,000 sf x 11.7 kWh/Sf-yr = 140,400 kWh total electricity usage
• 140,400 (kWh/yr) x 35% x 2 yrs = 98,280 kwh required Green-e certified green power or
RECs to purchase
• If the project obtained a quote from a REC provider of $0.02/kwh, the cost would be:
• 98,280 kWh x $0.02/kWh = $1,965.60
Construction submittal: owner

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
152 | Chapter 7 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Studio4: Energy and Atmosphere (EA)
Project Checklist Analysis

 
 

      


     
     
      
      
      
      
      
      
   
      
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
      
  
     
      
      
      
  
   
  
  
     
     
      
      
      
      
   
      
   
  
  
  
  

   




In the Energy and Atmosphere category, a total of 37 points are available for credits applicable
to this project and we have collected 2 by signing on to EAc3 Enhanced Commissioning. Not the
intent here, but many projects skirt around the important Energy and Atmosphere credits due
to the initial cost for credit achievement.
EAc2 On-Site renewable energy seemed reasonable at $1,568.79, but that does not include the
cost of the renewable energy systems which must be designed, purchased, installed and com-
missioned.
EAc6: Green Power requires a renewable contract with no direct benefit to the project or sur-
rounding neighbors.
The next session will begin at the end of the Materials and Resources chapter.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 153
CHAPTER | 8

Materials and Resources (MR)


»» MR Credit Matrix
»» Materials & Resources Overview
»» Materials & Resources Strategies
»» The Triple Bottom Line
»» Materials & Resources Summary
»» Codes & Referenced Standards
»» General Chapter Related Definitions
»» Studio4 Project: Materials & Resources

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS

154
Materials and Resources (MR)

Materials and Resources Overview


A sustainable building requires policies for responsible construction and materials selection as
well as effective waste management. The Materials and Resources category addresses environ-
mental concerns related to materials selection, waste disposal and waste reduction by focusing
on two main issues. First, the environmental impact of materials brought into the project build-
ing and second, the minimization of landfill and incinerator disposal for materials that leave the
project building.
The importance of sustainable material selection is due to their embodied energy characteris-
tics—the amount of energy required for the extraction, processing, transporting, installation
and eventual disposal during the entire life cycle of a product—cradle to grave.
Construction and demolition waste contributes about 40% of the total solid waste stream in the
U.S. The EPA rates source reduction, reuse and recycling as the 3 main pillars of waste reduction.
Source reduction deals primarily with reducing the demand for products; reuse is the strategy of
reusing existing buildings or salvaged materials; studies have shown that from 1960 until 2006,
recycling construction, demolition and land clearing debris has risen from 6.4% to 32.5%, due in
part to curb side recycling and recycling centers. Reduce, Reuse, Recycle!
Through sustainable purchasing and waste management policies, during and after construction,
we can significantly reduce the environmental, social and economic consequences associated
with material selection and waste disposal.
The Materials and Resources (MR) category addresses environmental concerns related to:
• Materials conservation
• Environmentally preferrable materials
• Waste management and reduction

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 155
Materials and Resources (MR)
Materials and Resources promotes the following measures:
• Selecting sustainable materials
• Practicing waste reduction
• Reducing waste at its source
• Reuse and recycling
Subsequently, the goals of Materials and Resources can be achieved by implementing the fol-
lowing strategies:
• Storage and Collection of Recyclables
• Building Reuse: Maintain Existing Walls, Floors and Roof
• Building Reuse: Maintain Interior Nonstructural Elements
• Materials Reuse
• Recycled Content
• Regional Materials
• Rapidly Renewable Materials
• Certified Wood
• Sustainable Purchasing Policies
• Third party certification sustainable products
• Waste Management
Life Cycle Impacts
Life cycle impacts are fundamental for the proper selection of sustainable materials. The perfor-
mance of materials from extraction until disposal at the end of their life, also known as cradle to
grave, is a measure of their sustainability. Preferred, however, are cradle to cradle materials that
are either reused or recycled at end of their original use.
Sustainable Materials
The harvesting, processing, delivery and disposal of building materials can have many adverse
environmental impacts. Therefore, the importance of a sustainable procurement policy uses
strategies to reduce the destruction of habitat and ecosystems, pollution of water and air with
a focus on the preservation of our natural resources. These goals can be achieved by reusing
buildings and materials, or selecting materials that are rapidly renewable, regional, manufac-
tured with recycled content or harvested from responsible foresters.
Construction Waste Reduction
Construction and demolition waste account for a large percentage of the total solid waste in
the U.S. and the EPA is at the forefront in establishing guidelines related to Waste Management,
Reuse and Recycling. The strategy rankings of the EPA for solid waste management are, in order
of importance—Reduce, Reuse, Recycle:

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
156 | Chapter 8 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Materials and Resources (MR)
• Source reduction: reduces environmental impacts throughout the material’s life cycle
• Reuse of materials: reuse diverts materials from the waste stream
• Recycling: recycling diverts waste from landfills and incinerators and reduces the demand
for virgin materials
Source Reduction
By definition of the EPA, source reduction is the practice of designing, manufacturing, purchas-
ing, or using materials (such as products and packaging) in ways that reduce the amount or tox-
icity of trash created. Reusing items is another way to stop waste at the source because it avoids
that item’s entry in the waste collection and disposal system.
Reuse and Recycling
An effective strategy for minimizing environmental impacts related to construction, if available,
is the reuse of existing buildings, for the obvious reason that reusing building components di-
verts waste from the waste stream. This is also important for budgetary reasons, reuse of exterior
and interior materials should be incorporated into the construction documents. It is also becom-
ing increasingly popular to collect salvaged materials from buildings being demolished and put
back into the marketplace through resources such as recycling centers.
Recycling includes collecting recyclable materials that would otherwise be considered waste,
sorting and processing recyclables into raw materials, manufacturing raw materials into new
products, and purchasing recycled products.
Waste Management
Managing waste is a vital component of sustainable building. Materials and Resources offers
many options for reducing the amount of waste generated by the demands of building through
a coordinated waste management plan and by implementing a sustainable purchasing program.
Materials procurement, recycling programs and waste management can divert huge amounts of
materials from our landfills while improving the overall building environment.
Materials and Resources Strategies
The Materials and Resources category offers several credit options for methods of selecting sus-
tainable materials, such as building and materials reuse, recycled content, regional materials,
rapidly renewable materials, and certified wood products. Sustainable materials take into con-
sideration the life cycle of the material.
Materials and Resources Credit Metrics
Depending on the credit, the Materials and Resources credit characteristics used to determine
compliance are measured by area, weight or cost.
Calculating Material Costs
With the exception of LEED NC, Schools and CS rating systems, material costs for the Materi-
als and Resources credits are determined by the actual costs of the project’s materials. For NC,
Schools and CS rating systems, the project team is permitted to use 45% of the total construc-
tion costs (including labor and equipment) instead of the actual costs.
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 157
Materials and Resources (MR)
Storage and Collection of Recyclables
• Provide an easily accessible dedicated area for the collection and storage of materials for
recycling for the entire building. Materials must include, at a minimum, paper, corrugated
cardboard, glass, plastics and metals. This is a prerequisite required by the Materials and
Resources category.
Building Reuse: Maintain Existing Walls, Floors and Roof
• Maintain threshold percentages of the building structural elements. Window assemblies
and remediated hazardous materials are excluded from consideration.
• For NC: 55%, 75% and 95%;
• For schools: 75% and 95%
• For CS: 25%, 33%, 42%, 50% and 75%
Building Reuse: Maintain Interior Nonstructural Elements
• Reuse at least 50% of the interior nonstructural elements (interior walls, doors, floor cov-
erings and ceilings).
Materials Reuse
• Use certain percentages of salvaged, refurbished or reused materials. These can be mate-
rials found on or off the project site. For on-site reuse, these items must no longer serve
their original function and must be installed for a different purpose. Off-site materials
qualify if they had been previously used.
• For NC and Schools: 5% and 10%
• For CS: 5%
Recycled Content
• Use certain percentages of preconsumer and postconsumer recycled content materials.
Preconsumer waste is generally process waste from industry while postconsumer waste
is generally consumer waste left at curbside for recycling programs. ISO 14021 defines
preconsumer and postconsumer materials.
• For NC, Schools and CS: 10% and 20%
Regional Materials
• Use percentages of building materials that have been extracted, harvested or recovered
and manufactured within 500 miles of the project site. Using indigenous local resources
supports the community and reduces the negative environmental impacts associated
with transportation.
• For NC, Schools and CS: 10% & 20%
Rapidly Renewable Materials
• Use rapidly renewable materials (materials that are typically harvested within a 10 year
cycle) for a minimum 2.5% of the building materials and products used in the project.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
158 | Chapter 8 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Materials and Resources (MR)
Certified Wood
• Use FSC certified wood for a minimum 50% of the wood based materials and products
for all permanently installed wood building components. Requires chain of custody (CoC)
proof.
Sustainable Purchasing Policies
• Strategies:
• Sustainable Construction purchasing policy
• Green materials
• Green interiors
• Sustainable Operations purchasing policy
• Green materials
• Green electronic equipment
Third party certification sustainable products
These certification organizations should not be confused with LEED certifying products—LEED
does not certify any product—but does support organizations that do certify responsible stew-
ardship.
• Fairtrade Labelling Organizations International
• Food Alliance Products
• Marine Stewardship Council
• USDA Organic
• Rainforest Alliance Certification
Waste Management
A good waste management program focuses on waste diversion strategies that reduce the
amount of waste during demolition, construction and occupancy.
Strategy considerations for reducing waste:
• A reduced building size will produce less waste
• Construction waste management
• Develop a policy that establishes a target diversion rate for the general contractor.
• Develop a waste management plan that includes disposal of any asbestos and PCBs.
• Waste can be collected in one container - commingled - and sent to an offsite facility
to be separated. This practice allows for easier compliance and requires less space for
containers. The second option is to provide marked and protected containers onsite to
separate waste materials to be recycled. This requires more space and monitoring to
ensure compliance.
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 159
Materials and Resources (MR)
• Recycling
• Develop a policy to reduce waste during operations and maintenance.
• Provide a convenient and accessible location to occupants for collection of recycla-
bles.
• Monitor the effectiveness of recycling programs.
The Triple Bottom Line (People, Planet, Profit)
Green buildings require policies for effective waste management as well as sustainable materials
selection and procurement. The intent of the Materials and Resources category is to establish a
foundation for developing, implementing and documenting these policies through waste man-
agement and the use of sustainable materials.
• Sustainable Materials Selection
• Strategies:
• Building Reuse: Maintain Existing Walls, Floors and Roof
• Building Reuse: Maintain Interior Nonstructural Elements
• Materials Reuse
• Recycled Content
• Regional Materials
• Rapidly Renewable Materials
• Certified Wood
• Sustainable Construction and Operations purchasing policies
• Products that have third party certification
• The Triple Bottom Line:
• People: Selecting sustainable materials that have long life cycle impacts will reduce
health issues related to source extraction, manufacture and transportation
• Planet: Enormous amounts of our natural resources go into the construction of build-
ings; careful selection of sustainable materials such as recycled content and reuse
can reduce the depletion of our natural resources associated with buildings
• Profit: Sustainable materials policies promote strategies such as regional harvesting
and manufacturing which contributes to local economies and reduces costs associ-
ated with transportation
• Waste Management
• Strategies:
• Reduce building size
• Construction waste management
• Recycling
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
160 | Chapter 8 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Materials and Resources (MR)
• The Triple Bottom Line:
• People: Landfills are sources of groundwater contamination and methane gas emis-
sions which can create health issues within surrounding communities
• Planet: Waste management reduces the burden on landfills which in turn saves land
due to expanded needs
• Profit: Waste management reduces dependency on landfills that pass through the
high and rising cost of landfill ownership through the costs for dumping waste, re-
ferred to as tipping fees; encouraging recycling and materials reuse instead of plac-
ing in the waste stream can be a source of profit
Materials and Resources (MR) Summary
• The credits in Materials and Resources can be categorized into two areas. The first applies
to efforts for reducing waste generated by buildings. This can be done by reducing the
building size and/or implementing a waste management and diversion plan that sends
only the minimum materials into the waste stream. Many materials we would normally
see as waste can be sent to recycle centers. For existing buildings, we can reuse sections
or individual components or purchase from recycle or salvage centers where materials
are available for sale from other projects. Also, we can use materials made from recycled
content. All of these are effective strategies that encourage waste diversion. Secondly,
new materials need to be selected and procured on the merits of a life cycle assessment
to ensure the highest degree of sustainability feasible. New materials, products and com-
ponents that had not previously existed draw upon our natural resources and should
be selected on the basis of regional materials, rapidly renewable materials, and certified
wood products.
• Waste prevention, also know as source reduction, is the practice of designing, manufac-
turing, purchasing, or using materials in ways that reduce the amount of trash created.
Reusing items is another way to stop waste at the source because it delays or avoids that
item’s entry in the waste collection and disposal system. Source reduction, including re-
use, can help reduce waste disposal and handling costs because it avoids the costs of
recycling or municipal landfilling. Source reduction also conserves resources and reduces
pollution, including greenhouse gases that contribute to global warming.
• Recycled Content are materials classified as preconsumer and postconsumer content. Pre-
consumer content would include materials that can no longer be used for their original
purpose—process waste that an industry has sold or traded to another through the mar-
ketplace. A composite board manufacturer may obtain sawdust from a lumber mill or a
landscaper may buy wood chips from a lumber mill. These materials never made it to
the marketplace as originally intended. Flyash and magazine overruns are considered as
preconsumer content materials also. Postconsumer content are materials that have been
manufactured and sold, but no longer of value to the consumer, such as remodeling a
kitchen and setting the old cabinets along side the curb. Aluminum, paper, plastic and
glass are also postconsumer content. Recycled content products generally contain a per-
centage of both preconsumer and postconsumer content materials.
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 161
Materials and Resources (MR)
• Embodied energy
• The amount of energy required for the extraction, processing, transporting, installation
and eventual disposal during the entire life cycle of a product—cradle to grave
• The Materials and Resources category addresses:
• The environmental impact of materials brought into the project building
• The minimization of landfill and incinerator disposal for materials that leave the project
building
• Waste Management = the 3 Rs = Reduce, then Reuse, then Recycle
• The 5 minimum materials to recycle: paper, corrugated cardboard, glass, plastic, metal
• Examples of rapidly renewable materials: cork, bamboo, natural rubber, wheat, cotton,
straw, linseed (linoleum)
Codes & Referenced Standards
Refer to the Appendix for a complete listing of Referenced Standards by Credit with a descrip-
tion of the intent of the standard.
• The Materials & Resources category’s standards regulates only two prime areas for credit
compliance. One for certified wood products and the other that defines recycled content
• Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) gives the seal of approval awarded to forest manag-
ers who adopt environmentally and socially responsible forest management practices
and to companies that manufacture and sell products made from certified wood
• ISO 14000 product oriented standards include Environmental Labels and Declaration,
Life Cycle Assessment and Design for Environment. These standards are intended to
be applicable to assess environmental performance of products and services, and to
provide guidance on improving their environmental performance
• ISO 14020 series standards (includes ISO 14021), Environmental Labels and Declara-
tion, are communication tools that convey information on environmental aspects of
a product or service to the market. Three different types of environmental labels and
declarations are currently in use. They include: Type I environmental labeling, Type II
self-declared environmental claims, and Type III environmental declaration
General Chapter Related Definitions
Refer to the Acronyms and Glossary of Terms chapter for definitions important to this chapter,
whether or not they were discussed.
• adaptive reuse
• adhesives
• agrifibre
• building reuse

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
162 | Chapter 8 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Materials and Resources (MR)
• certified wood
• Chain of Custody (CoC)
• commingling recycling
• cradle to cradle
• cradle to cradle
• construction and demolition debris (C&D)
• construction waste management plan
• durable goods
• embodied energy
• Forest Stewardship Council
• ISO 14021
• landfills
• materials reuse
• non-biodegradable waste
• off-site salvaged materials
• ongoing consumables
• organic waste
• postconsumer fiber
• postconsumer material
• postconsumer recycled content
• postconsumer waste
• preconsumer recycled content
• rapidly renewable materials
• reclaimed material
• recycled content
• recycling
• recycling collection area
• regionally harvested or extracted materials
• reuse
• salvaged material
• solid waste management policy
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 163
Materials and Resources (MR)
• source reduction
• sustainable forestry
• sustainable purchasing policies
• sustained yield forestry
• waste
• waste disposal
• waste diversion
• waste reduction program
• waste stream

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
164 | Chapter 8 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Studio4: Materials and Resources (MR)
Studio4 Office Project: Materials and Resources
Materials and Resources Category
Materials and Resources deals with issues that reduce the use of new materials and resources,
encourages the use of materials and resources that have a smaller impact on the environment,
and promotes the reuse or recycling of materials so that more virgin materials and resources are
not used on LEED certified projects. The life cycles of many products and materials are taken
into account also to reduce the impact on the environment. This may include transportation im-
pacts, harvesting impacts, manufacturing impacts, and the benefit of using recycled materials in
the production of the product. Materials and Resources Credit Characteristics: Most MR credits
require the percentage of material to be calculated based on area, weight, volume or cost and
what materials can and cannot be included into the calculated percentages.
LEED allows the project to either calculate and use the actual project costs (excluding labor and
equipment) or apply a 45% factor (including labor and equipment) to total construction costs.
This project has been budgeted at $65/sf. If we calculate 12,000 sf x $65/sf we get a total construc-
tion cost of $780,000 and we would then need to back out the cost for labor and equipment. Or
we can take the $780,000 x 0.45 to arrive at a $351,000 cost for our default materials cost.
MRp1 Storage and Collection of Recyclables: Any responsibly sus-
tainable building design is important. However, a building and
it’s occupants also impact the environment after construction.
This prerequisite saves land and reduces the environmental im-
pacts to water and air pollution. As the average waste is 3 pounds
per day per employee, it is important that the building occupants
have the option to maintain good recycling programs through-
out the lifespan of the building. LEED requires an area dedicated
to recycling that is easily accessible, so occupants can recycle, at
the minimum, paper, cardboard, glass, plastic and metals. By providing the means necessacry
to recycle these basic items, there is a reduction in the need for virgin resources as well as a sig-
nificant reduction in the amount of waste going to landfills. Design submittal: owner, architect
MRc1 & MRc1.1 Maintain Existing Walls, Floor and Roof: This credit requires leaving the main por-
tion of the building structure and shell in place. The shell includes exterior walls, roof and fram-
ing but excludes window assemblies, interior walls, floor cover-
ings, non-structural roofing material, and ceiling systems. Points
are awarded based on the percentage (by area) of the structural
elements retained. Construction submittal: owner, architect
MRc1.2 Maintain Interior Nonstructural Elements: The intent of
this credit is to reuse the nonstructural elements such as interior
walls, doors, floor coverings and ceiling systems of an existing
building. Points are awarded based on the percentage (by area)
of the interior nonstructural elements retained. Construction submittal: owner, architect. The
MRc1 credits are not applicable to this project.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 165
Studio4: Materials and Resources (MR)
MRc2 Construction Waste Management: The goal of this credit
is to divert as much construction waste from the landfill as pos-
sible. Develop a construction waste management plan that iden-
tifies the materials that can be reclaimed and determines if the
project’s waste materials will be sorted separately on-site or com-
mingled and separated by a third party at an off-site facility. The
construction waste management plan identifies a location on the
construction site where the materials to be diverted can be stored,
as well as a hauler who will accommodate the designated materials. Materials that should be
considered for recycling include concrete, glass, wood, plastic, gypsum, tile, drywall, insulation,
and carpet. Excavated soil and land clearing debris are excluded and any PCBs or asbestos ma-
terials found on-site need to be properly addressed in the waste management plan. Donations
of materials to charities contribute to the credit. Monitor these materials for 1 point for 50%, or 2
points for 75%, by weight or volume. Construction submittal: contractor
MRc3 Materials Reuse: The intent of this credit is to reuse mate-
rials from existing buildings or find new uses for products that
would otherwise go into the landfill. Building materials such as
masonry, flooring, roofing and ceiling materials collected from
deconstructed buildings are being warehoused and sold for use
on new projects. For credit compliance, reused or salvaged mate-
rials (by cost) must be equal to a percentage of the total value of
the project. Mechanical, electrical, plumbing and specialty items
such as elevators are excluded. LEED awards 1 point for 5% and 2 points for 10% purchase of Re-
used Materials. With our default materials cost of $351,000 we would need to purchase $351,000
x 0.05 = $17,550 to receive 1 point or $351,000 x 0.10 = $35,100 to receive 2 points. Construction
submittal: architect, contractor
MRc4 Recycled Content: By including more recycled content into
the building, there is less solid waste and less impact of mate-
rials on the environment. Recycled content products are made
from materials that would otherwise have been discarded. There
are two types of recycled materials: pre-consumer and post-con-
sumer. Pre-consumer content is material that might have come
from excess or damaged (scrap) items generated during manu-
facturing processes that are not reused for the same purpose.
Post-consumer content is a material that has served its intended use and instead of being set
alongside the curb to be picked up and disposed of, it is being recycled and reused in a different
product. For credit compliance, use materials with recycled content such that the sum (by cost)
of post-consumer content plus 1/2 of the pre-consumer content is equal to a percentage of the
total value of the project. Mechanical, electrical, plumbing and specialty items such as elevators
are excluded. LEED awards 1 point for 10% and 2 points for 20% purchase of Recycled Content
materials. With our default materials cost of $351,000 we would need to purchase $351,000 x
0.10 = $35,100 to receive 1 point or $351,000 x 0.20 = $70,200 to receive 2 points. Construction
submittal: architect, contractor
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
166 | Chapter 8 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Studio4: Materials and Resources (MR)
MRc5 Regional Materials: This credit supports
the use of local materials and reduced trans-
portation distances. The requirements are
the use of building materials or products that
have been extracted, harvested or recovered,
as well as manufactured, within 500 miles of
the project site. The percentage of materials
is calculated on a cost basis. LEED awards 1
point for 10% and 2 points for 20% purchase
of Regional Materials. With our default mate-
rials cost of $351,000 we would need to pur-
500 Mile Radius
chase $351,000 x 0.10 = $35,100 to receive 1
point or $351,000 x 0.20 = $70,200 to receive
2 points. Construction submittal: architect, contractor
MRc6 Rapidly Renewable Materials: The intent of this credit is to reduce the use and depletion
of finite raw materials and long cycle renewable resources by replacing them with materials (by
cost) that have a harvest rate of ten years, or less. Because rapidly renewable resources have a
shorter harvesting cycle than traditional materials, there are many environmental benefits. Often
the use of rapidly renewable resources can save land as well as other resources that usually go
into conventional materials. Also by virtue of their shorter harvesting cycles, rapidly renewable
materials can sustain a community for a longer period than more finite sources. LEED awards 1
point for 2.5% use of Rapidly Renewable materials and products. With our default materials cost
of $351,000 we would need to purchase $351,000 x 0.025 = $8,775 to receive 1 point. This credit
is not available for Core & Shell projects. Construction submittal: architect, contractor

Cotton Bamboo (U.S.) Wheat Cork


MRc6 & MRc7 Certified Wood: Use wood based materials and products
that have been certified in accordance with the Forest Stewardship
Council (FSC) and encourage environmentally responsible forest man-
agement. At a minimum, these components include structural framing
and general dimensional lumber, flooring, sub-flooring, wood doors and
finishes. MRc6 is directed to Core & Shell projects while MRc7 applies
to NC and Schools. LEED awards 1 point for MRc6 & MRc7 for 50% (by
cost) of the purchase of Certified Wood materials and products on the
project. With our default materials cost of $351,000 we would need to purchase $351,000 x 0.50
= $175,500 to receive 1 point. Construction submittal: architect, contractor
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 167
Studio4: Materials and Resources (MR)
Credit Checklist Analysis
 
 

       


     
     
       
       
       
       
       
       
   
      
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
      
  
     
      
      
      
  
   
  
  
     
     
      
      
      
      
   
      
   
  
  
  
  

   




In the Materials and Resources category, a total of 13 points are available and we have collected
6 points. A sufficient quantity of points were not available simply because there was no existing
structure for the project to have access to those credits.
We now have gathered 37 points, 38 with the LEED AP not yet entered, so we are 2 points shy of
reaching the certification level. With the IEQ category remaining, we should have no problem
collecting 40 before we look at the ID and RP categories for additional safety net points.
The next session will begin at the end of the Indoor Environmental Quality chapter.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
168 | Chapter 8 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
CHAPTER | 9

Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)


»» IEQ Credit Matrix
»» Indoor Environmental Quality Overview
»» Indoor Environmental Quality Strategies
»» The Triple Bottom Line
»» Indoor Environmental Quality Summary
»» Codes & Referenced Standards
»» General Chapter Related Definitions
»» Studio4 Project: Indoor Environmental Quality

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS

170
Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)

Indoor Environmental Quality Overview


Indoor environmental quality refers to the quality of the air and environment inside buildings.
Pollutants, temperature, relative humidity, light and sound are factors that can affect occupant
health, comfort and performance. Improving IEQ involves designing, constructing, commission-
ing, operating, and maintaining buildings that remove indoor pollutants while ensuring that
fresh air is continually supplied and properly circulated.
Personnel costs are typically larger than a buildings’ operating costs and increased occupant sat-
isfaction and productivity gains due to improved IEQ make these improvements a viable invest-
ment. The owner and project team must also be concerned with the liability related to health
issues such as asthma, Sick Building Syndrome (SBS) and other illnesses that can be attributed to
poor air quality. IEQ should be an essential consideration of any sustainable building design.
EPA’s Office of Research and Development’s 1985 “Total Exposure Assessment Methodology
(TEAM) Study” found levels of about a dozen common organic pollutants to be 2 to 5 times high-
er inside homes than outside, regardless of whether the homes were located in rural or highly

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 171
Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)
industrial areas. TEAM studies indicated that while people are using products containing organic
chemicals, they can expose themselves and others to very high pollutant levels, and elevated
concentrations can persist in the air long after the activity is completed. Now consider the fact that
Americans, on average, spend 90% of their time indoors and we can begin to understand the
importance of controlling the quality of the indoor environment.
In order to combat indoor air pollution, the project team should first practice source control—
preventing contaminants from entering the building. During construction, resources like build-
ing materials and products stored on-site and the building’s mechanical systems should be pro-
tected from dust, moisture and other means of contamination. Of the contaminants that remain,
strategies, such as proper ventilation and building flush-outs, should be implemented prior to
occupancy.
Managing the quality of indoor air requires implementing strategies during construction, before
occupancy and after occupancy. Developing an Operations and Maintenance Plan is as crucial to
green buildings as the design and delivery of green buildings. Consider surveys to determine oc-
cupant satisfaction with regard to thermal comfort (lighting, acoustics, etc. can be added). Take
corrective action based on the percentage of dissatisfied occupants.
Indoor air quality (IAQ) refers to the air quality within and around buildings and structures, es-
pecially as it relates to the health and comfort of building occupants.
Indoor environmental quality (IEQ) takes into consideration all impacts of the indoor environ-
ment on human health and performance, including indoor air quality, daylighting and views,
and visual and thermal comfort.
The Indoor Environmental Quality category addresses environmental concerns related to:
• Indoor environmental quality
• Occupant health, safety and comfort
• Energy consumption
• Air change effectiveness
• Air contaminant management
Indoor Environmental Quality promotes the following measures:
• Indoor air quality
• Occupant’s comfort and well-being, and control of systems
Subsequently, the goals of IEQ can be achieved by implementing the following strategies:
• Improved ventilation
• Managing contaminants
• Low VOC material selection
• Occupant controllability of systems
• Increased daylight and views
• Acoustics (Schools)
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
172 | Chapter 9 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)
Indoor Environmental Quality Strategies
Ventilation
Improving the quality of indoor air can be accomplished by increasing ventilation to remove pol-
lutants from the indoor environment. There are three types of ventilation systems:
• Mechanical ventilation (active)
• Natural ventilation (passive)
• Mixed mode ventilation (active and passive)

Mechanical ventilation Natural ventilation Mixed mode ventilation

Contaminants
Managing indoor pollutants is the foundation for proper indoor air quality. LEED addresses three
basic contaminants:
• Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS)
• No smoking in the building or within 25 feet of entrances, operable
windows and air intakes
• Smoking permitted inside must be confined to spaces built per ASTM
E779-03
• no smoking in and around schools
• Carbon Dioxide (CO2)
• Install carbon dioxide monitors integrated into the ventilation sys-
tems that supply proper amounts of ventilation to occupants based
on occupant loads
• Particulate Matter
• Develop a plan to reduce the contaminants entering the
building
• Cover return and supply air ducts to prevent contami-
nants from recirculating through the HVAC systems
• Practice good housekeeping; clean spills immediately
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 173
Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)
• During construction
• Prevent mold by protecting all materials from moisture
• Prevent dust and particulate infiltration and buildup
• After construction and prior to occupancy
• Flush out the existing air by exhausting it out of the building and replacing with fresh
outdoor air
• Test air to ensure acceptable contaminant levels
• Proper ventilation
• Size ventilation systems to provide adequate outside air to building occupants fol-
low industry standards such as ASHRAE Standard 62, Ventilation for Acceptable In-
door Air Quality - the more outside air introduced into the space, the more diluted
contaminants become
• Better air filters:
• Install high efficiency filters with high MERV ratings to reduce smaller particulates
during construction and replace prior to occupancy
Contamination sources: new construction and renovation related activities; moisture; CO2; as-
bestos; radon; material off-gassing from VOCs; second hand smoke; particulates; chemicals.
Material Selection

Building flush out Improved ventilation MERV air filters

LEED offers a very comprehensive matrix covering low emitting volatile


organic chemicals (VOCs) that regulates interior finish materials within
the building envelope in an effort to promote materials and products
that release fewer and less harmful chemical compounds.
• VOC materials
• Specify green materials (e.g., sealants, paints and coatings, floor-
ing, furnishings, etc.) with low Volatile Organic Chemicals (VOCs)
to prevent or reduce off-gassing

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
174 | Chapter 9 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)
Occupant Control of Systems
Permitting individual occupants control over lighting and temperature within their workspace
improves satisfaction and productivity. Individual lighting controls allow occupants to adjust
lights to the task and thermostats permit temperature adjustment according to clothing and
activity. Additionally, energy consumption is often reduced.
• Individual occupant thermal comfort control
• Temperature and ventilation control - for 50% of the
building occupants
• Provide individual occupant controls in mechanically
ventilated spaces that allow individuals to adjust tem-
perature and ventilation to meet individual needs and
preferences
• Provide operable windows for individual ventilation
control
• Individual occupant lighting control
• Lighting control - for 90% of the building occupants
• Provide individual occupant lighting control for the
building occupants to allow adjustments to suit the in-
dividual task or occupant preference
Daylight and Views
As with individual occupant control over lighting and tempera-
ture, daylighting and access to outside views have been shown
to improve occupant satisfaction, productivity and reduce en-
ergy consumption. Daylighting and views are dependant on the
building design and proper orientation to the sun.
• Increased daylighting
• Design the building to allow for occupant access to
daylight and views by placing workstations around the
perimeter walls of the building, keeping service areas
toward the interior core spaces
• Skylights, roof monitors, light tubes, light shelves to re-
flect light into the building
• Windows with glazing minimum 7’-6” above the floor
• Increased views
• Provide a direct line of sight to exterior; window vision glazing heights to be 2’-6” above
the floor to 7’-6” above the floor. Glazing above 7’-6” is referred to as daylight glazing

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 175
Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)
Acoustics
• Acoustics: required for LEED for Schools projects
• Provide classrooms with better teacher-to-student and
student-to-teacher communications through effective
acoustical and sound transmission design
• Reduce background noise level to 40 DBA or less from
HVAC systems in classrooms and other core learning
spaces
Core & Shell (CS)
For Core & Shell projects, the building design and construction influences indoor environmental
quality in 2 ways:
• The project team can influence the quality of interior common area spaces
• The decisions of the project team relative to the building core and shell can affect indoor
environmental quality of tenant spaces
Schools
By the very nature of the tasks and occupants, school projects
bring unique challenges to the project team. From special light-
ing, noise and sound control engineering to the frailties of youth
with regard to pollutant control.

The Triple Bottom Line (People, Planet, Profit)


When considering the fact that Americans spend 90% of their time indoors where air quality is
2 - 5 times worse than it is outdoors and occupant comfort and satisfaction is critical, it is easy to
understand the importance of improving the indoor environment. As such, Indoor Environmen-
tal Quality deals with improving the quality of air, thermal comfort (temperature and humidity),
lighting and acoustics (Schools). The strategies used to address any one issue can have a positive
impact to each area of the Triple Bottom Line.
• Strategies:
• Proper ventilation
• Contaminate control
• VOC material selection
• Controllability of systems
• Daylight
• Views
• Acoustics

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
176 | Chapter 9 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)
• The Triple Bottom Line:
The Triple Bottom Line is impacted similarly by all aspects of the IEQ category
• People: improving the indoor air quality to a degree that occupant health is improved
increases productivity, reduces illness which lessens the burden on the health industry
and improves the overall quality of health throughout the community
• Planet: Environmental Tobacco Smoke Control, natural ventilation, daylighting, green
cleaning products and integrated pest control are all environmental issues being suc-
cessfully addressed; natural ventilation and daylighting can also reduce the HVAC and
lighting loads which reduces the demand on power which in turn reduces the environ-
mental issues associated with energy production
• Profit: improving the quality of the environment indoors improves occupant comfort
and satisfaction, which in turn increases productivity and reduces absenteeism
Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ) Summary
Indoor air quality (IAQ) refers to the air quality within and around buildings and structures, es-
pecially as it relates to the health and comfort of building occupants.
Indoor environmental quality (IEQ) takes into consideration all impacts of the indoor environ-
ment on human health and performance, including indoor air quality, daylighting and views,
and visual and thermal comfort.
As mentioned previously, the IEQ category manages the quality of indoor air by implementing
strategies during construction, before occupancy and after occupancy. Thus, credit is awarded
for implementing IAQ Management Plans during construction and before occupancy.
Strategy considerations during construction:
• To reduce indoor air quality (IAQ) problems resulting from construction or renovation and
promote the comfort and well-being of construction workers and occupants
• IAQ management plan for the construction and preoccupancy phases
• Comply with control measures of the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning National
Contractors Association (SMACNA)
• Protect stored on-site and installed absorptive materials from moisture damage
• If permanent air handlers are used during construction, install filters with a MERV 8
rating
• Prohibit smoking inside the building and within 25 feet of the building entrances on
LEED for School projects
Strategy considerations before occupancy:
• To reduce indoor air quality (IAQ) problems resulting from construction or renovation and
promote the comfort and well-being of construction workers and occupants

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 177
Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)
• IAQ management plan after all finishes have been installed and the building cleaned
• Option 1: Flush-Out (supplying required amounts of outdoor air)
• Option 2: Air Testing (testing contaminant levels)
Strategy considerations for Operations and Maintenance:
• The reason for maintenance and monitoring is to ensure the continued high performance
as originally designed
• As part of the commissioning process, the occupant (Owner, Owner’s rep or opera-
tions/maintenance personnel) would be given instructions on the building systems
and recommended maintenance procedures such as monitoring outdoor air flow,
ventilation, carbon dioxide levels, and equipment, controls and sensor calibration
• Develop a green cleaning policy
• Develop an integrated pest management policy
• Implement a No Smoking policy
• Install pollution contaminant source control strategies, such as permanent walk-off
matts, grilles, etc. at building entrances
It is important to understand the intent of each major ASHRAE standard associated with the IEQ
category:
• ASHRAE 90.1-2007: energy efficiency (not required in IEQ category)
• ASHRAE 52.2-1999: ventilation air filters - MERV
• ASHRAE 55-2004: thermal comfort - Air and radiant temperatures, air speed, humidity
• ASHRAE 62.1-2007: ventilation rates
Reference Materials for IEQ Strategies
• The EPA, AIA, ASHRAE) BOMA, SMACNA and USGBC have collaborated to provide guidance
for IAQ by developing 40 strategies for achieving critical objectives related to moisture
management, ventilation, filtration and air cleaning and source control. It also highlights
how design and construction teams can work together to ensure good IAQ strategies are
incorporated from initial design through project completion.
• A summary document of the Indoor Air Quality Guide – ideal for a general understanding
of the importance of major IAQ issues - can be downloaded at no charge at: www.ashrae.
org/iaq
The success of any indoor environmental quality program depends on the effect it has on the
building occupants. IEQ addresses this by offering the Thermal Comfort - Verification credit, a
survey that collects anonymous responses about thermal comfort. If more than 20% of the occu-
pants are dissatisfied with the thermal comfort they experience, a program must be developed
for corrective action.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
178 | Chapter 9 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)
Codes & Referenced Standards
Refer to the Appendix for a complete listing of Referenced Standards by Credit with a descrip-
tion of the intent of the standard.
• The Indoor Environmental Quality category contains the most extensive collection of
standards regulating the very complex issues addressed by IEQ. As with the Energy & At-
mosphere category, important ASHRAE standards are imposed. Ventilation, thermal com-
fort, Environmental Tobacco Smoke, VOCs and other issues are also included. Important
standards to become familiar with:
• ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2007: Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality: Specifies
minimum standard ventilation rates and IAQ levels
• ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2007: Ventilation Rate for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality: Stan-
dard providing minimum requirements for operable openings at 4% of the net habit-
able floor area
• ASHRAE Standard 52.2-1999: Method of Testing General Ventilation Air Cleaning De-
vices for Removal Efficiency by Particle Size: Standard for methods for testing air clean-
ers for 2 performance characteristics: the device’s capacity for removing particles from
the air stream and the device’s resistance to airflow
• ASHRAE Standard 55-2004: Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy:
Identifies the factors of thermal comfort and the process for developing comfort crite-
ria for a building space and its occupants. Indoor space environmental and personal
factors that will produce thermal environmental conditions acceptable to 80% of the
occupants within a space. The environmental factors addressed are: temperature, ther-
mal radiation, humidity and air speed. The personal factors are: activity and clothing
• Carpet and Rug Institute (CRI) Green Label Plus identifies low VOC carpets
• Carpet and Rug Institute (CRI) Green Label identifies low VOC carpet cushions
• FloorScore™ program identifies low VOC vinyl, linoleum, laminate flooring, wood flooring,
ceramic flooring, rubber flooring and wall base
• South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule 1113, VOC limits for paints
and coatings
• South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule 1168, VOC limits for adhe-
sives, sealants and sealant primers
• Green Seal Standard GC-03, VOC limits for anti-corrosive and anti-rust paints
• Green Seal Standard GS-11, VOC limits for commercial flat and nonflat paints
• Green Seal Standard GS-36, VOC limits for aerosol adhesives
• Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA) mini-
mize indoor air quality issues during demolitions, renovations and construction; do not
confuse with SCAQMD

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 179
Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)
General Chapter Related Definitions
Refer to the Acronyms and Glossary of Terms chapter for definitions important to this chapter,
whether or not they were discussed.
• air quality standards
• ambient temperature
• ASHRAE
• bake-out
• carbon dioxide concentration
• Construction IAQ Management Plan
• contaminant
• controllability of systems
• daylighting
• Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS)
• flush-out
• glare
• green cleaning
• Indoor air quality (IAQ)
• indoor Air Quality Building Education and Assessment Model (I-BEAM)
• Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Management Plan
• Indoor environmental quality (IEQ)
• mechanical ventilation
• Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV)
• mixed mode ventilation
• natural ventilation
• off-gassing
• particulates
• pollutant
• regularly occupied spaces
• Sick Building Syndrome (SBS)
• thermal comfort
• ventilation rate
• Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs)

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
180 | Chapter 9 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Studio4: Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)
Studio4 Office Project: Indoor Environmental Quality
Indoor Environmental Quality Category
The IEQ category is unique with regard to the environmental issues addressed,
as this category is about the occupants—creating and maintaining an environ-
ment that promotes the well being of people. A healthy employee is a happy
employee—and a happy employee is a productive employee. Three prereq-
uisites in the Indoor Environmental Quality category represent the very mini-
mum IEQ efforts that must be addressed.
IEQp1 Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance: This prerequisite
establishes a minimum indoor air quality (IAQ) performance to en-
hance the comfort and well being of the building occupants. As
ASHRAE 90.1-2007 is synonymous with establishing minimum ener-
gy performance, ASHRAE 62.1-2007 establishes minimum IAQ per-
formance by addressing the building’s ventilation. The three basic
methods for ventilating buildings and how each are addressed by
ASHRAE 62.1-2007:
• Mechanical ventilation (active): determines the minimum ven-
tilation rates for various applications using either the ventila-
tion rate procedure or the indoor air quality procedure
• Natural ventilation (passive): provides requirements for the
size and location of ventilation openings
• Mixed mode ventilation (active + passive): can use any acceptable engineering calculation
methodology that meets the minimum ventilation rates required by 62.1-2007
Design submittal: architect and mechanical engineer
IEQp2 Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control: For NC and CS
projects, the intent of the prerequisite is to prevent or minimize ex-
posure of building occupants, indoor surfaces and ventilation distri-
bution systems to ETS. For Schools, the intent is to eliminate expo-
sure to ETS. For NC & CS, there are 2 cases. Case 1 is for all buildings
and Option 1 prohibits smoking in the building. Option 2 prohibits
smoking in the building except in designated spaces. Case 2 for
NC & CS addresses residential and hospitality projects and prohibits
smoking in all common areas of the building. Case 2 for Schools prohibits smoking in the build-
ing. If smoking is permitted in the building or on the property grounds, designated smoking
areas should be established and in all cases not permitted within 25 feet of entries, outdoor air
intakes or operable windows. Design submittal: facilities manager
IEQp3 Minimum Acoustical Performance: This prerequisite applies to LEED for Schools only and
provides for classroom environments that are quiet and allow teachers and students the ability
to communicate effectively. Design submittal: architect, mechanical engineer, electrical engi-
neer, contractor
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 181
Studio4: Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)
IEQc1 Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring: For this credit, the instal-
lation of permanent monitoring systems of building ventilation is
required. By monitoring the ventilation systems’ performance, the
building operator will be able to stay informed of the deficiencies in
the system. The monitoring system should be designed to generate
an alarm when the conditions vary by at least 10% from the setpoint.
One way to achieve this is by installing carbon dioxide (CO2) and air-
flow measurement equipment. The equipment should feed the information to the HVAC system,
Building Automation System (BAS), or building operator to signal for adjustment when varying
beyond the setpoint. Design submittal: mechanical engineer
IEQc2 Increased Ventilation: In order to achieve this credit for me-
chanically vented spaces, monitor CO2 concentrations within all
densely occupied spaces with a design occupant density of 25
people or more per 1,000 square feet. CO2 monitors must be be-
tween 3 and 6 feet above the floor. Provide a direct outdoor airflow
measurement device capable of measuring the minimum outdoor
air intake flow with an accuracy of plus or minus 15% of the design
minimum outdoor air rate, as defined by ASHRAE 62.1-2007 (for me-
chanical ventilation systems where 20% or more of the design supply airflow serves nondensely
occupied spaces.
For naturally ventilated spaces, monitor CO2 concentrations within all naturally ventilated spac-
es. CO2 monitors must be between 3 and 6 feet above the floor. One CO2 sensor may be used
to monitor multiple nondensely occupied spaces if the natural ventilation design uses passive
stack(s) or other means to induce airflow through those spaces equally and simultaneously with-
out intervention by building occupants.. Design submittal: mechanical engineer
IEQc3 & IEQc3.1 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan
- During Construction: This management plan is directed toward
eliminating as many indoor air problems during construction as
possible and requires the development and implementation of a
plan for the construction and preoccupancy phases that addresses
the following:
• During construction, comply with the control measures of the
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning National Contractors Asso-
ciation (SMACNA) IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings Un-
der Construction
• Protect absorptive materials that are installed or stored on-site from moisture damage
• If permanently installed air handlers are used during construction, filtration media with a
minimum efficiency reporting value (MERV) of 8 must be installed at each return air grille
per ASHRAE 52.2-1999
• For School projects, no smoking is permitted inside the building and within 25 feet of
building entrances once the building has been enclosed
Construction submittal: contractor
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
182 | Chapter 9 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Studio4: Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)
IEQc3.2 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan - Before Occupancy: Compliance with
this credit will reduce the IAQ problems resulting from construction or renovation activities.
There are 2 options for achieving this credit. The first is to conduct a
building flush-out prior to building occupancy by supplying a total vol-
ume of 14,000 cubic feet of outdoor air per square foot of floor area,
while maintaining an internal temperature of 60 degrees and up to
60% relative humidity. The flush-out is often used where occupancy is
not required immediately upon substantial completion of construction.
The second option is to conduct baseline IAQ testing after construction
but prior to occupancy to demonstrate that the contaminant maximum
concentrations are not exceeded. Construction submittal: contractor
EQc4 Low-Emitting Materials: The selection of IEQc4 credits are constructed as a practical way to
prevent IEQ problems by specifying materials that release fewer and less harmful chemical com-
pounds—Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs)—for adhesives, paints, carpets, composite wood
products and furniture. The delivery and installation of these materials and products should be
coordinated so that they are not exposed to moisture and absorption of off-gassed contami-
nants. These rules apply to materials and products inside the building (inside the weatherproof-
ing system and applied on-site). Construction submittal: architect, contractor
IEQc4.1 Low-Emitting Materials - Adhesives and Sealants: Adhesives,
sealants and sealant primers must comply with South Coast Air Qual-
ity Management District (SCAQMD) Rule #1168. Aerosol adhesives must
comply with Green Seal Standard for Commercial Adhesives GS-36.
LEED for School projects must comply with the California Department
of Health Services Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Compounds from Various Sources Using Small Scale Environmental Chambers. Construction
submittal: architect, contractor
IEQc4.2 Low-Emitting Materials - Paints and Coatings: Paints and coatings applied inside the
building must comply to the following:
• Architectural paints and coatings applied to interior walls and ceilings
must not exceed the volatile organic compound (VOC) limit estab-
lished by Green Seal Standard GS-11, Paints
• Anti-corrosive and anti-rust paints applied to interior ferrous metal
must not exceed the VOC limit of 250g/L established by Green Seal
GC-03, Anti-Corrosive Paints
• Clear wood finishes, floor coatings, stains, primers and shellacs must
not exceed the VOC limits established by South Coast Air Quality Man-
agement District (SCAQMD) Rule #1113, Architectural Coatings
• LEED for School projects must comply with the California Department of Health Services
Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Compounds from Various Sources
Using Small Scale Environmental Chambers
Construction submittal: architect, contractor
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 183
Studio4: Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)
IEQc4.3 Low-Emitting Materials - Flooring Systems: All flooring must comply to the following:
• Option 1
• Carpet to meet the testing and product requirements of the Carpet
and Rug Institute (CRI) Green Label Plus program
• Carpet cushion to meet the testing and product requirements of
the Carpet and Rug Institute (CRI) Green Label program
• Carpet adhesives must meet the requirements of IEQc4.1 including
the VOC limit of 50 g/L
• All hard surface flooring must be certified as compliant with the
FloorScore standard by an independent third party. Hard surface
flooring includes: vinyl; linoleum, laminate, wood, ceramic and rub-
ber flooring and wall base
• An alternative compliance path using FloorScore is acceptable for
credit compliance if 100% of the non-carpet finished flooring is
equal to at least 25% of the finished floor area. Unfinished flooring
areas are mechanical rooms, electrical rooms and elevator service
rooms
• Concrete, wood, bamboo and cork floor finishes such as
sealer and stain must meet the requirements of South
Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule
#1113, Architectural Coatings
• Tile setting adhesives and grout must meet South Coast
Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule #1168
• Option 2
• All flooring elements in the building must comply with the California Department of
Health Services Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Compounds from
Various Sources Using Small Scale Environmental Chambers
Construction submittal: architect, contractor
IEQc4.4 Low-Emitting Materials - Composite Wood and Agrifiber Products:
Composite wood and agrifiber products are defined as particleboard, me-
dium density fiberboard (MDF), plywood, wheatboard, panel substrates and
door cores. These materials and products must contain no added urea-form-
aldehyde resins. LEED for School projects must comply with the California
Department of Health Services Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile
Organic Compounds from Various Sources Using Small Scale Environmental
Chambers. Construction submittal: architect, contractor

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
184 | Chapter 9 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Studio4: Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)
IEQc4.5 Low-Emitting Materials - Furniture and Furnishings: This credit applies to LEED for
Schools projects only. Classroom furniture that was manufactured, refurbished or refinished
within 1 year prior to occupancy must comply with one of the following options:
• Option 1
• Furniture and seating must be Greenguard Children and
Schools certified
• Option 2
• Indoor air concentrations must be less than or equal to those
listed for furniture and seating determined by a procedure
based on the EPA Environmental Technology Verification
(ETV) Large Chamber Test Protocol for Measuring Emissions
of VOCs and Aldehydes
• Option 3
• Indoor air concentrations must be less than or equal to those listed for furniture and
seating determined by a procedure based on ANSI/BIFMA M7.1-2007 and ANSI/BIFMA
X7.1-2007
Construction submittal: architect, contractor
IEQc4.6 Low-Emitting Materials - Ceiling and Wall Systems: This cred-
it applies to LEED for Schools projects only and must comply with the
California Department of Health Services Standard Practice for the
Testing of Volatile Organic Compounds from Various Sources Using
Small Scale Environmental Chambers. Construction submittal: archi-
tect, contractor
IEQc5 Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control: This credit is
designed to minimize and control pollutant entry to the building and
addresses three areas necessary for compliance:
• Install a permanent entryway system at each outdoor to indoor
entry to prevent occupant-borne contaminants from entering
the building. The system must be at least ten feet long in the
primary direction of travel in order to capture dirt and particu-
lates before they can enter the building. Acceptable systems
include: grates, grilles or slotted systems that allow for regu-
lar cleaning underneath. Roll-out mats are only acceptable if
cleaned on a weekly basis by a contracted service.
• Design facility cleaning and maintenance areas where hazardous gases or chemicals may
be present with isolated exhaust systems for contaminants, and exhaust each space suf-
ficiently to create a negative pressure with respect to the adjacent spaces. This includes
garages, housekeeping and laundry areas, as well as copying and printing room areas.
Physical isolation must be maintained from regularly occupied areas in the building.
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 185
Studio4: Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)
• In mechanically ventilated buildings, install MERV 13 or higher filters in air handling units
on both return air and outside supply air.
• Provide containment for appropriate disposal of hazardous liquid wastes in places where
water and chemical concentrate mixing occurs.
Design submittal: architect, mechanical engineer, contractor
IEQc6.1 Controllability of Systems - Lighting: The intent of this credit is
to design the building interior with a high level of lighting system con-
trol for the individual occupants, as well as lighting system controllabil-
ity for multi-occupant spaces. Include integration of lighting systems
controllability into the overall lighting design in order to provide both
ambient and task lighting that will promote occupant comfort and pro-
ductivity. For Case 1, provide individual lighting controls for 90% of the
building occupants and provide lighting system controls for all learning spaces. Case 2, in class-
rooms, provide a lighting system that operates in 2 modes: general illumination and audio/visual
(A/V). Design submittal: owner, architect, electrical engineer, lighting engineer
IEQc6.2 Controllability of Systems - Thermal Comfort: This credit re-
quires thermal comfort to be controllable by 50% of the building oc-
cupants. Building design should include individual comfort controls, as
well as comfort controls for groups in multi-occupant spaces. Individual
adjustments may involve individual thermostat controls, local diffusers
at floor, desk or overhead levels, or control of individual radiant panels.
There may also be other means of control integrated into overall thermal
comfort and energy systems in the building design. Thermal comfort
systems may by strictly mechanical, or may integrate both mechanical and operable windows
in order to provide the comfort criteria needed for this credit. ASHRAE 55-2004 identifies the
factors of thermal comfort (air temperature, radiant temperature, air speed and humidity) and
a process for developing building spaces that suit the needs of the occupants involved in their
daily activities. ASHRAE 62.1-2007, paragraph 5.1 for Natural Ventilation details how operable
windows can be used in lieu of comfort controls. Design submittal: owner, architect, mechanical
engineer, electrical engineer, contractor
IEQc7 & IEQc7.1 Thermal Comfort - Design: There are three variables that can affect thermal com-
fort of building occupants: activity, clothing, and environmental factors. Environmental factors
include air temperature, radiant temperature, humidity and air speed. To qualify for this credit,
the design of the building’s HVAC system and building envelope must comply with ASHRAE
55-2004, Thermal Comfort Conditions for Human Occupancy. During the design and planning
phase, the owner and designer should evaluate the buildings’ needs based on the building size,
type, location, and nature of the operations, as well as climate conditions. Once determined, use
load calculations to determine size and selection of HVAC equipment to accomplish the thermal
comfort goals and refer to the Chartered Institution of Building Services Engineers (CIBSE) Appli-
cation Manual 10 for strategies involving natural ventilation. Design submittal: owner, architect,
mechanical engineer, electrical engineer

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
186 | Chapter 9 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Studio4: Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)
IEQc7.2 Thermal Comfort - Verification: The first step of this programs is to have the occupants
fill out a survey to ensure that their comfort level is being met. ASHRAE 55-2004 provides guid-
ance for establishing thermal comfort criteria and the documentation and validation of build-
ing performance to the criteria. Second, after the survey, develop a plan for corrective action if
greater than 20% of those surveyed are dissatisfied with the comfort level of the building. De-
sign submittal: owner, architect, mechanical engineer, electrical engineer, CxA
IEQc8.1 Daylight and Views - Daylight: The goal of this credit is to increase the
connection that people have between indoor and outdoor spaces in order to pro-
vide increased comfort and productivity. There are several strategies that can be
used to increase the amount of daylight entering a building. Many are designed to
bring daylight into interior areas that would otherwise be inaccessible to window
light. Others are designed to maximize the sunlight coming in, while preventing
discomfort due to glare that can be caused by direct sunlight. Daylight provided
by south facing windows should incorporate a light shelf designed to block the
summer sun from directly entering the building and reflect it onto the ceiling of
the interior. In the winter, the sun’s path is at a lower position in the Southern sky
and is allowed to enter the building in order to provide light and an additional
heat source for the cooler season. Other strategies include light tubes and sky-
lights that allow light to enter from overhead. 1 point is awarded for providing
75% daylight and an additional 2 points for 90% daylight in School projects. De-
sign submittal: owner, architect, mechanical engineer, electrical engineer
IEQc8.2 Daylight and Views - Views: This credit requires a direct line of sight for
90% of the occupants to view the outdoor environment through windows placed
between 30” and 90” above the finished floor. Measures should be taken for both
IEQc8.1 and IEQc8.2 to insure proper design and energy modeling to avoid in-
creased heat gain due to the lower insulating nature of glass compared to stan-
dard walls, while maximizing energy efficiency and reduced need for artificial
lighting. Core & Shell projects must incorporate a feasible tenant layout using the
default occupancy counts. Design submittal: architect, civil engineer, landscape architect
IEQc9 Enhanced Acoustical Performance: This credit applies to LEED for School projects and pro-
vides classrooms better teacher-to-student and student-to-student communications through
effective acoustical design in two ways:
• Sound Transmission: Design the building shell, classroom partitions and other core learn-
ing space partitions to meet the Sound Transmission Class (STC) requirements of ANSI
S12.60-2002, Acoustical Performance Criteria, Design Requirements and Guidelines for
Schools, except windows which must meet an STC rating of at least 35
• Background Noise: Reduce background noise level to 40 dBA or less from HVAC systems in
classrooms and other core learning spaces
Design submittal: owner, architect, mechanical engineer, electrical engineer, acoustical consul-
tant, contractor

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 187
Studio4: Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)
IEQc10 Mold Prevention: This credit applies to LEED for School projects and reduces the poten-
tial for mold through preventive design and construction by requiring achievement of these
credits:
• IEQc3.1: Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan - During Construction
• IEQc7.1: Thermal Comfort - Design
• IEQc7.2: Thermal Comfort - Verification
Construction submittal: mechanical engineer

Credit Checklist Analysis


 
 

       


     
     
       
       
       
       
       
       
   
       
   
      
      
       
       
       
       
   
       
   
      
       
       
       
   
   
  
  
     
     
      
      
      
      
   
      
   
  
  
  
  

   




In the Indoor Environmental Quality category, a total of 14 points are available for credits appli-
cable to this project and we have collected 4 points.
We now have gathered 41 points, enough to receive certification, if all are accepted during the
final review.
The next session will begin at the end of the Innovation in Design chapter.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
188 | Chapter 9 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
CHAPTER | 10

Innovation in Design (ID)


»» ID Credit Matrix
»» Innovation in Design (ID) Overview
»» Innovation in Design Strategies
»» Innovation in Design
»» Exemplary Performance
»» LEED Accredited Professional
»» The School as a Teaching Tool
»» Studio4 Project: Innovation in Design

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS

190
Innovation in Design (ID)

Innovation in Design (ID) Overview


The Innovation in Design (ID) category for new construction or major renovation projects and
the Innovation in Operations (IO) category for existing buildings are unique in the sense that
they incentivize creativity and performance above and beyond the rating system.
With the Innovation in Design credit series there are two flexible strategies available to receive
points. The first is to exceed a credit’s available requirements and is referred to as exemplary
performance, where the general rule is that the ID requirements meet the next incremental in-
crease or double if incremental levels do not exist. The second option is to address a sustainable
topic not covered in the LEED Rating System, and this is referred to as innovative performance.
For IDc2, a LEED Accredited Professional is an important member in the makeup of the project
team for a coordinated path toward a project’s certification efforts and LEED rewards the project
that has a LEED AP involved as a principle participant.
IDc3 is available only to EB O&M and School projects.
LEED provides motivation for project teams to think outside the box. As innovation created to-
day becomes the norm tomorrow, ID points awarded for these strategies will no longer be con-
sidered innovative and may well find a place as a credit in future LEED rating systems.
The credit structure for Innovation is Design is as follows:
Innovation in Design
• ID Credit 1: Innovation in Design
• Innovation in Design- IDc1.1 thru IDc1.5
• ID Credit 2: LEED AP
• ID Credit 3: The School as a Teaching Tool
Download Guidance on Innovation & Design (ID) Credits :
http://www.usgbc.org/Docs/LEEDdocs/IDcredit_guidance_final.pdf

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 191
Innovation in Design (ID)
Innovation in Design Strategies
Innovative Performance
Innovation in Design points are awarded for innovative strategies that introduce new ideas not
covered in the LEED credit categories under prerequisites and credits and must meet three cri-
teria:
• The strategy must demonstrate a quantifiable environmental performance benefit
• The strategy must be applied comprehensively across the project
• The strategy must be transferable to other projects and be significantly better than stan-
dard sustainable practices
Types of strategies that are indicative of Innovation in Design are:
• Developing an educational outreach program
• Using a greenhouse gas budget to demonstrate carbon neutral design and operations
• Incorporating high levels of fly ash in concrete to divert waste materials from landfills
Exemplary Performance
The terms Exceptional Performance and Exemplary Performance are used interchangeably and
are for strategies exceeding credit requirements.
Exemplary Performance strategies are not available for every LEED credit and none are avail-
able for prerequisites. The reference guide will identify which credits are available.
These points, when available, are awarded for going to the next higher incremental level of credit
performance. For example, if the credit threshold percentage requirements are 10% and 20%, an
ID point may be awarded for achieving a 30% level of performance. Incrementally, 30% would
be the next threshold. For credits with more than 1 compliance path, an ID point can be earned
by satisfying more than 1 compliance path if their benefits are additive.
Points may also awarded for doubling the level of credit performance. For example, if the credit
requires a 2 year contract at 35%, an ID point may be awarded for providing a 4 year contract at
35% or a 2 year contract at 70%. ID points may be awarded for doubling the percentage of credit
performance. For example, if 10% and 20% thresholds are required, an exemplary point may be
awarded when a performance achievement of 40% is provided. 40% would be doubling the
20% threshold.
Rating System ID Points
ID Credit 1: Innovation in Design
Path 1: Innovation in Design (Innovative Performance)
• NC, CS & CI: 1 - 5 points
• EB O&M and Schools: 1 - 4 points
• Each Innovation in Design strategy achieved is allowed one (1) point
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
192 | Chapter 10 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Innovation in Design (ID)
Each strategy must identify, in writing:
• The intent of the proposed innovation credit
• The proposed requirement for compliance
• The proposed submittals to demonstrate compliance
• The design approach (strategies) used to meet the requirements
Path 2: Exemplary Performance
• NC, CS, CI, EB O&M & Schools: 1 - 3 points
• Each Exemplary Performance strategy achieved is allowed one (1) point
ID Credit 2: LEED Accredited Professional
• NC, CS, CI, EB O&M and Schools: 1 point is allowed for one member of the project team
being a LEED Accredited Professional and performing as a principal participant
Required submittal information:
• Name of the LEED AP
• Name of the LEED AP’s company
• Brief description of the LEED AP’s project role(s)
• Copy of the LEED AP certificate
ID Credit 3: The School as a Teaching Tool
• EB O&M: 1 point for Documenting Building Cost Impacts
• Schools: 1 point for The School as a Teaching Tool
Total ID Points Available
• NC, CS & CI: 6 points: 5 points for ID Credit 1 & 1 point for ID Credit 2
• EB O&M & Schools: 6 points: 4 points for ID Credit 1, 1point for ID Credit 2 & 1 point for
ID Credit 3

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 193
Studio4: Innovation in Design
Studio4 Office Project: Innovation in Design
Innovation in Design Category
During the course of developing this project, we have not looked at the ID points available to
selected credits. Section 9 Exemplary Performance under each credit will state if an ID Exemplary
Performance point is available and if so, what the requirement or threshold is for achieving com-
pliance. Since Exemplary Performance requires achievement, we will concentrate on the other
option and see if we can gather any points for Innovative Performance.
Innovative Performance is, in a sense, granted to strategies and programs that exhibit unique
performance. The USGBC website offers guidance on these types of strategies. In part, they in-
clude comprehensive strategies which demonstrate quantifiable environmental benefits. Ex-
amples are: Educational Outreach Programs; Green Housekeeping; High Volume Fly Ash; Low-
Emitting Furniture & Furnishings; Organic Landscaping / Integrated Pest Management Program.
The project will attempt to achieve the following:
IDc1.1 Green Building Education: Studio4 provides educational services
related to sustainable development ideals and conducts classes for in-
dividuals and employees of companies interested in receiving accredita-
tion. Studio4 has a website that promotes sustainability and being locat-
ed in an excellent public school system, will develop a children’s Green
Educational Program.
IDc1.2 Green Housekeeping: Cleaning products can be harmful to the en-
vironment and human health and have the potential to off-gas volatile
organic compounds (VOCs). These chemicals also harm water systems
by the way they are carelessly disposed. Reverting to an environmental
cleaning program is a cost effective alternative to conventional cleaning
programs that should be considered by all projects seeking certification.
IDc2 LEED Accredited Professional (AP): The intent of this credit is to support and encourage the
design integration required by a LEED green building project and to streamline the application
and certification process. The requirement for compliance is that at least one principal partici-
pant of the project team be a LEED Accredited Professional. Construction Submittal

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
194 | Chapter 10 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Studio4: Innovation in Design
Credit Checklist Analysis

 
 

       


     
     
       
       
       
       
       
       
   
       
   
      
      
       
       
       
       
   
       
   
      
       
       
       
   
   
   
  
      
      
       
       
       
       
   
      
   
  
  
  
  

   




We picked up 3 of the 6 points available in the Innovation in Design category. The project team
could have collected additional points by looking at the Exemplary Performance credits and
other Innovative Performance option such as the use of fly ash in our concrete mix. However, we
already have the point total necessary - 44 - for certification and a small safety net of 4 points,
with the Regional Priority category remaining.
The final session will begin at the end of the Regional Priority chapter.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 195
CHAPTER | 11

Regional Priority (RP)


»» RP Credit Matrix
»» Regional Priority (RP) Overview
»» Studio4 Project: Regional Priority
»» Studio4 Project: Certification Summary

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS

196
Regional Priority (RP)

Regional Priority (RP) Overview


Since environmental priorities may differ between different geographical regions in the U.S., the
Regional Priority category tackles the unique challenges and opportunities for addressing criti-
cal environmental issues for various regions throughout the country.
The challenges in the Northeast differ tremendously from those in the Southwest, from the us-
age of heating oil to the urgency of water conservation. Densely populated urban locations
often feature credits related to stormwater management or heat island reduction, while site
protection and building reuse credits are frequently prioritized in rural locations with low popu-
lation densities.
Through USGBC’s regional councils, chapters and affiliates, regionally specific environmental
issues were identified. For a project’s location, as determined by its zip code, 6 existing LEED
credits have been prioritized because they address environmental issues within that specific zip
code.
Each Regional Priority credit is based on an existing credit and, if achieved, worth an additional 1
point. A total of 4 additional points may be earned from the pool of 6 Regional Priority credits.
Upon project registration, LEED Online automatically determines a project’s Regional Priority
credits, based on the project’s zip code.
Although the project may be able to qualify for more than 4 of the 6 Regional Priority credits
available, the project team can choose any 4 credits for which they prefer the points to apply.
Regional Priority Credits are available only in the U.S. A Microsoft Excel spreadsheet by state is
available for download from USGBC’s website.
For current Regional Priority information, refer:
https://www.usgbc.org/RPC/RegionalPriorityCredits.aspx?CMSPageID=2435

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 197
Studio4: Regional Priority
Studio4 Office Project: Regional Priority
Regional Priority Category
Upon project registration, LEED Online automatically determines a project’s Regional Priority
credits according to the project’s zip code.
Each Regional Priority credit is based on an existing credit and, if achieved, worth an additional 1
point. A total of 4 additional points may be earned from the pool of 6 Regional Priority credits.

Shown is a capture of the spreadsheet for the zip code 45242, the credits available for Regional
Priority points are:
• SSc6.1 Stormwater Design - Quantity Control
• EAc2 On-Site Renewable Energy
• MRc1.1 (75%) Building Reuse - Maintain Existing Walls, Floors and Roof
• MRc2 (75%) Construction Waste Management
• MRc3 Materials Reuse
• IEQc8.1 Daylight and Views - Daylight
Two Regional Priority points are applicable, based on previous credit achievement:
• SSc6.1 Stormwater Design - Quantity Control
• MRc2 Construction Waste Management

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
198 | Chapter 11 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Studio4: Regional Priority
Credit Checklist Analysis

 
 

       


     
     
       
       
       
       
       
       
   
       
   
      
      
       
       
       
       
   
       
   
      
       
       
       
   
   
   
  
      
      
       
       
       
       
   
       
   
   
   
   
   

   




2 of the 4 points available in the Regional Priority category provides the project team with 46
points.
We will take an overview look at the final Credit Checklist to determine if this is the path to certi-
fication we want to focus on and then prepare a Summary Report.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 199
Studio 4: Project Certification Summary
Studio4 Office Project: Certification Summary
Project Certification Summary

 
 

       


     
     
       
       
       
       
       
       
   
       
   
      
      
       
       
       
       
   
       
   
      
       
       
       
   
   
   
  
      
      
       
       
       
       
   
       
   
   
   
   
   

   




The project team has analyzed the preliminary credit count and determined basic certification
can be achieved by complying with local codes and ordinances, implementing good design and
construction techniques and prioritizing which limited sustainable credits to pursue.
A review by category indicates the credits achieved in the Sustainable Sites category were as-
sisted by, in large part, the location and condition of the site, the demands of local codes and
ordinances and an aggressive pilot program by the local storm and sanitary sewer authority.
The Water Efficiency credits were achieved primarily through the use of water efficient plumbing
fixtures and credits previously achieved in the Sustainable Sites category.
Energy and Atmosphere took the hit that is indicative of many projects seeking certification. The
credits within this category represent a substantial initial cost and although credible evidence
exists that indicate attractive payback periods, budgets are often tight and cannot handle this
financial burden.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
200 | Chapter 11 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Studio 4: Project Certification Summary
With each LEED project that receives certification, in addition to federal, state and local govern-
ments beginning to mandate some degree of certification in government and educational facili-
ties, new products become available that make the Materials and Resources category an easy
mark for collecting credits.
The Indoor Environmental Quality category doesn’t address sustainable elements the same as
any of the other categories. Yet it is an extremely important part of certification because it deals
directly and immediately with human health, well being and occupant productivity. Low VOC
products are available in every category for little, if any, additional cost nor at a sacrifice to de-
sign. The Daylight and Views credits can be difficult if the site and floor plan are not suitable for
considering these credits on their face. Revising the building floor plan and fenestration along
with the interior office layout can come at the sacrifice of the Owners Project Requirements or
site conditions and are not always attainable. Every project should look closely at increased ven-
tilation, monitoring and chemical and pollutant control at the source.
In all likelihood, the project team will probably go back and reconsider some of the credits
passed over. The direction of this project changed, however, to focus on achieving certification
at minimal cost only to illustrate how little cost basic LEED certification can contribute to the
overall budget. Granted, this project is small although typical of many projects in size and site
attributes. Not discussed are the costs for compliance of the prerequisites, though all but Fun-
damental Commissioning and Water Use Reduction are mainly a step above code or standards
implemented in construction today such as providing space for recycling, a smoke free environ-
ment, construction pollution activity and refrigerant management.
In summary, many attributes of green building have already been put in place through federal,
state and local laws, codes and ordinances. Combined with proper design and good construc-
tion practices and BMPs inherent in the industry today, NOT being green would be difficult to
defend!

Studio4 Office Project

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 201
CHAPTER | 12

LEED Green Associate Exam


»» Introduction
»» 4 Steps for Exam Preparation
»» Getting Started
»» Exam Eligibility Requirements
»» Applying for the Exam
»» Registration & Scheduling
»» General Exam Details and Information
»» Exam Specifications
»» 6 Things Every Exam Candidate Should Know

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS

202
LEED Green Associate Exam Prep
Introduction
The LEED Green Associate exam is designed to test your general knowledge of green build-
ing practices and how to support other professionals working on LEED projects. A LEED Green
Associate is an individual who has passed the exam and possesses the knowledge and skill to
understand and support green design, construction and operations.
The intent of this chapter is bring attention to a few important topics in the GBCI Green Associate
Candidate Handbook.
The LEED Green Associate exam is a Tier I exam that has been developed to test those who have
a basic understanding of sustainability but do not need the technical knowledge required to
pass a Tier II exam for a LEED Accredited Professional with Specialty. For those who wish to ob-
tain any of the Tier II credentials, they must also pass the Green Associate exam. The LEED Green
Associate exam can be taken prior to a Tier II exam, or at the same time as a Tier II exam. You will
be given 2 hours to answer 100 questions. If you sit for both exams, your are given 4 hours to
answer 200 questions.
It will be essential to download the current version of the Green Associate Candidate Handbook.
The candidate handbooks contain all the information necessary for exam application and regis-
tration and it is critical to understand the rules being imposed. Failure to do so may prevent you
from being permitted into the testing site.
The GBCI Green Associate Candidate Handbook is a free download and is frequently updated,
usually on a monthly schedule. Therefore it is important to review the most current edition of
this document for any revisions. It can be located on the GBCI website at www.gbci.org.
The two primary resources for the LEED Green Associate exam as recommended by USGBC/
GBCI are the LEED Green Associate Study Guide and the Green Building and LEED Core Concepts
Guide.
The Green Associate Candidate Handbook lists additional (free) reference materials that are rec-
ommended to assist in the understanding of important LEED strategies to green design and
construction. The exam will test on these documents.
4 Steps for Exam Preparation
• Download the Green Associate Candidate Handbook to determine if eligibility require-
ments are met

• Register for and schedule the exam per instructions in the Green Associate Candidate
Handbook
• Gather study materials as listed above plus additional reference materials available on the
web
• Study the collected resources until you feel comfortable with your degree of green aware-
ness and knowledge. You may prefer to schedule the exam after you’ve had an opportu-
nity to study a (little) bit to see how long you may need. This is acceptable.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 203
LEED Green Associate Exam Prep
Getting Started
The first thing you should to do is download and study the LEED Green Associate Candidate
Handbook, available as a free download. This handbook is the default source for information
regarding the specifics for the LEED Green Associate exam process. The information contained
in the Studio4 LEED Green Associate study guide is an outline description of the exam process.
A review of the LEED Green Associate Handbook will acquaint you with the specifics regarding
exam rescheduling, hours of operation of the test site, contact numbers, etc.
Detailed within the GBCI Green Associate Candidate Handbook is, in part, the following informa-
tion:
• Study Materials (includes sample exam questions)
• Applying for Your Exam (includes eligibility requirements)
• Scheduling Your Exam (days, dates and times available)
• Pre-Exam Checklist (one month & one week checklists)
• The Day of Your Exam (ID and name requirements)
• After Your Exam (passing, failing, credentialing and certificates)
• Contact information
• 5 Things Every Candidate Should Know (includes study links)
Examination Eligibility Requirements
To take the LEED Green Associate exam, you must have experience in the form of involvement
on a LEED registered project, employment (or previous employment) in a sustainable field of
work, or engagement in (or completion of) an education program that addresses green building
principles. You only have to meet one of these criteria to demonstrate eligibility.
For candidates who have attended, or are attending, an education program that addresses
green building principles, GBCI will accept a certificate of completion or an official transcript in
lieu of a letter of attestation. Any other eligibility documentation must be in the form of a letter
of attestation.
Candidates must also agree to the disciplinary policy and credential maintenance requirements
and submit to an application audit.
Applying for the Exam
The process necessary to take the LEED Green Associate exam requires three (3) steps. First, you
must apply for the exam and receive approval from the GBCI, the second step is to register for
the exam with Prometric and third, upon successful registration, you can schedule your exam
with Prometric. Registration is valid for a period of one (1) year from date of application approval.
You are permitted to have one pending registration at any one time, but can take the examina-
tion three times during one year of the application approval. After three unsuccessful attempts,
you must wait three months before you can register again.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
204 | Chapter 12 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
LEED Green Associate Exam Prep
Registration and Scheduling
GBCI contracts with Prometric to administer all LEED credentialing examinations. After you have
been approved by GBCI and received your eligibility ID, you can register and schedule your exam
with Prometric. After registering and scheduling, you will receive a confirmation number via e-
mail. It is recommended that this be printed in the event you need to contact Prometric in the
future. Candidates may register at any point during their one year application period.
LEED Green Associate Application and Exam Fees
• $50 non-refundable LEED Green Associate application fee
• $150 examination fee for USGBC national members and full time students
• $200 examination fee for all other exam applicants
• Payment can be made electronically by credit or debit card
• For test sites within the U.S., the fee is charged at the time the exam is taken
• For test sites outside the U.S., the fee is charged at the time the exam is scheduled
Testing Rules & Regulations
It is important to note that USGBC and Prometric adhere to these rules, almost without excep-
tion, and are explained in full detail in the LEED Green Associate Candidate Handbook.
• You must provide a valid government issued photo ID (Drivers License, Passport or Mili-
tary ID). The name on your photo ID must match the name you used when registering for the
exam. One entire page in the handbook has been devoted to providing both valid and
invalid examples.
• The test site will have available small lockers for you to place your personal items which
are not permitted to be taken into the examination room. These items include wallets,
purses, watches, keys, cell phones, calculators, paper, pens/pencils, computers, bever-
ages, food, books, bags
• You must receive approval from the testing proctor prior to leaving the examination room.
If you need to leave the examination room for any reason, make certain you have your
photo ID with you. If you leave the building during the examination, the test proctor will
terminate your exam
One Month Before Your Exam
Ensure that your name in My Credentials matches the identification you will present at the test
center
One Week Before Your Exam
Confirm that the exam scheduled with Prometric is for the correct date, time, and location
Ensure that your name in My Credentials matches the identification you will present at the test
center
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 205
LEED Green Associate Exam Prep
The Day of Your Exam
You must provide a valid, unexpired ID with a signature and a photograph
Examination Format
Raw exam scores are converted to a scaled score that ranges from a minimum of 125 to a maxi-
mum of 200 with a passing score set at 170. The scaled score is reported on screen at the end of
the exam
You will have 10 minutes to review a tutorial on how to use the computer. Any time remaining
can be used to write memorization notes on the scrap paper provided at the test site
There are 100 randomly delivered questions on the exam and you will have 2 hours to complete
the 100 question exam, not including the 10 minute tutorial
Questions are multiple choice with some having more than one answer, such as choose 3 of 5
Miscellaneous
Make certain you know where the test center is located and get there 15 - 30 minutes early
You are permitted to move through the questions and either answer, leave unanswered or mark.
At the conclusion of the exam, you will be shown a summary of the 100 questions showing
which have been answered, marked or unanswered and given the opportunity to go back to
address the marked or unanswered questions. You can also elect to review all of the questions
at this time
No credit is given for providing partial answers, such as answering 2 of 5 when 3 of 5 is re-
quired
No credit is given for unanswered questions. Therefore it is recommended that you answer all
questions on the first try and mark those you are unsure of. Marked questions count as being
answered
Take your time and read each question carefully. Pay particular attention to words such as not,
may, prerequisite, may be required, etc.. Not seeing these words can have an effect on the correct
answer
Certain questions and answers may remind you of something that can provide assistance in
answering other questions you were previously unsure of
Passing the Exam
If you receive a score of 170 or higher, you earn the LEED Green Associate designation
You will receive a print out of your examination results which will indicate your performance on
each section
You will receive an automatic e-mail from GBCI notifying you when your results have posted
Two to three months after you pass the exam, you will receive formal notification from GBCI, in-
cluding a congratulatory letter and a certificate recognizing you as a LEED Green Associate

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
206 | Chapter 12 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
LEED Green Associate Exam Prep
Failing the Exam
If you receive a score of 169 or lower you will be denied the LEED Green Associate credential
You will receive a print out of your exam results which will indicate your performance on each
section
If you decide to retake the exam, you can use the report to focus your studies on your weakest
areas as indicated by your exam print out
You will receive an automatic e-mail from GBCI notifying you when your results have posted
Certificates
Certificates will be mailed directly from GBCI headquarters 2 to 3 months after the test date
Exam Specifications
The specifications for each section of the LEED Green Associate exam are organized to include
a list of seven (7) domains and their corresponding knowledge areas. This structure assesses
whether a candidate is capable of performing specific tasks and services.
The following outline provides a general description of exam content areas for the LEED Green
Associate exam:
1. Synergistic Opportunities and LEED Application Process
2. Project Site Factors
3. Water Management
4. Project Systems and Energy Impacts
5. Acquisition, Installation, and Management of Project Materials
6. Stakeholder Involvement in Innovation
7. Project Surroundings and Public Outreach
LEED Credentialing
There are three tiers to the LEED Credentialing system:
• Tier I: LEED Green Associate
• Tier II: LEED AP+ (with Specialty)
• LEED AP Building Design & Construction (BD+C)
• LEED AP Interior Design & Construction (ID+C)
• LEED AP Operations & Maintenance (O+M)
• LEED AP Homes
• LEED AP Neighborhood Development (ND)
• Tier III: LEED Fellow (Under Development)
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 207
LEED Green Associate Exam Prep
6 Things Every Candidate Should Know
1. Ensure that your name in My Credentials matches the identification you will present at the test
center.
2. In order to receive member pricing for your examination, you must enter your Corporate Ac-
cess ID into your USGBC account prior to registration. The member discount is not automatically
applied retroactively to exam registrations that are submitted under non-member pricing.
3. To change or cancel your exam appointment you must do so through Prometric no later than
midnight on the third day before your scheduled exam. All exam appointments cancelled/re-
scheduled 30 days or less before the exam date are charged a $30 fee. If you do not receive a
new confirmation number from Prometric, contact them immediately to confirm that your ap-
pointment has been successfully cancelled/rescheduled.
4. The only field you cannot edit in your My Credentials account is the name. (If you need to
change your name, contact GBCI credentialing staff on GBCI’a website, or at 1-800-795-1746,
within the US, or at +1-202-828-1145, outside the US.) Every other field, including username, e-
mail address, password, street address, company affiliation, etc., can be changed, so there is no
reason to create a new account when you change jobs, locations, or job titles.
5. If you have a documented disability that would prevent you from taking a LEED Professional
Credentialing exam under standard conditions, you may request a reasonable accommodation
as required by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). Prometric certifies that it shall comply
with the provisions of the ADA.
6. This is an added “thing”. You have 2 options when studying for the GA exam. One is to cram
and memorize. The other is to learn and understand what you are studying, and there is a lot of
information and data that requires studying or just doing a cursory review. The GBCI Green Asso-
ciate handbook contains the section Specifications, a listing of 7 domains created to categorize
the green strategies, practices and policies presented.
• Synergistic Opportunities and LEED Application Process
• Project Site Factors
• Water Management
• Project Systems and Energy Impacts
• Acquisition, Installation, and Management of Project Materials
• Stakeholder Involvement in Innovation
• Project Surroundings and Public Outreach
Some of these areas are self-explanatory, others not so much. The candidate handbook provides
several examples in each category and it’s important to understand what the materials you are
studying mean and how they fit into the overall picture. When you understand, you’ll see this
isn’t as complicated and imposing at all.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
208 | Chapter 12 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
CHAPTER | 13

Acronyms and Glossary of Terms


»» Acronyms and Abbreviations
»» Glossary of Terms

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS

210
Acronyms & Abbreviations
Acronyms & Abbreviations
A/C/E: architecture/engineering/construction
ACCA: Air Conditioning Contractors of America
ACEEE: American Council for an Energy Efficient Economy
ACH: air changes per hour
AE: Awareness and Education Section
A/E: architecture/engineering
AFUE: Annual Fuel Utilization Efficiency
AFV: Alternative Fueled Vehicle (hybrid-electric, electric, natural gas, bio-diesel, fuel cell)
AIA: American Institute of Architects
ALP ENERGY STAR: Advanced Lighting Package
ANSI: American National Standards Institute
ASHRAE: American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc.
ASME: American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials
BIFMA: Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer’s Association
BIPV: Building Integrated Photovoltaics (integrated with roof, spandrels, glazing, shading de-
vices)
BIM: Building Information Modeling
BMP: Best Management Practice
BOD: Biological Oxygen Demand (that which is created by the release of nitrogen rich wastewa-
ter)
BOMA: Building Owners and Managers Association
BRI: Building Related Illness
CAE: Combined Annual Efficiency
CARB: California Air Resource Board
CARE: Carpet America Recovery Effort
CBESC: Commercial Building Energy Consumption Survey (DOE)
C&D: Construction & Demolition
CCD: Certification Criteria Document
CDL: Construction, Demolition and Land Clearing

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 211
Acronyms & Abbreviations
CDVR: Corrected Design Ventilation Rate (design ventilation rate divided by the air change ef-
fectiveness)
CERCLA: Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act (superfund)
CFA: Conditioned Floor Area
CFC: Chlorofluorocarbon (ozone depleting HVAC refrigerants)
CFL: Compact Fluorescent Light
CFM: Cubic Feet per Minute
CFR: U.S. Code of Federal Regulations
CGP: Construction General Permit
CIBSE: Chartered Institution of Building Services Engineers
CIR: USGBC Credit Interpretation Request
CITES: Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora
CIWMB: California Integrated Waste Management Board
CO: Carbon Monoxide
CO2: Carbon Dioxide
COC: Chain of Custody
COP: Coefficient of Performance
CRI: Carpet & Rug Institute
CRS: Center for Resource Solutions
CSI: Construction Specifications Institute
CWA: Clean Water Act (formerly referred to as the Federal Water Pollution Control Act or Federal
Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972)
CWMP: Construction Waste Management Plan
Cx: Commissioning
CxA: Commissioning Authority
CZ: Climate zone
dBA: decibels
DHW: Domestic Hot Water
DOE: U.S. Department of Energy
DU: Distribution Uniformity
EA: LEED Energy and Atmosphere (credit category)

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
212 | Chapter 13 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Acronyms & Abbreviations
ECB: Energy Cost Budget (ASHRAE 90.1 compliance path)
ECM: Energy Conservation Measure (design strategies intended to reduce energy use)
EEM: Energy Efficient Measure (interchangeable with ECM, term used in energy modeling tools
EER: Energy Efficiency Rating
EERE: U.S. Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy
EF: Energy Factor
EIA: Energy Information Administration
EFIS: Exterior Insulation and Finish System
EPA: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
EPAct: U.S. Energy Policy Act of 1992 or 2003
EPDM: Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer
EPP: Environmentally Preferable Purchasing
EPS: Expanded Polystyrene
ESA: Environmental Site Assessment
ESC: Erosion and Sedimentation Control
ET: Evapotranspiration
ETS: Environmental Tobacco Smoke (includes that which is spread through ventilation systems)
FAR: Floor Area Ratio
FTE: Full Time Equivalent
FEMA: U.S. Federal Emergency Management Agency
FSC: Forest Stewardship Council
GBCI: Green Building Certification Institute
GF: Glazing Factor
GHG: Greenhouse Gas
GPF: Gallons Per Flush
GPM : Gallons Per Minute
GWP: Global Warming Potential (rating of a gaseous substance’s contribution to greenhouse
effects)
HCFC: Hydrochloroflourocarbon (alternative refrigerant that has reduced ozone depleting ef-
fects
HEPA: High Efficiency Particulate Air (filter)

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 213
Acronyms & Abbreviations
HERS: Home Energy Rating System
HFC: Hydroflourocarbon (alternative refrigerant with no ozone depleting effects but some
trade-off)
HET: High Efficiency Toilet
HOA: Homeowner’s Association
HSPF: Heating Season Performance Factor
HVAC: Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
HVAC&R: Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning & Refrigeration
IAP: ENERGY STAR with Indoor airPLUS
IAPMO: International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials
IAQ: Indoor Air Quality (with respect to human occupancy of a building)
IBC: International Building Code
I-BEAM: Indoor Air Quality Building Education and Assessment Model (EPA sponsored soft-
ware)
ICC: International Code Council
ICF: Insulated Concrete Form
ID: LEED Innovation & Design category
IDP: Integrated Design Process
IDR: Innovative Design Report
IE: Irrigation Efficiency
IEBC: International Existing Building Code
IECC: International Energy Conservation Code
IEQ: LEED Indoor Environmental Quality category
IESNA: Illuminating Engineering Society of North America
IFC: International Fire Code
IFGC: International Fuel Gas Code
IMC: International Mechanical Code
IPC: International Plumbing Code
IPD: Integrated Project Delivery
IPLV: Integrated Part Load Value (chiller efficiency including part load operation for a given cy-
cle)
IPM: Integrated Pest Management
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
214 | Chapter 13 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Acronyms & Abbreviations
IPMC: International Property Maintenance Code
IPMVP: International Performance Measurement & Verification Protocol, Inc.
IPSC: International Private Sewage Code
IQ: Irrigation Quality
IRC: International Residence Code
ISO: International Organization for Standardization
IWUC: International Wildland Urban Code
IZC: International Zoning Code
KW: Kilowatt
KWh: Kilowatt hour
LCA: Life Cycle Assessment (a full assessment of a material’s “cradle to grave” environmental
impacts)
LCC: Life Cycle Cost
LCGWP: Life Cycle Direct Global Warming Potential
LCM: Life Cycle Management
LED: Light-Emitting Diode
LEED: Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design®
LEED AP: LEED Accredited Professional
LID: Low Impact Development
LL: LEED Location and Linkages section (Homes)
LPD: Lighting Power Density
LZ: Lighting Zone
MDF: Medium Density Fiberboard
MEF: Modified Energy Factor
MERV: Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (a measure of the effectiveness of air filtration me-
dia)
MPR: Minimum Program Requirement
MR: LEED Materials & Resources category
MSDS: Material Safety Data Sheet (provides essential information on composition and hazards)
M&V: Measurement & Verification
NBI: New Building Institute

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 215
Acronyms & Abbreviations
NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NFRC: National Fenestration Rating Council
NIBS: National Institute of Building Sciences
NIOSH: National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
NIST: National Institute of Standards and Technology
NPDES: National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
NPS: Non-point Source
OA: Outdoor Air
ODP: Ozone Depleting Potential (rating of a gaseous substance’s ability to destroy stratospheric
ozone)
O&M: Operation and Maintenance
OPR: Owner’s Project Requirements
OSB: Oriented Strand Board
OSHA: Occupational Safety and Health Association
OSWER: U.S. EPA Office of Solid Waste & Emergency Response
PCB: Polychlorinated Biphenyl
PRM: Performance Rating Method
PUHCA: Public Utilities Holding Company Act
PV: Photovoltaic
PVC: Polyvinyl Chloride
PWF: Permanent Wood Foundation
REC: Renewable Energy Certificate
RESNET: Residential Energy Services Network
RFP: Request for Proposal
RP: LEED Regional Priority category
SCAQMD: South Coast Air Quality Management District
SCS: Scientific Certification Systems
SEER: Seasonal Energy Efficiency Rating
SHGC: Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (the fraction of solar radiation admitted through a particular
glazing)
SIP: Structural Insulated Panels

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
216 | Chapter 13 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Acronyms & Abbreviations
SLL: LEED Smart Location and Linkage category
SMACNA: Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning National Contractors Association
SOP: Standard Operating Procedure
SOW: Statement of Work
SRI: Solar Reflectance Index
SS: LEED Sustainable Sites category
SWPPP: Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
TAG: Technical Advisory Group
TARP: Technology Acceptance Reciprocity Partnership
TASC: Technical Advisory Subcommittee
TCE: Trichloroethylene
TP: Total Phosphorous (phosphates, polyphosphates and orthophosphates in stormwater)
TPO: Thermoplastic Polyolefin
TRC: Tradable Renewable Certificate
TSS: Total Suspended Solids (particles too small or light to be removed from a liquid by gravity
settling
TVOC: Total Volatile Organic Compounds
TWA: Total Water Applied
UL: Underwriter’s Laboratory
UBC: Uniform Building Code: The International Conference of Building Officials model building
code
UPC: Uniform Plumbing Code
USDA: U.S. Department of Agriculture
USGBC: U.S. Green Building Council
VAV: Variable Air Volume (ventilation system configuration differentiated from Constant Air Vol-
ume)
VFD: Variable Frequency Drive
VOC: Volatile Organic Compound (hazardous substances that off gas from certain chemicals
VLT: Visible Light Transmittance
WE: LEED Water Efficiency category
WF: Water Factor
WFR: Window-to-Floor Area Ratio
SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 217
Acronyms & Abbreviations
WWR: Window-to-Wall Area Ratio
ZEV: Zero Emission Vehicles (defined by the California Air Resources Board (CARB))

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
218 | Chapter 13 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Glossary of Terms
Glossary of Terms
acid rain: precipitation of dilute solutions of strong mineral acids, formed by the mixing of the
atmosphere of various industrial pollutants (e.g., primarily sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxide)
with naturally occurring oxygen and water vapor
active solar: systems that convert solar energy into usable heat, using equipment, such as
pumps and fans, to increase the usable heat in a system, cause air-movement for ventilation or
cooling, or store heat for future use
active ventilation: synonymous with mechanical ventilation
adapted (introduced) plants: non-native plants that survive in a habitat while requiring mini-
mal winter protection, pest control, fertilization or irrigation and are considered low mainte-
nance and non-invasive
adaptive reuse: renovating a space to use for a different purpose
adhesives: any chemical substance that is applied for the purpose of bonding two surfaces to-
gether other than by mechanical means
aerosol adhesive: an adhesive packaged as an aerosol product in which the spray mechanism
is permanently housed in a non-refillable can designed for hand-held application without the
need for ancillary hoses or spray equipment
agrifibre: agricultural fibers such as wheat, straw, cereal straw, sugarcane bagasse, sunflower
husk, walnut shells, coconut husks
agrifibre board: a composite panel product derived from recovered agricultural waste fiber
and mixed together with a resin; to meet credit requirements, the products must be inside the
building’s weatherproofing system, composite components used in assemblies must be includ-
ed and the product must be part of the base building system
air conditioning: the process of controlling the temperature, humidity, cleanliness, and distri-
bution of the air of a conditioned space
air handling units (AHUs): an air handler, or air handling unit (AHU), is a device used to condi-
tion and circulate air as part of a heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning (HVAC) system
air quality standards: as described by the EPA, the level of pollutants not to be exceeded in a
defined area during a given time
airborne pollutant: airborne chemicals, particulate matter, or biological materials that cause
harm or discomfort to humans or other living organisms or damages the natural environment
albedo: (aka Solar Reflectance); the reflectance of sunlight; higher values equal higher reflectiv-
ity, lower values equal lower reflectivity
alternative daily cover: materials other than soil used as a temporary overlay on an exposed
landfill face; generally, these materials must be processed so that they do not allow gaps in the
face surface, which would provide breeding grounds for insects and vermin

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 219
Glossary of Terms
alteration: includes improvement work in addition to the rearrangement of any interior space
by the construction of non-bearing walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors, the addition or elimina-
tion of any interior door or window, the extension or rearrangement of any mechanical, electrical
and plumbing (MEP) or service system (peripheral or core), and the installation of any additional
equipment or fixtures
alternative fuel vehicle: a vehicle that runs on a fuel other than traditional petroleum fuels
(petrol or diesel); also refers to any technology of powering an engine that does not involve
solely petroleum (e.g., electric car, hybrid electric vehicles, solar powered)
alley: a publicly accessible right-of-way, generally located midblock, that can accommodate
slow-speed motor vehicles, as well as bicycles and pedestrians; an alley provides access to the
side or rear of abutting properties for loading, parking, and other service functions, minimizing
the need for these functions to be located along streets; it may be publicly dedicated or pri-
vately owned and deeded in perpetuity for general public use
ambient temperature: temperature of the surrounding air
ancillary learning spaces: spaces where good communication is important to a student’s edu-
cational progress but for which the primary educational functions are informal learning, social
interaction or similar activity other than formal instruction; these areas include, but are not lim-
ited to, corridors, cafeterias, gymnasia, and indoor swimming pools
anticorrosive paint: a paint formulated with a corrosive-resistant pigment (e.g., lead chromate,
zinc chromate, red lead) and a chemical and moisture resistant binder; used to protect iron and
steel surfaces
aquatic ecosystems: a dynamic complex of plant, animal and micro-organism communities
and their non-living environment interacting as a functional unit within water
aquifer: a subsurface water-bearing layer that will yield water in a usable quantity to a well or
spring
architectural porous sealant primer: any material intended for application to a substrate, pri-
or to the application of a sealant, to enhance the bonding surface substances or coatings on
porous materials
area weighted SRI: area calculation of roofs with more than one surface type to determine
if the actual total roof area has an average SRI equal to or greater than that of a baseline roof
where 75% of the surfaces have an SRI value of 78 and 25% have an SRI value of 30%
assembly recycled content: includes the percentages of post-consumer and pre-consumer
content; the percentage is calculated by dividing the weight of the recycled content by the over-
all weight of the assembly
attendance boundary: determines which students attend what school based on where they
live within the school district
audiovisual (A/V) media: relating to materials, such as films, slides, video, and sound record-
ings, that present information in audible and pictorial form

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
220 | Chapter 13 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Glossary of Terms
automatic fixture sensors: hard wired or battery operated motion sensors that automatically
turn on/off water using fixtures; (e.g., lavatories, sinks, water closets, urinals)
ASHRAE: American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers
bake out: process of removing VOCs from a building by elevating the temperature in order to
accelerate off-gassing
balancing damper: an adjustable plate that adjusts the air flow in HVAC ducts
baseline building performance: annual energy costs of a building for use as a baseline and
compared to design options for determining energy savings
baseline case versus design case: amount of design case water saved over the baseline case
amount; the baseline case is based on the Energy Policy Act or 1992 (EPAct 1992) for flush and
flow rates
baseline irrigation water use: the quantity of conventional irrigation system water used
basis of design (BOD): information gathered to document the owner’s project requirements
batt: a length of insulation that is precut to fit certain wall cavity dimensions. Batt is typically
sold in a pre-packaged roll
bay: a component of a standard, rectilinear building design that is an open area defined by a
building element such as columns
bedroom: a room used primarily for sleeping; in LEED for Homes it is any room or space that is
intended to be used, or could be used, for sleeping purposes and meets local fire and building
code requirements
Best Management Practice (BMP): a method, activity, maintenance procedure, or other man-
agement practice for reducing the amount of pollution entering a water body; the term origi-
nated from the rules and regulations developed pursuant to the federal Clean Water Act
bicycle network: a continuous network consisting of any combination of physically designated
on-street bicycle lanes at least 5 feet wide; off-street bicycle paths or trails constructed before
2010 that are at least 8 feet wide for a two-way path and at least 5 feet wide for a one-way path;
off-street bicycle paths or trails constructed in or after 2010 that are at least 10 feet wide for a
two-way path and at least 5 feet wide for a one-way path; residential streets designed for a tar-
get speed of 25 miles per hour or slower; commercial or mixed-use streets designed for a target
speed of 30 miles per hour or slower
bicycle racks: indoor or outdoor bicycle racks, bicycle lockers and indoor bicycle storage
rooms
biochemical oxygen demand: a chemical procedure for measuring the rate of dissolved oxy-
gen by the biological organisms in a body of water; widely used as an indication of the quality
of water
biodegradable: capable of being decomposed by bacteria

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 221
Glossary of Terms
biodiversity: the diversity of plant and animal life in a particular habitat, or in the world as a
whole; (e.g., ecosystem diversity, species diversity, genetic diversity)
biofuel based energy systems: electrical power systems that run on a mixture of volatile, flam-
mable hydrocarbons derived from plant material or animal waste and used as fuel derived from
organic materials such as untreated wood waste, agricultural crops and residues, animal wastes,
landfill gas and other organic waste
biological control: used for chemical or physical water treatment to inhibit bacterial growth in
cooling towers; in agriculture, a method of controlling pests (e.g., insects, mites, weeds and plant
diseases) that relies on predation, parasitism, herbivory, or other natural mechanisms; it can be
an important component of integrated pest management programs used for chemical or physi-
cal water treatment to inhibit bacterial growth in cooling towers
biomass: a renewable energy source, is biological material derived from living, or recently living
organisms, such as wood, waste, and alcohol fuels; commonly plant matter grown to generate
electricity or produce heat
bioswale: stormwater control feature that uses a combination of engineered basin, soils and
vegetation to slow and detain stormwater
blackwater: wastewater from toilets and urinals; definitions vary where wastewater from kitch-
en sinks, showers and bathtubs are considered as blackwater under some jurisdictions
bleed off or blow down: removal of solids in a cooling tower by releasing the tower’s recirculat-
ing water
bleed off rate: the frequency of which bleed off occurs
block: land bounded by the project boundary, transportation or utility rights-of-way that may
be publicly dedicated or privately owned and deeded in perpetuity for general public use, wa-
terfront, and/or comparable land division features
blow-in: method of introducing loose fiberglass, cellulose, or mineral wool to framing cavities or
attic space, typically using a machine with an attached hose
blower door: equipment used to test the effectiveness of a home’s insulation and air sealing
systems
borate: a chemical used as an insecticide to inhibit insect infestations in wood and used as a
nontoxic wood preservative
breathing zone: part of an occupied room from 3 to 6 feet off the floor and more than 2 feet
from walls or fixed air conditioning equipment
brownfield Sites: previously developed aras that may or may not have some contamination
present that needs to be cleaned up before the site can be used again
British thermal unit (Btu): amount of heat required to raise the temperature of one pound of
liquid water from 60° F to 61° F

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
222 | Chapter 13 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Glossary of Terms
buildable land: the portion of the site where construction can occur, including land voluntarily
set aside and not constructed upon. When used in density calculations, buildable land excludes
public rights-of-way and land excluded from development by codified law or LEED for Neigh-
borhood Development prerequisites. An applicant may exclude additional land not exceeding
15% of the buildable land base defined above, provided that condition a and condition b or c is
met:
• The land is protected from residential and nonresidential construction by easement,
deed restriction, or other enforceable legal instrument
AND
• Either 25% or more of the boundary of each parcel proposed for exclusion borders a
water body or area protected as defined above
OR
• ownership of, or management authority over, the exclusion area is transferred to a pub-
lic entity
Building Automation Systems (BAS): systems that use computer controls to monitor and con-
trol building subsystems for maximum operating efficiency and reporting
building density: the total floor area of the building (all levels) divided by the total area of the
site (sf per acre)
building engineer: engineering professional experienced in the operation and maintenance of
the building’s plumbing, mechanical and electrical systems
building envelope: is the separation between the interior and the exterior of a building, typi-
cally consisting of walls, floors, and roofs, which protects the indoor environment and allows for
climate control
building footprint: area of the building structure as determined by the perimeter of the build-
ing plan, which is typically the foundation walls; hardscapes, landscaping and other nonbuilding
facilities are not included in the building footprint
Building Information Modeling (BIM): is the process of generating and managing building
data during its life cycle, typically using three-dimensional, real-time, dynamic building model-
ing software to increase productivity in building design and construction
Building-Integrated Photovoltaics (BIPV): refer to solar cells that convert sunlight directly
into electricity, which are integral in materials that replace conventional building materials in
parts of the building envelope such as the roof, skylights, or facades
building operating plan: document covering the intended operation of each building base
system (aka Owner’s Operating Requirements); uses a daily schedule that encompasses Monday
thru Sunday plus holidays
building reuse: the reuse of structural and non-structural parts of an existing building

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 223
Glossary of Terms
built environment: man-made surroundings that provide the setting for human activity, rang-
ing in scale from personal shelter to neighborhoods to the large-scale civic surroundings
bus rapid transit: an enhanced bus system that operates on exclusive bus lanes or other transit
rights-of-way; it is designed to combine the flexibility of buses with the efficiency of rail
byproduct: material, other than the principal material, that is generated as a consequence of an
industrial process or as a breakdown product in a living system
campus or private bus: privately owned and operated bus or shuttle service providing non-
public transportation; in LEED, a campus or private bus line operating within 1/4 mile of the
project site can contribute to earning points
cap and trade system: regulatory or management system that sets a target level for emissions
or natural resource use and, after distributing shares in that quota, lets trading in those permits
determine their price
carbon dioxide (CO2): a heavy odorless colorless gas formed during respiration and by the de-
composition of organic substances; absorbed from the air by plants in photosynthesis
carbon dioxide levels (CO2): CO2 levels that indicate indoor ventilation effectiveness; com-
pared to outdoor CO2 levels, concentrations above 530 ppm indicate inadequate ventilation,
while concentrations above 800 ppm indicate poor air quality
carbon footprint: is the total set of GHG (greenhouse gas) emissions caused directly and indi-
rectly by an individual, organization, event or product
carbon neutral: refers to a company, person, or action either not producing any carbon emis-
sions or, if it does, having been offset elsewhere
carbon offsets: are certificates representing the reduction of one metric ton (2205 pounds) of
carbon dioxide emissions
carpool: carpooling (also known as car-sharing or ride-sharing), is the shared use of a car by the
driver and one or more passengers, usually for commuting
catchment: any structure or land feature which catches and holds stormwater
central vacuum system: also known as ducted vacuum cleaners, move the suction motor and
bag to a central location in the building and provide vacuum inlets throughout the building:
only the hose and pickup head need be carried from room to room; plastic piping connects the
inlets to the central unit
certified wood: wood that has been issued a certificate from an independent organization with
developed standards of good forest management, verifying harvesting from responsibly man-
aged forests
chain-of-custody (CoC): certified chain-of-custody systems are used to ensure that wood
comes from certified forests; they are established and audited according to rules set by the rel-
evant forest certification system, such as the Forest Stewardship Council (FSC)

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
224 | Chapter 13 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Glossary of Terms
chain of custody certification: method of verifying the possession, location, movements and
of materials and products from their creation or collection through any point; verifies proper ac-
counting of material flows and proper use of the FSC name and logo
charrette: a collaborative problem-solving session, typically made up of members of a building
project team, such as architect, mechanical and structural engineers, construction manager, etc.,
which promotes the integrated design or whole building approach
chemical runoff: water that takes chemicals from the project, including landscaping and the
surrounding hardscape, to local waterways
chemical treatment: chemicals used to control rusting, biological growth and scaling in cool-
ing towers; other treatments such such as applying ultra-violet light, are considered healthier for
humans
chiller: as they relate to refrigeration systems, a device used to remove heat from a liquid
chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs): chemical compounds (halocarbons) made up of carbon, fluorine,
and chlorine; CFCs have been used as propellants in spray cans, coolants in refrigerators and
air conditioners, and in foam, plastics, and cleaning solvents; they are very stable in the tropo-
sphere, but are broken down by strong ultraviolet light in the stratosphere and release chlorine
atoms that then deplete the ozone layer
churn: the movement, or reorganization, of people and workspaces within a space
circulation loop: a structured plumbing system where cold water is returned to the water heat-
er until hot water reaches the source
clear wood coatings: clear and semi-transparent coatings, including lacquers and varnishes ap-
plied to wood substrates to provide a transparent or translucent solid film
clerestory: any high windows or high walls with windows designed to bring outside light, fresh
air, or both into the inner space
climate change: significant change to a given climate over 10 years or more
climate zone: in the U.S., one of eight regions defined by the International Energy Conserva-
tion Code (IECC) that characterizes the temperature of an area of the country; climate zone 1 is
the hottest and climate zone 8 is the coldest; LEED for Homes awards credit to projects that use
strategies appropriate to the project’s climate zone
closed combustion: furnace and water heater designs where the supply air is ducted from the
outside and exhaust is ducted to the outdoors: LEED for Homes requires all elements of the sys-
tems to be sealed in order to prevent combustion exhaust leakage into the home
closed system: a sustainable, circular closed loop
coating: a covering that is applied to the surface of an object, usually referred to as the sub-
strate; in many cases coatings are applied to improve surface properties of the substrate (e.g.,
appearance, adhesion, wetability, corrosion resistance, wear resistance, scratch resistance)

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 225
Glossary of Terms
combined heat and power (CHP) or cogeneration: the use of a heat engine or a power station
to simultaneously generate both electricity and useful heat from one fuel source; it is one of the
most common forms of energy recycling
combustion exhaust gases: exhaust gas or flue gas emitted as a result of the combustion of
fuels such as natural gas, gasoline/petrol, diesel fuel, fuel oil or coal; most common gases result-
ing from fossil fuel combustion include carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide, sulfur dioxide and
nitrogen oxides
comfort criteria: conditions that account for human comfort based on temperature, humidity,
clothing and anticipated activity
commingling recycling: places materials to be recycled (e.g., paper, cardboard, plastic, metal)
into one container that will be sorted for recycling at a sorting facility
commissioning (Cx): the systematic process of verifying that all building systems perform in-
teractively according to design intent, that they meet the operational needs of the owners and
occupants, and that staff responsible for operation and maintenance are sufficiently trained; the
goal of this service is to improve system performance, operation and maintenance, energy ef-
ficiency, occupant comfort, and indoor environmental quality
commissioning authority (CxA): the person designated to organize, lead and review the com-
pletion of commissioning process activities; ensures that systems are installed and function in
accordance with the owner’s project requirements (OPR)
commissioning cycle: schedule of commissioning phases
commissioning plan: a document that describes the organization, schedule, distribution of re-
sources and documentation requirements of the commissioning process
commissioning report: a document prepared by the commissioning authority that details the
final results of the commissioning process
commissioning specification: details the objective, scope and implementation of the con-
struction and acceptance phases of the commissioning process developed during the design
phase; is recorded by adding to the construction documents
commissioning team: project team members responsible for working together to conduct the
commissioning process
community connectivity: amount of connection between a site and the surrounding commu-
nity; the physical location of the site relative to homes, schools, retail, restaurants, medical and
other services
compact fluorescent lamp (CFL): small fluorescent lamp used as a more efficient alternative to
incandescent lamps
compensating shower valves: maintains constant water temperatures when the hot or cold
water pressure changes

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
226 | Chapter 13 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Glossary of Terms
complete learning spaces: at a minimum, all the gross floor area within the exterior walls of a
building that is within a single occupant’s control and contains all building components altered
as part of the construction scope
completed design area: total area of the finished area that includes ceilings, floors, full height
walls and demountable partitions, interior doors and built-in case goods; exterior doors and
windows are excluded
composite wood: also known as engineered wood, man-made wood includes a range of deriv-
ative wood products which are manufactured by binding together the strands, particles, fibers,
or veneers of wood, together with adhesives, to form composite materials (e.g., particle board,
medium density fibreboard (MDF), plywood, oriented strand board (OSB), wheatboard, straw-
board, panel substrates, door cores)
composting (or nonwater) toilets: an aerobic processing system for dry plumbing fixtures and
fittings that treats excreta, typically with no water or small volumes of flush water, via compost-
ing or managed aerobic decomposition
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA): a tax
on the chemical and petroleum industries to clean up abandoned or historic waste sites
community connectivity: the degree of how a site is connected to the community with regard
to homes, businesses, schools, parks and other services; the intent is to reduce Vehicle Miles
Traveled
compressed work week: alternative work arrangement where a standard work week is reduced
to fewer than five days, and employees make up the full number of hours per week by working
longer hours; most common options in a compressed workweek are: four 10 hour days, three 12
hour days, or a week of five 9 hour days followed by a week of four 9 hour days
concentration: the strength of a solution; in cooling towers, ir is the ratio of the level of dis-
solved solids in the recirculating water to the level found in the entering makeup water
concentration ratio (cycles of concentration): in cooling towers, a measure of the degree to
which dissolved solids are being concentrated in the circulating water, it is in effect the inverse
of blowdown
conditioned space: the part of the building that is designed to be thermally conditioned, nor-
mally for the comfort of occupants but at times for other reasons
conductivity meter (EC meter): measures the electrical conductivity in a solution; commonly
used in hydroponics, aquaculture and freshwater systems to monitor the amount of nutrients,
salts or impurities in the water
conservation: the preservation and careful management of the environment and of natural
resources
constructed wetland: an artificial marsh or swamp, created for anthropogenic discharge such
as wastewater, stormwater runoff or sewage treatment, and as habitat for wildlife, or for land

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 227
Glossary of Terms
reclamation after mining or other disturbance; designed to simulate the water treatment effects
of wetlands and remove any pollutants
construction and demolition debris (C&D): waste and recyclable materials from construction,
demolition, deconstruction or renovation of existing buildings; excludes land clearing debris
construction, demolition and land clearing debris (CDL): everything included in construc-
tion and demolition debris plus soil, vegetation and rock from land clearing
construction IAQ management plan: plan to minimize air contamination caused by building
construction; includes procedures to remove contaminants before occupancy
construction waste management plan: a plan that diverts construction debris from landfills or
incinerators through recycling, salvaging and reusing
contaminant: unwanted airborne element that may reduce indoor air quality
controllability of systems: providing occupants direct control over temperature, airflow and
lighting in their spaces
controls: operating mechanisms that enable an occupant to turn devices on or off or adjust
intensity levels
conventional irrigation: commonly used types of irrigation where the project is located
conventional turf: a spreading or stoloniferous grass, as opposed to a tufted ornamental grass;
turfgrass endures, and typically requires regular mowing, considerable watering and fertilizers
cool pavements: pavement materials with an SRI value of at least 29
cool roofs: roofing materials with an SRI value of at least 29 for steep sloped roofs (> 2:12) and
with an SRI value of at least 78 for low sloped roofs (< or = 2:12)
cooling tower: equipment using water to absorb heat from other sources, such as air condition-
ing systems; typically used on large buildings or building complexes
core learning spaces: spaces for educational activities where the primary functions are teach-
ing and learning and where good speech communication is critical to a student’s academic
achievement; these spaces include, but are not limited to, classrooms, enclosed or open plan),
instructional pods or activity areas, group instruction rooms, conference rooms, libraries, offices,
speech clinics, offices used for educational purposes and music rooms for instruction, practice
and performance
cradle to cradle: refers to the life cycle of products that can be used, recycled, and used again
without losing any material quality
cradle to grave: disposal after normal end of life cycle without reuse or recyling
critical visual tasks: visual tasks conducted by the building’s occupants
curfew hours: locally imposed times when lighting restrictions go into effect; default time is 10
p.m.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
228 | Chapter 13 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Glossary of Terms
daylight factor: % of daylight entering a room compared with that provided by an unobstruct-
ed, uniformly overcast sky; variables include floor area, window area, window design, visible
transmittance and window height
daylight glazing: vertical windows located 7’-6” above the floor that are designed to provide
interior illumination deeper into the space
daylighting: use of controlled sunlight for daytime lighting needs; daylighting strategies used
to reduce or eliminate artificial lighting include solar orientation of windows as well as the use of
skylights, clerestory windows, solar tubes, reflective surfaces, and interior glazing to allow light
to move through a structure
daylighting zone: total floor area that meets the performance requirements for daylighting
daylight responsive lighting controls: photosensors used to control the amount of artificial
light; used with other switching and dimming devices; adjusts according to quantity and quality
of natural light
declarant: LEED AP team member qualified to verify the content of a LEED credit submittal
template and is authorized by the project administrator to sign the template and upload to LEED
Online; the declarant must have a significant degree of responsibility for the credit and may play
a restricted or unrestricted role on the project team
degree day: a measure of heating or cooling, computed as the integral of a function of time that
generally varies with temperature; equal to the number of degrees that the mean temperature,
for a 24 hour day, is below the base temperature, often 65 F; a unit used in estimating the fuel
consumption for a building
demand controlled circulation: the automatic circulation of water through a closed looped
system that ensures hot water is delivered immediately; keeps unused cold water in the system
in order to save water and energy
demand controlled ventilation: ventilation provided in response to the actual number of oc-
cupants and to occupant activity
density: the amount of building structures constructed on the project site, measured for resi-
dential buildings as dwelling units per acre of buildable land available for residential uses, and
for non-residential buildings as the floor-area ratio of buildable land area available for nonresi-
dential uses. In both cases, structured parking is excluded
densely occupied spaces: areas with a design occupant density of 25 people or more per 1,000
square feet; 40 square feet or less per person
density factor (kd): accounts for the number of plants and the total leaf area of a landscape;
coefficient used in the calculation of the landscape coefficient; adjusts the evapotranspiration
rate of plants to reflect the water used by a specific plant to calculate the landscape coefficient
design light output: considered to be 40% of the useful life output of a lamp

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 229
Glossary of Terms
designed landscape: the design of softscape and hardscape features on a site, excluding areas
under roof, driveways and preserved natural areas; softscapes (e.g., grasses, flowers, shrubs) and
hardscapes (e.g., patios, decks, fountains)
development density: total area of all buildings within a particular area and expressed in square
feet per acre or residential units per acre
development footprint: the total land area of a project site covered by buildings, streets, park-
ing areas, and other typically impermeable surfaces constructed as part of the project
distribution uniformity (DU): metric for estimating how water is applied uniformly to an area;
DU ranges from 0 and 1, where 1 indicates the irrigation system is providing equal coverage and
0 indicates over or under watering
district energy system: thermal energy supplied to a group of buildings that is provided by a
central energy conversion plant and transmission and distribution system; central energy sys-
tems that provide only electricity are not included
disturbed lot area: all portions of the project site that are affected by construction activities
dew point: the temperature to which a given parcel of air must be cooled, at constant baro-
metric pressure, for water vapor to condense into water; the condensed water is called dew; the
dew point is a saturation point
direct line of sight to perimeter vision glazing: method used to determine the calculated
area of regularly occupied areas with direct line of sight to perimeter vision glazing
displacement ventilation: a method of space conditioning where conditioned air is supplied
at or near the floor; since the air is supplied at very low velocities, a cool layer of air collects in the
occupied zone resulting in comfortable conditions for the occupants
diverse use: a distinct, officially recognized business, nonprofit, civic, religious, or governmental
organization; or a number of dwelling units or commercial-office jobs; does not include auto-
mated facilities such as ATMs, vending machines, and touchscreens
diversity of uses or housing types: number of spaces or housing types, offices, homes, schools,
parks, stores, per acre
diverted waste: synonymous with waste diversion
downstream equipment: heating or cooling systems, equipment and controls associated with
providing thermal energy into heated or cooled spaces for the project
drip irrigation: uses low pressure to deliver water through a series of tubes directly to plant root
systems; uses less water than standard means and supplies water only to selected plants, not
weeds or hardscape surfaces
dry ponds: elevated areas that detain stormwater and slow runoff but are dry between rain
events
dry urinals: also known as nonwater urinals; a water flush is replaced with a trap full of buoyant
liquid that blocks sewer gas and odors from escaping

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
230 | Chapter 13 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Glossary of Terms
dry wells: underground structures that dispose of unwanted water, most commonly stormwa-
ter runoff, by dissipating it into the ground where it merges with the local groundwater
drywall clips: typically metal or plastic devices that support or secure drywall at corner connec-
tions; reduces amount of metal or wood framing members required
dual flush toilet: a toilet that provides two flush levels; one for solid waste and a reduced vol-
ume flush for liquid and paper waste only
durability: indicates how well a product stands up after a sustained period of use
durable goods: goods which do not quickly wear out and yield services or utility over time
rather than being completely used up when used once; 2 years or more useful life; (e.g., furniture,
office equipment, appliances)
durable goods waste stream: fully depreciated durable goods that have reached the end of
their useful life and have been removed from the project site
dwelling unit: living quarters intended for long-term occupancy that provide facilities for cook-
ing, sleeping, and sanitation. This does not include hotel rooms
ecological restoration: altering, or rehabilitating, an area in such a way as to reestablish an eco-
system’s structure and function, usually bringing it back to its original (pre-disturbance) state or
to a healthy state close to the original
ecologically appropriate features: natural and inanimate elements of the landscape (e.g.,
rocks, water features)
ecologically appropriate site features: natural landscape elements that maintain, restore or
enhance the ecological integrity of the site while providing value to the habitat (e.g., exposed
rocks, native and adaptive vegetation, bodies of water or water features)
ecological restoration: the process of using ecological principles and experience to return a
degraded ecological system to a more ecologically functional state; the goal of this process is to
emulate the structure, function, diversity, and dynamics of the specified ecosystem
economizer: mechanical devices intended to reduce energy consumption, or to perform an-
other useful function like preheating a fluid; devices such as HVAC enthalpy controls used to
make building systems more energy efficient
ecosystem: a biological community and its physical environment; a biological environment
consisting of all the organisms living in a particular area, as well as all the nonliving, physical
components of the environment with which the organisms interact, such as air, soil, water, and
sunlight; it is all the organisms in a given area, along with the nonliving factors with which they
interact
edge development: construction that extends an existing community beyond its borders but
remains a part of, and connected to, the community; in LEED for Homes, at least 25% of an edge
development’s perimeter must border land that has been previously developed

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 231
Glossary of Terms
electrical conductivity meter (EC): measures the electrical conductivity in a solution; com-
monly used in hydroponics, aquaculture and freshwater systems to monitor the amount of nu-
trients, salts or impurities in the water
elemental mercury: pure mercury (aka quicksilver) that is a silver-white liquid at room tem-
perature; mercury vapor is commonly used in fluorescent and other types of lamps
embodied energy: energy used during the entire life cycle of a product; amount of energy re-
quired to extract, process, transport, and install a given building element
emissions reduction reporting: calculation, tracking and documentation of the greenhouse
gas emissions that are associated with the energy usage of a building
emissivity: ratio of energy emitted from a material to the energy radiated from a black body at
the same temperature
emergent properties: any unique property that “emerges” when component objects are
joined together in constraining relations to “construct” a higher-level aggregate object, a novel
property that unpredictably comes from a combination of two simpler constituents; the whole
is greater than the sum of its parts
employment center: a nonresidential area of at least 5 acres with a job density of at least 50
employees per net acre
endangered species: species threatened with extinction
energy audit: a comprehensive assessment of a company’s energy use throughout its opera-
tions; will identify the most cost effective opportunities for energy savings
Energy Conservation Measures (ECM): an individual building component or product that di-
rectly impacts energy use in a building; methods or strategies that use less energy
energy or greenhouse gas emissions per capita: total greenhouse gas emissions of a com-
munity divided by the total resident count
energy efficient products and systems: building components and appliances that use less
energy
energy management system: HVAC control monitoring system that adjusts equipment to con-
serve energy
Energy Recovery Ventilation (ERV): process of exchanging the energy contained in normally
exhausted building or space air and using it to treat the incoming outdoor ventilation air in resi-
dential and commercial HVAC systems
energy simulation model (or energy model): a computer representation that permits users to
estimate the energy use of the building; allows various systems to be compared for performance
to a baseline

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
232 | Chapter 13 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Glossary of Terms
ENERGY STAR: a joint project of US EPA and US DOE that promotes energy efficiency through
a product certification; devices, such as appliances, lighting, and water heaters, carrying the EN-
ERGY STAR logo
ENERGY STAR with Indoor Air package (IAP): a certification program that recognizes homes
designed and built with integrated systems design and installations that ensure high standards
of indoor air quality and rated as an ENERGY STAR qualified home
ENERGY STAR Portfolio Manager: an online management tool that tracks water and energy
consumption
ENERGY STAR rating: one of the main goals of the ENERGY STAR program is to develop perfor-
mance based specifications that determine the most efficient products in a particular category;
products that meet these specifications earn the ENERGY STAR label; a building’s energy perfor-
mance compared to those with similar characteristics; a 50 score represents average building
performance
energy use intensity: energy consumption divided by the area in square feet in a building;
energy consumption is usually expressed as British thermal units (Btus) per square foot or as
kilowatt-hours of electricity per square foot per year (kWh/sf/yr)
enhanced commissioning: a set of best practices extending responsibility beyond fundamen-
tal commissioning such that the process requires the commissioning authority to be on the job
earlier and stay later; includes designating a commissioning authority prior to the construction
documents phase, conducting commissioning design reviews, reviewing contractor submittals,
developing a systems manual, verifying operator training and performing a post occupancy
operations review
entirety: The sum of the constructed components that make up a building which is physically
distinct from another building
entryway systems: mats, open floor grates or other devices designed to capture potential pol-
lutants from people entering a building; considered a point source pollutant control strategy
environmental attributes of green power: emissions reduction through the use of renewable
energy sources as opposed to the use of conventional methods of producing energy
environmental sustainability: meeting the needs of the present generation without compro-
mising the ability of future generations to meet their needs
Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS): (aka secondhand smoke) includes all forms of tobacco
smoke exhaled or released into the air
erosion: condition in which the earth’s surface is worn and carried away by the action of water,
wind or other natural agents

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 233
Glossary of Terms
ESCOs: an Energy Service Company, is a business that develops, installs, and arranges financing
for projects designed to improve the energy efficiency and maintenance costs for facilities over
a fixed time period; ESCOs generally act as project developers for a wide range of tasks and as-
sume the technical and performance risk associated with the project
ESPCs: an Energy Savings Performance Contract is an agreement between a federal facility and
an Energy Services Company (ESCO). The ESCO designs a project to increase the energy effi-
ciency at a facility. The ESCO then purchases and installs the necessary equipment, such as new
energy-efficient windows, automated controls, and updated heating, ventilation, and air con-
ditioning equipment. In exchange for not having to pay for the equipment, the federal agency
promises to pay the company a share of the savings resulting from the energy efficiency im-
provements. The ESCO is responsible for maintaining the equipment, as well as measuring the
energy consumption and savings
eutrophication: excessive nutrients in a lake or other body of water, usually caused by runoff of
nutrients (e.g., animal waste, fertilizers, sewage) from the land, which causes a dense growth of
plant life; the decomposition of the plants depletes the supply of oxygen, leading to the death
of animal life; increase in chemical nutrients, such as nitrogen found in fertilizers
evapotranspiration: the sum of evaporation and plant transpiration from the Earth’s land sur-
face to atmosphere; evaporation accounts for the movement of water to the air from sources
such as the soil, canopy interception, and water bodies
evapotranspiration rate (ET): amount of water lost from a vegetated surface in units of water
depth per unit of time
exfiltration: air leakage from a building’s interior to the environment; air leakage through cracks
in walls, floors and ceiling
existing: present on the date of submission of LEED certification documents; similarly, an ele-
ment or condition that exists is present on the date that LEED certification documents are sub-
mitted
exhaust air: the removal of air from a building through the design and use of mechanical or
natural ventilation systems
existing area: total existing area of a building at the time the project area was selected; ex-
cludes exterior doors and windows
externality: benefits incurred by parties not associated with a transaction
facility alteration or addition: building work done on an existing building; facility alterations
refers to changes made to the building that do not alter the original design character of the
building; facility additions are structures added to the original building smaller than the original
building in scale
facility manager: facility management is a profession that encompasses multiple disciplines to
ensure functionality of the built environment by integrating people, place, process and technol-
ogy; International Facility Management Association (IFMA)

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
234 | Chapter 13 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Glossary of Terms
Fairtrade: Fairtrade certification (Fairtrade, known as Fair Trade Certified in the United States
and Canada) is a product certification system designed to allow people to identify products that
meet agreed environmental, labour and developmental standards
feedback loop: information received by a system that allows assessments and adjustments to
be made
flat coating: a coating that registers gloss less than 15 on an 85-degree meter or less than five
on a 60-degree meter
floodplain: a floodplain, or flood plain, is flat or nearly flat land generally adjacent to a stream or
river that experiences occasional or periodic flooding; land that has a likelihood of being flooded
within a given storm cycle, such as a 100 year storm
floor-area ratio (FAR): the density of nonresidential land use, exclusive of parking, measured as
the total nonresidential building floor area divided by the total buildable land area available for
nonresidential structures; for example, on a site with 10,000 square feet of buildable land area,
an FAR of 1.0 would be 10,000 square feet of building floor area; on the same site, an FAR of 1.5
would be 15,000 square feet of built floor area; an FAR of 2.0 would be 20,000 built square feet
and an FAR of 0.5 would be 5,000 built square feet
floor coatings: an opaque coating that is labeled and formulated for application to flooring,
including, but not limited to, decks, porches, steps, and other horizontal surfaces which may be
subjected to foot traffic
fly ash: fine particles of ash produced from the burning of fuels, particularly from power sta-
tions; can be used in concrete
flush out: operation of mechanical systems for two weeks, using 100% outside air, at the end of
construction and prior to occupancy to ensure safe indoor air quality
Food Alliance: non-profit organization that promotes sustainable agriculture by recognizing
and rewarding farmers who produce food in environmentally friendly and socially responsible
ways; certifies farms and ranches produce natural products, ensures quality control and food
safety, responsibly manages water and energy resources, stresses recycling and waste manage-
ment, provides a safe work environment and commits to a continuous improvement of sustain-
able practices
Forest Stewardship Council (FSC): an independent, non-governmental, not-for-profit organi-
zation established to promote the responsible management of the world’s forests
formaldehyde: a VOC compound found naturally occurring in the environment in animals and
materials like wood; a chemical used in various binders and adhesives
fossil fuels: are found in three major forms — coal, oil, and natural gas, and are a finite resource
that cannot be replenished once extracted and burned; they are nonrenewable

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 235
Glossary of Terms
freight village: a cluster of freight-related businesses located inside a secure perimeter operat-
ed under single management structure; freight Villages usually offer intermodal transfer options,
logistics services, integrative distribution, warehousing capabilities, showrooms, and support
services; such support services might include: security, maintenance, mail, banking, customs and
import management assistance, cafeterias, restaurants, office space, conference rooms, hotels,
and public or activity-center transportation
fuel efficient vehicles: vehicles earning a score of 40 or more on the American Council for an
Energy Efficient Economy (ACEEE) annual rating guide
full cutoff luminaire: light source where the light distribution does not exceed 0% at 90 de-
grees above nadir and 10% above 80 degrees
full disclosure: for products that are not formulated with listed suspect carcinogens has two
components: (1) disclosure of all ingredients (both hazardous and nonhazardous) that make up
1% or more of the undiluted product and (2) use of concentration ranges for each of the disclosed
ingredients; full disclosure for products that are formulated with listed suspect carcinogens has
three components: (1) disclosure of listed suspect carcinogens that make up 0.1% or more of
the undiluted product (2) disclosure of all ingredients (both hazardous and nonhazardous) that
make up 1% or more of the undiluted product and (3) use of concentration ranges for each of
the disclosed ingredients; suspect carcinogens are those that are listed on authoritative lists
(IARC, NTP or California Proposition 65) for MSDS preparationfull time equivalent (FTE): a regular
building occupant who spends 40 hours per week in the project building; FTE values for part
time or overtime occupants are based on their hours per week divided by 40; multiple shifts are
included or excluded depending on their intent and the specific requirements of the credit
full time equivalent building occupants: a measure of the total number of hours all building
occupants spend in the building during the peak 8 hour occupancy period divided by 8 hours
fully shielded exterior light fixtures: attached to outside light sources and built so the lower
edge of the shield is at or below the lowest edge of the lamp, such that light is distributed down-
ward only
functional entry: a building opening designed to be used by pedestrians and open during
regular business hours. This does not include any door exclusively designated as an emergency
exit, or a garage door not designed as a pedestrian entrance
fundamental commissioning: set of essential best practices used to ensure that building per-
formance requirements have been identified early in the project’s development and to verify
that the designed systems have been installed in compliance with those requirements; includ-
ed responsibilities are the process of designating a commissioning authority, documenting the
owner’s project requirements and basis of design (BOD), incorporating commissioning require-
ments into the construction documents, establishing a commissioning plan, verifying installa-
tion and performance of specified building systems and completing a summary commissioning
report

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
236 | Chapter 13 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Glossary of Terms
furniture, fixtures and equipment (FFE): non-fixed items not part of the base building com-
ponents (e.g., desks, chairs, electronics, portable lights, lamps, etc.)
gallons per minute (gpm): measurement of water used by flow fixtures (faucets, showerheads,
aerators, sprinkler heads); Per EPAct 1992, baseline rates for faucets, showerheads and aerators
is 2.5 gpm
gallons per flush (gpf): measurement of water used by flush fixtures (water closets and urinals);
per EPAct 1992, baseline rates for water closets is 1.6 gpf and urinals is 1.0 gpf
geothermal energy: the heat of the earth; where this heat occurs close to the earth’s surface,
and is able to maintain a temperature in the surrounding rock or water at or above 150 degrees
C, it may be tapped to drive steam turbines
geothermal heating systems: systems that use pipes for transferring heat from subsurface
steam or hot water for heating, cooling and hot water; functions by extracting heat during win-
ter months and returning heat during summer months
glare: harsh bright source of light that creates visual discomfort or loss of visibility
glazing factor: ratio of interior light at a specific point on a specific plane under known overcast
skies; the variables used by LEED area the floor area, window areas, window geometry, visible
transmittance and window height
global warming: increase in the temperature near the surface of the earth
graywater (or greywater): domestic wastewater composed of wash water from kitchen, bath-
room and laundry sinks, tubs and washers; the Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) defines graywater
as untreated household wastewater that has not come in contact with toilet waste; the Interna-
tional Plumbing Code (IPC) defines graywater as wastewater discharged from lavatories, bath-
tubs, showers, clothes washers and laundry sinks; some states allow kitchen sinks to be included
with graywater
green building: aka green construction or sustainable building, refers to a design and construc-
tion process that is environmentally responsible and resource-efficient throughout a building’s
life-cycle: from siting to design, construction, operation, maintenance, renovation, and demoli-
tion.
green cleaning: a term that describes a growing trend in favor of using cleaning methods with
environmentally friendly ingredients and chemicals to preserve human health and environmen-
tal quality
green power: electricity generated from renewable energy sources (e.g.; solar, wind, biomass,
geothermal; hydroelectric)
green-e: program established by the Center for Resource Solutions to promote green electricity
products made with certified renewable energy, including but not limited to wind energy, solar
power, low impact hydropower and biomass

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 237
Glossary of Terms
Green Rater: individual that performs field inspections and performance testing of LEED for
Homes measures for the LEED for Homes Certification Provider; a HERS rater with additional
training can become a Green Rater
greenfields: sites not previously developed, graded or polluted that could support open space,
habitat or agriculture
greenwashing: term playing off “whitewash” that is used to describe projects that are labeled
as energy efficient and sustainable when they’re really not; it’s also a term sometimes used to
describe the distribution of misleading information by a business or an organization to conceal
its abuse of the environment
greenhouse effect: warming that results when solar radiation is trapped by the atmosphere;
caused by atmospheric gases (e.g.; water vapor, carbon dioxide, nitrous oxide, methane) that
allow sunshine to pass through but absorb heat that is radiated back from the warmed surface
of the earth
greenhouse gases (GHG): in the Earth’s atmosphere due to human activity such as fossil fuel
burning, increase the risk of global climate change, and include water vapor, carbon dioxide,
methane, nitrous oxide, halogenated fluorocarbons, ozone, perfluorinated carbons, and hydro
fluorocarbons
greyfield sites: sites that have been previously developed but are not contaminated
groundskeeper: groundskeeping is the activity of tending an area of land for aesthetic or func-
tional purposes; typically in an institutional setting; it includes establishment and maintenance
responsibilities (e.g., mowing grass, trimming hedges, pulling weeds, pest control, planting flow-
ers, etc.); a person or professional who engages in this work is called a groundskeeper
gross floor area: sum of the floor areas of the spaces within the building with headroom height
of 7.5 ft or greater. Measurements must be taken from the exterior faces of exterior walls OR from
the centerline of walls separating buildings, OR from the centerline of walls separating spaces
gut rehab: a building that a) is stripped to the studs on at least one side of the entire insulated
envelope for insulation installation and inspection, and b) is receiving replacements for most
systems and components (HVAC, windows, etc)
halons: ozone damaging chemicals used in fire fighting systems and extinguishers
hard costs: project costs directly related to construction and development activities such as
contractor costs, labor and material costs, and costs related to direct service and material costs
for the project; not included are “soft costs” such as legal fees, closing fees, architectural and
engineering fees, interest costs, etc.
hardscape: refers to non-vegetated elements of the project landscape plan; (e.g., roads, patios,
decks, concrete, gravel, brick, tile and other hard surfaces outside the building shell)
hard surface flooring: includes ceramic or marble tile, decorative concrete, vinyl, linoleum, lam-
inate, wood, rubber, wall base and associated sundries

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
238 | Chapter 13 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Glossary of Terms
harvested rainwater: precipitation captured and used for indoor and irrigation needs
heat island effect: the tendency of urban and suburban areas to be warmer than adjacent rural
areas; such built environments are 2 to 10°F warmer; a function of less vegetation, reduced air-
flow, and large areas of roofs, asphalt, concrete, and paved surfaces that absorb the sun’s heat
Hertz (Hz): unit of frequency defined as the number of cycles per second of a periodic phenom-
enon; one of its most common uses is the description of sinusoidal waves, particularly those
used in radio and audio applications; 1 Hz equals 1 cycle per second
high efficiency particulate air filters (HEPA): filters for removing at least 99.97% of particu-
lates such as dust, animal dander, smoke, mold and other allergens that are 0.3 microns or larger,
from the air and thus improving air quality
high efficiency toilet: a toilet with an average water consumption of 1.28 gallons per flush,
when tested in accordance with a standard or product specification, such as the United States
Environmental Protection Agency’s WaterSense program
high-mass construction: passive building strategy of constructing buildings of massive, heat-
retaining materials (such as masonry or adobe) to moderate diurnal temperature swings, espe-
cially in arid climates
high performance green building: structure designed to conserve water and energy; uses
space, materials and resources efficiently; minimizes construction waste; creates a healthful in-
door environment
historic building: a building or structure listed or determined to be eligible as a historic struc-
ture or building or structure or as a contributing building or structure in a designated historic
district, due to its historic, architectural, engineering, archeological, or cultural significance. The
building or structure must be designated as historic by a local historic preservation review board
or similar body, be listed in a state register of historic places, be listed in the National Register of
Historic Places, or have been determined eligible for listing in the National Register
Home Energy Rating System (HERS): The HERS Index is a scoring system in which a home built
to the specifications of the HERS Reference Home (based on the International Energy Conserva-
tion Code (IECC)) scores a HERS Index of 100, while a net zero energy home scores a HERS Index
of 0
horizontal footcandle: the amount of light on a horizontal surface
hospitality: the business of providing temporary residence to customers, such as a hotel
hospitality industry: companies within the food services, accommodations, recreation and en-
tertainment sectors
humidistat: device for measuring relative humidity
HVAC systems: heating, ventilation, and air conditioning systems equipment, distribution sys-
tems and terminals that provide the processes of heating, ventilating and air conditioning inside
a building

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 239
Glossary of Terms
HVAC&R systems: heating, ventilation, air conditioning and refrigeration systems equipment,
distribution systems and terminals that provide the processes of heating, ventilating, air condi-
tioning and refrigeration inside a building
hybrid vehicles: a vehicle that uses two or more distinct power sources to move the vehicle;
the term most commonly refers to hybrid electric vehicles (HEVs), which combine an internal
combustion engine and one or more electric motors
hydro energy: a form of electricity produced from the downhill flow of water from rivers and
lakes
hydronic system: includes baseboard heaters (convectors) and radiant flooring that uses recir-
culating warm water as the heat transfer source
hydrochloroflourocarbons (HCFCs): cooling chemicals used in building equipment; they dam-
age the ozone layer, but not to the extent of CFCs
hydroflourocarbons (HFCs): cooling chemicals that do not damage the ozone layer but may
contribute to global warming potential
hydrology: the study of the movement, distribution, and quality of water throughout Earth,
and thus addresses both the hydrologic cycle and water resources
hydropower (hydro energy): power that is derived from the force or energy of moving water,
which may be harnessed for useful purposes
impervious surfaces: primarily artificial surfaces (e.g.; roads, sidewalks, driveways, parking lots)
that are covered by impenetrable materials such as asphalt, concrete, brick, stone and rooftops;
soils compacted by urban development are also highly impervious; generally, having a pervious-
ness of less than 50% will promote runoff of water instead of infiltration into the subsurface
imperviousness: resistance of a material to penetration by a liquid such as water
improvement: the restoration or application of interior finishes and fixtures, MEP and service
system equipment repair/replacement/upgrades, minor space-use changes, and preventative or
corrective maintenance
incinerator: a furnace used in a waste treatment technology that involves the combustion of
organic materials and/or substances
individual occupant spaces: spaces where occupants perform distinct tasks from one another;
such spaces may be contained within multi-occupant spaces and should be treated separately
where possible; individual occupant spaces may be regularly or non-regularly occupied spaces
indoor adhesive, sealant or primer: adhesive or sealant products that are applied on-site and
within the building’s weatherproofing system
indoor air quality (IAQ): a term referring to the air quality within buildings and structures, es-
pecially as it relates to the health and comfort of building occupants; IAQ is considered accept-
able when there are no known contaminants at harmful concentrations and when the majority
(80%) of the occupants do not express dissatisfaction

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
240 | Chapter 13 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Glossary of Terms
indoor Air Quality Building Education and Assessment Model (I-BEAM): is a guidance tool
designed for use by building professionals and others interested in indoor air quality in com-
mercial buildings
indoor air quality management plan: a management plan that protects the quality of indoor
air and products, typically during construction and before occupancy
indoor carpet systems: carpet, carpet adhesive or carpet cushion products installed on-site
and within the building’s weatherproofing system Indoor air quality (IAQ) is a term referring to
the air quality within and around buildings and structures, especially as it relates to the health
and comfort of building occupants.
indoor environmental quality (IEQ): takes into consideration all impacts of the indoor envi-
ronment on human health and performance, including indoor air quality, daylighting and views,
and visual and thermal comfort.
indoor paints or coating products: paints and coatings applied on-site and within a building’s
weatherproofing system
indoor composite wood or agrifibre: composite wood and agrifibre products installed on-site
and within the building’s weatherproofing system
infill site: a site where at least 75% of the land area, exclusive of rights-of-way, within a ½ mile
distance from the project boundary is previously developed. A street or other right-of-way does
not constitute previously developed land; it is the status of property on the other side or right-
of-way of the street that matters
infiltration: infiltration is sometimes called air leakage; the unintentional or accidental introduc-
tion of outside air into a building, typically through cracks in the building envelope or through
use of doors for passage; also applies to air leakage into conditioned spaces through cracks in
floors, ceilings and walls from unconditioned spaces or the outdoors
infiltration degree days (IDD): quantifies the climatic conditions that influence infiltration; the
summation of the heating degree days and the cooling degree days
infiltration basins: water impoundment facilities constructed over highly permeable soils to
achieve diverse stormwater management objectives
infiltration trenches: constructed to temporarily store runoff from small drainage areas where
a large open basin would be impractical
infrared (or thermal) emittance: a parameter between 0 and 1 that indicates the ability of a
material to shed infrared radiation
innovative design request: credit requests for strategies that meet the intent of the credit but
are not defined in the rating system
insulated concrete form (ICF): formwork for concrete that stays in place as permanent building
insulation for energy-efficient, cast-in-place, reinforced concrete walls, floors, and roofs

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 241
Glossary of Terms
in situ remediation: the clean up or remediation of a polluted site performed by using and
simulating the natural processes in the soil, in contrast to ex situ where contaminated soil is ex-
cavated and cleaned elsewhere off-site
installation inspection: the examination of the building system components to determine
whether they are installed properly; usually a precursor to performance testing
integrated project team: includes all the stakeholders involved in a building project beginning
from early in the design process
integrated pest management (IPM): a pest management strategy that focuses on methods
that are least injurious to the environment; pesticides are applied in such a way that they pose
the least possible hazard, and are used as a last resort when other controls are inadequate
integrated process: a process of bringing together all team members and stakeholders early in
the process to work comparatively as an integrated unit
Iterative process: An iterative process is a process for calculating a desired result by means of
a repeated cycle of operations
interior fit-out: the installation or application of interior finishes, floor and ceiling systems, non-
bearing partitions, furniture, interior doors and windows, and other components that make a
space fully usable for the purpose it is intended.
interior lighting power allowance: the maximum lighting power allowed for the interior spac-
es within a building; expressed in watts
interior nonstructural components reuse: the area of a building’s retained nonstructural
components divided by the larger area of the prior existing condition or the area of the com-
pleted design
intermodal facility: a venue that includes the movement of goods in one and the same loading
unit or road vehicle, using successively two or more modes of transportation without handling
the goods themselves in changing modes
invasive plants: non-native plants which tend to spread aggressively; non-indigenous plants
that adversely affect the habitats they invade economically, environmentally or ecologically
irrigated land: refers to the land area that is artificially supplied with water
irrigation efficiency: percentage of water used by irrigation equipment that is effective for ir-
rigation that does not evaporate, blow away or fall on hardscape surfaces
ISO 14021: defines recycled content as “the proportion, by mass, of recycled material in a prod-
uct or packaging. Only pre-consumer and post-consumer materials shall be considered as re-
cycled content, consistent with the following usage of the terms: pre-consumer material and
post-consumer material

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
242 | Chapter 13 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Glossary of Terms
iterative process: a process for arriving at a decision or a desired result by repeating rounds of
analysis or a cycle of operations; the objective is to bring the desired decision or result closer to
discovery with each repetition (iteration); the iterative process can be used where the decision is
not easily revocable or where the consequences of revocation could be costly
ladder blocking: framing where interior partition walls intersect and are reinforced by hori-
zontal framing members in the walls that are perpendicular; saves materials and also allows for
additional insulation if and where needed
laminate adhesive: adhesives used in wood or agrifibre products
lamp life: the useful life span of a lamp; an average rating, in hours, indicating when 50% of a
large group of lamps have failed, when operated at nominal lamp voltage and current; manufac-
turers use 3 hours per start for fluorescent lamps and 10 hours per start for HID lamps
lamps: a replaceable component such as an incandescent light bulb, which is designed to pro-
duce light from electricity
landfills: disposal sites where waste is buried
landscape area: total site area used for landscaping purposes excluding the building footprint,
hardscape areas, water bodies, parking, etc.
landscape coefficient (KL): coefficient used to calculate the evapotranspiration rate consider-
ing the species factor, density factor and microclimate factor of the area
leakage rate: the measurement of the rate that an appliance loses refrigerant; measured be-
tween refrigerant changes or over 12 months, whichever is shorter
least toxic chemical pesticide: pesticide products that meet the least toxic Tier 3 hazard crite-
ria under the City and County of San Francisco’s hazard screening protocol; also applies to any
pesticide product, not including rodent bait, applied in an accessible, self-contained, enclosed
bait station, or applied in a non-visible or non-accessible gel
LEED Accredited Professional (LEED AP): a candidate who has passed a LEED professional
examination
LEED credit: an optional LEED Green Building Rating System component where achievement
results in the earning of points toward certification
LEED Credit Interpretation Request (CIR): formal USGBC process in which a project team ex-
periencing difficulties in the application of a LEED prerequisite or credit can seek and receive
clarification
LEED Green Building Rating System: voluntary, consensus based, market driven green build-
ing rating system based on existing proven technology
LEED intent: the goal of each LEED prerequisite and credit
LEED interpretation: USGBC responses to CIRs that may be precedent setting across projects
as opposed to project specific CIRs

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 243
Glossary of Terms
LEED Minimum Program Requirements (MPRs): a listing of requirements all registered proj-
ects must comply with in order to achieve LEED certification
LEED Online: the online interactive link between GBCI and the project team
LEED Pilot Credit Library: credits that are made available for assessment and possible integra-
tion into future LEED rating systems
LEED prerequisite: required LEED Green Building Rating System component whose achieve-
ment is mandatory and does not earn any points
LEED project boundary: the portion of the project site submitted for LEED certification and
remains constant for all required credit calculations; for single building developments, this is the
entire project scope and is limited to the site boundary which is usually the legal property de-
scription; for multiple building developments (e.g.; campus settings, industrial complexes), the
LEED project boundary may be a reasonable portion of the development as determined by the
project team
LEED Technical Advisory Group (TAG): committee consisting of industry experts who assist in
interpreting credits and developing improvements to the LEED Green Building Rating System
leverage point: a system point where small interventions can result in larger changes
legionella pneumophilia: a waterborne bacterium that causes Legionnaire’s disease
life cycle approach: the review of a project throughout it’s entire life
life cycle assessment (LCA): a process of evaluating the effects that a product has on the en-
vironment over the entire period of its life (cradle to grave) thereby increasing resource-use ef-
ficiency and decreasing liabilities
life cycle cost analysis (LCC): the comparison of different materials to examine anticipated use-
ful life and the cost of using a specific material or building component; calculates expected fu-
ture operating, maintenance and replacement costs of designs and features to assist owners in
developing a realistic design and budget estimate
light pollution: light that produces glare or is wasted by being directed into the night sky or
off-site
light trespass: troublesome light entering areas or premises outside the boundary of the prem-
ises to be illuminated (aka spill light)
lighting power density (LPD): a measure of the amount of installed lighting in a given area;
often used to set a limit on the brightness of external lights
local zoning requirements: laws issued by local governments to regulate the size, type, struc-
ture, and use of land or building in designated areas to promote orderly development of private
lands and prevent land use issues
lodging: facilities that provide overnight accommodations to customers or guests, including
hotels, motels, inns and resorts

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
244 | Chapter 13 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Glossary of Terms
lot: in LEED for Homes an individual parcel of land on which a home is built
low emitting vehicles (LEV): environmentally friendly vehicles that are classified as zero emis-
sion vehicles (ZEVs) by the California Air Resources Board
low flow fixtures: faucets and other water use systems that use less water than conventional
systems but deliver the same or greater benefit to the user
Low Impact Development (LID): a stormwater plan for land management to replicate natural
flows to the degree possible
lumen: a unit of luminous flux equal to the amount of light given out through a solid angle of 1
steradian by a point source of 1 candela intensity radiating uniformly in all directions
luminaire: an electrical device used to create artificial light and/or illumination; a luminaire is a
lighting fixture complete with the light source or lamp, the reflector for directing the light, an
aperture (with or without a lens), the outer shell or housing for lamp alignment and protection,
an electrical ballast and/or power supply (if required), and connection to a power source, and
usually a light socket to hold the lamp and allow for its replacement
luminaire opening: part of the luminaire that allows light to be emitted
major renovation: includes extensive alteration work in addition to work on the exterior shell
of the building and/or primary structural components and/or the core and peripheral MEP and
service systems and/or site work
makeup water: water feed needed to replace that which is lost by evaporation or leakage in a
closed-circuit, recycle operation (e.g., cooling tower system)
management staff: personnel involved in operating and maintaining a project building and
site
manufacturing: final assembly of components into the building product that is furnished and
installed by the trade workers
Marine Stewardship Council Blue Eco-Label: applies to products meeting certain principles
and criteria for sustainable fishing
market transformation: systemic improvements in the performance of a market or market
segment
market value: connotes what a property is actually worth and for what market price it might
sell; value presumed to be less than the replacement value
mass transit: public transport (aka public transportation, public transit, or mass transit) com-
prises passenger transportation services which are available for use by the general public, as
opposed to modes for private use such as automobiles or vehicles for hire; designed to transport
large groups of people in a single vehicle
master plan: with regard to LEED, the overall design or development concept for the school
and associated buildings and site

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 245
Glossary of Terms
Material Data Safety Sheets (MSDS): a form with data regarding the properties of a particular
substance; an important component of product stewardship and workplace safety, it is intended
to provide workers and emergency personnel with procedures for handling or working with that
substance in a safe manner, and includes information such as physical data (e.g., melting point,
boiling point, flash point, etc.), toxicity, health effects, first aid, reactivity, storage, disposal, pro-
tective equipment, and spill-handling procedures
materials reuse: materials returned to active use after the normal end of life cycle; cradle to
cradle as opposed to cradle to grave
measures of energy use: three primary measures of energy consumption associated with build-
ings expressed in kilowatt hours of electricity, therms of natural gas and gallons of liquid fuel
mechanical (active) ventilation: ventilation provided through mechanically powered equip-
ment (e.g., motor operated fans and blowers)
metering controls: limits the amount of water flowing through plumbing fixtures (e.g.; bath-
room faucets and showers); typically manual-on and automatic-off devices
methylmercury: toxic compounds of mercury containing the complex CH3HG-; often occurs in
pollutants and bioaccumulates in living organisms; found in higher levels of a food chain
microclimate factor (kmc): coefficient used for calculating the landscape coefficient by adjust-
ing the Evapotranspiration Rate to reflect the climate of the area
microirrigation: the frequent application of small quantities of water as drops, tiny streams, or
miniature spray through emitters or applicators placed along a water delivery line; microirriga-
tion encompasses a number of methods or concepts such as bubbler, drip, trickle, mist or spray
minimum efficiency reporting value (MERV): mechanical system air filter efficiency rating
ranging from 1 to 16
mixed (active and passive) mode ventilation: a hybrid approach to space conditioning that
uses a combination of natural ventilation from operable windows (either manually or automati-
cally controlled), and mechanical systems that include air distribution equipment and refrigera-
tion equipment for cooling
mixed-use development: a development in one or several buildings that combines several
revenue producing uses that are integrated into a comprehensive plan—such as a project with
a elements of housing, retail, and office space
Montreal Protocol on Substances That Deplete the Ozone Layer (a protocol to the Vienna
Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer): is an international treaty designed to
protect the ozone layer by phasing out the production of numerous substances believed to be
responsible for ozone depletion. The treaty was opened for signature on September 16, 1987,
and entered into force on January 1, 1989
multi-occupant spaces: places of egress, congregation, or where occupants pursue overlap-
ping or collaborative tasks; multi-occupant spaces may be regularly or non-regularly occupied
spaces

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
246 | Chapter 13 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Glossary of Terms
multi-tenant complex: a site that was master-planned for the development of stores, restau-
rants and other businesses; retailers may share one or more services and/or common areas
mycotoxins: any substance, produced by a mold or fungus, that is injurious to vertebrates upon
ingestion, inhalation or skin contact
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES): permit program to control water
pollution by regulating point sources that discharge pollutants into the waterways
native (or indigenous) plants: plants native to the locale; indigenous plants are sometimes
allowed to co-exist with lawn grass, exotic ground covers or garden plants, especially if they are
not aggressive growers or noxious weeds
natural areas: softscape areas that are constructed with native or adaptive vegetation or other
ecologically appropriate features
natural refrigerants: naturally occurring, non-synthetic substances that can be used as cooling
agents in refrigerators and air conditioners; these substances include hydrocarbons (propane,
butane, and cyclopentane), CO2, ammonia, water and air
natural (passive) ventilation: air which enters a building controlled, through open windows
or other openings, due to wind pressure or temperature differences between the outdoor and
indoor air
negative feedback loop: negative feedback occurs when the output of a system acts to op-
pose changes to the input of the system, with the result that the changes are attenuated; if the
overall feedback of the system is negative, then the system will tend to be stable
negative pressure smoking rooms: rooms with mechanical airflow devices (exhaust fans) to
lower the air pressure below that of surrounding spaces; the negative pressure causes the air to
flow from surrounding areas into the space to provide ventilation
neighborhood: synonymous with residential area
net metering: an electricity policy for consumers who own renewable energy facilities (e.g.;wind,
solar power, home fuel cells); metering allows excess electricity be sent to the regional power
grid
net present value: the present value of a project or an investment decision determined by sum-
ming the discounted incoming and outgoing future cash flows resulting from the decision
net project material value: the value of the construction materials added to the value of the
furniture and furnishings, the lesser of the material values for mechanical and electrical compo-
nents and the salvage value identified in the MR credits
net zero energy: using no more energy from grid sources than what can be produced on-site
(net) Zero Energy Building (ZEB): is designed for zero net energy consumption and zero car-
bon emissions annually

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 247
Glossary of Terms
non-biodegradable waste: waste that cannot be broken down by other living organisms
non-densely occupied spaces: areas with a design occupant density of less than 25 people per
1,000 square feet; 40 square feet or more per person
no-disturbance zone: an area that is protected during construction, typically by erecting physi-
cal barriers and signs
noise reduction coefficient (NRC): scalar representation of the amount of sound energy ab-
sorbed upon striking a particular surface; an NRC of 0 indicates perfect reflection; an NRC of 1
indicates perfect absorption; the arithmetic average of absorption coefficients at 250, 500, 1,000
and 2,000 Hz for a material
nonflat coating: a coating that registers a gloss of 15 or greater on an 85-degree meter and five
or greater on a 60-degree meter
nonoccupied spaces: spaces designed for equipment and machinery or storage with no hu-
man occupancy except for maintenance, repairs, and equipment retrieval
nonpoint pollution source: water pollution caused when stormwater washes away pollutants
nonporous sealant: substance used as a sealant on nonporous materials
nonpotable water (aka gray water): water unfit for human consumption that has not come
into contact with human waste, but is adequate for other uses such as irrigation
non-regularly occupied spaces: spaces that occupants pass through, or spaces used in pursuit
of focused activities for less than one hour per person per day, on average
nonrenewable resource: resource that can be depleted over time
nonwater (or composting) toilet systems: dry plumbing fixtures that use a microbiological
process to treat human waste
nonwater (or dry) urinal: nonflushing urinal where the trap contains a layer of buoyant liquid
that floats above the urine
occasional furniture: furniture located in nonregularly occupied spaces such as lobbies and
conference rooms
occupant comfort survey: survey of occupant comfort with regard to acoustics, thermal, in-
door air quality, lighting, etc.
occupants: workers in a commercial building who either have a permanent office or worksta-
tion in the building or typically spend a minimum of 10 hours per week in the building; in resi-
dential building, occupants include all people who live in the building; in schools, occupants
include students, faculty, support staff, administration and maintenance employees
occupied spaces: enclosed spaces that can accommodate human activities; occupied spaces are
further classified as regularly occupied or non-regularly occupied spaces based on the duration
of the occupancy, individual or multi-occupant based on the quantity of occupants, and densely
or non-densely occupied spaces based upon the concentration of occupants in the space

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
248 | Chapter 13 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Glossary of Terms
off-gassing: the process by which volatile chemicals evaporate and release chemicals into the
air; materials such as paints, stains, varnishes, carpet, insulation, flooring, kitchen cabinets and
countertops, plywood, particleboard, and paint strippers can produce significant offgassing in
buildings
off-site renewable energy: energy generated from renewable sources located off-site; pur-
chased through agreements with the entity generating the renewable energy
off-site salvaged materials: reused materials that are salvaged from off-site sources
on-demand (tankless) heaters: tankless water heaters are also called on-demand water heat-
ers; these devices provide hot water where needed, when needed, without a storage tank
ongoing commissioning: this process incorporates monitoring and analysis of building per-
formance data provided by permanently installed metering equipment to verify building per-
formance, the satisfaction of the facilities management and staff, and the extent of actual sav-
ings; ongoing commissioning involves regularly scheduled sessions with the building occupants
along with operation and maintenance personnel; ongoing commissioning is continual retro-
commissioning focusing on the persistence of completed improvements
ongoing consumables: low unit cost products that are regularly used and replaced during the
course of business (e.g., paper, batteries, ink cartridges)
open system: linear progression of materials that eventually end in waste, rather than reuse
on-site renewable energy: energy generated from renewable sources located on-site
on-site salvaged materials: materials that are salvaged and reused at the same project site
on-site wastewater treatment: uses localized treatment systems to transport, store, treat and
dispose of wastewater volumes generated on the project site
open grid pavement: pavement that is pervious to water; is less than 50% impervious and
generally accommodates vegetation between the open cells; it consists of an open-graded ma-
terial (e.g., asphalt, brick, concrete) over a course ground stone aggregate where water is able to
pass through the open-graded material and stored in the aggregate until it is able to percolate
deeper into the soil
open space area: LEED defines open space as the property area minus the development foot-
print, if no local open space zoning requirements exist; otherwise, open space can be defined
as either 1) any land area zoned for open space by a comprehensive land use plan adopted by
a city or county legislative authority or 2) any land area in which the preservation in its present
use would: a) conserve and enhance natural or scenic resources, protect streams or water sup-
ply, b) promote conservation of soils, wetlands, beaches or tidal marshes, c) enhance the value
to the public of abutting or neighboring parks, forest, wildlife preserves, nature reservations or
sanctuaries or other open space, d) enhance recreation opportunities
organic waste: biodegradable waste typically originating from plant or animal sources, which
may be degraded by other living organisms

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 249
Glossary of Terms
outdoor air: air that is taken from the external atmosphere and not previously circulated through
the system; air that enters a building through a ventilation system or by infiltration
owner: person or organization holding title to the project and recognized by law as having
rights, responsibilities and ultimate control over the project building
owners project requirements (OPR): written document that details function requirements of
a project and how it will be used and operated
ozone: a chemically unstable and highly reactive gas (each molecule of which consists of three
atoms of oxygen in contrast with the usual two) found mainly at ground level in cities and in
the stratosphere; at ground level, ozone can be a lung irritant; in the stratospheric ozone layer,
the gas plays an important role in protecting the Earth’s surface from high levels of biologically
damaging ultraviolet (UV) radiation, which is known to be a significant risk factor for skin cancers,
eye cataracts, and the suppression of mammalian immune systems
ozone layer: region of the stratosphere (lying approximately 15-40 km above the Earth’s sur-
face) that contains the bulk of the world’s atmospheric ozone
paint: a substance used as a coating to protect or decorate a surface, especially a mixture of pig-
ment suspended in a liquid; dries to form a hard coating
park: a publicly accessible area that is permanently maintained in a seminatural condition for
human recreation and relaxation; it has soil, grass, water, flora, and/or recreation improvements
parking footprint: site areas dedicated to parking areas or parking structures
partially shielded light fixtures: outside light fixtures designed and built with shields to mini-
mize light distribution above the horizontal plane
particulates: alternatively referred to as particulate matter (PM) or fine particles, are tiny subdi-
visions of solid or liquid matter suspended in a gas or liquid
paseo: a publicly accessible pedestrian path, at least 4 feet wide and no more than 12 feet wide,
that provides shortcuts between buildings and through the block, connecting street frontages
to rear parking areas, midblock courtyards, alleys, or other streets. A paseo may be roofed for up
to 50% of its length and may be privately owned or publicly dedicated
passive design: using natural resources such as the sun and wind to provide light, heat and
ventilation
passive solar: technologies use sunlight for useful energy without use of active mechanical
systems, converting sunlight into usable heat, cause air-movement for ventilating, or future use
passive ventilation: using the convective nature of warm air and the ability to control windows
and vents as the environment changes to control air flow in a structure without the use of me-
chanical ventilation equipment
pedestrian access: permits people to walk to services without being hindered by walls, free-
ways or other barrier obstructions

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
250 | Chapter 13 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Glossary of Terms
pedestrian oriented design: features incorporated into urban development that encourage
walking; (i.e., wide shaded sidewalks and street level building access); promoting walking re-
duces the environmental effects related to transportation
percentage improvement: establishes the energy savings (cost) for the proposed building per-
formance compared to the baseline building performance
performance monitoring: tracking energy, water or other system usage and efficiency
performance relative to benchmark: a comparison between the actual performance and a
known standard or benchmark, such as the ENERGY STAR Portfolio Manager
performance relative to code: a comparison between the actual performance and a code
perviousness: percentage of a paved area that is open and allows water to soak into the
ground
phenol formaldehyde: an adhesive (used in softwood plywood and oriented-strand board)
that releases little, if any, formaldehyde; therefore, products with phenol formaldehyde are wide-
ly recommended as substitutes for board products using urea formaldehyde; oriented-strand
board is widely used for flooring, sheathing and roof decking; off-gasses at high temperatures
photovoltaic cell: device incorporating a semiconductor that generates electricity when ex-
posed to (sun) light; the technology may be further sub-divided into crystalline, multi-crystalline,
thin-film and concentrator variants
photovoltaic energy (PV) or solar: energy from the sun converted by photovoltaic cells into
electricity
picogram: one trillionth of a gram
picograms per lumen hour: measure of the amount of mercury in a lamp per unit of light
delivered over its useful life; the lower the weighted average pico grams of mercury per lumen
hour of light output for the light bulbs in the building, the less mercury is being brought into the
building in light bulbs
plaza: a publicly accessible gathering space that is integrated into the street network and al-
lows vehicular, bicycle, and/or pedestrian travel. A plaza is generally paved, is spatially defined
by building fronts paralleling at least two-thirds of its perimeter, and may be privately owned or
publicly dedicated
plug load: synonymous with receptacle load
plumbing fixtures and fittings: devices which are part of a system to deliver and drain away
water, but which are also configured to enable a particular use such as to receive liquid or liquid
borne wastes and discharge wastewater, liquid borne waste materials, or sewage to the drain-
age system; (e.g., water closets, urinals, lavatories, sinks, showers, drinking fountains)

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 251
Glossary of Terms
pollutant: pollution is the introduction of contaminants into an environment that causes insta-
bility, disorder, harm or discomfort to the ecosystem (i.e. physical systems or living organisms);
pollution can take the form of chemical substances or energy, such as noise, heat, or light; com-
mon pollutants include carbon dioxide (CO2), sulfur dioxide (SO2), nitrogen oxide (NOx), mer-
cury (Hg), small particulates (PM25) and large particulates (PM10)
porous materials (aka permeable): materials containing pores (voids) which can absorb or
discharge fluids
porous pavements and permeable surfaces: pavements or surfaces that allow air and water
to permeate through the material, therefore filtering pollutants as they pass into the ground
positive feedback loop: a process in which the effects of a small disturbance on a system in-
clude an increase in the magnitude of the perturbation; that is, A produces more of B which in
turn produces more of A
postconsumer fiber: pulp fiber derived from postconsumer recovered paper
postconsumer material: a material or finished product that has served its intended use and
has been discarded for disposal or recovery having completed its life as a consumer item
postconsumer recycled content: a product composition that contains some percentage of ma-
terial that has been reclaimed from the same or another end use of its former, useful life; includes
construction and demolition debris, materials collected from recycling programs (e.g., decking,
furniture, cabinets) and landscaping waste (e.g., leaves, grass clippings, tree trimmings)
postconsumer waste: recovered material that has served its intended use as a consumer item
and has been discarded for disposal or recovery; postconsumer waste is recycled material col-
lected after people have tossed it in the blue bin; office recycling programs and household recy-
cling programs are the main source of post-consumer waste
potable water: water of sufficiently high quality that it can be consumed or used without risk
of immediate or long term harm; water is considered safe to drink if it meets or exceeds all of
the federal, state, and provincial standards that are legally enforceable (i.e., EPA’s drinking water
quality standards)
power vented exhaust: power vents are commonly found in water heaters and fireplaces and
are an efficient and practical method to vent combustion gases from the space or building
PPM: parts per million; a measure of concentration in solution
preconsumer recycled content (also known as post-industrial content): materials generat-
ed in manufacturing, such as damaged or obsolete products, overruns and trimmings; excludes
reutilization of materials such as rework, regrind, or scrap capable of being reclaimed within the
same process
predicted mean vote: average comfort vote predicted by a theoretical index for a group of
subjects when subjected to a particular set of environmental conditions

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
252 | Chapter 13 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Glossary of Terms
predevelopment: the conditions that existed prior to the initiation of the project, but not neces-
sarily before any development or disturbance took place; predevelopment conditions describe
conditions on the date the owner acquired rights to a majority of the buildable land on the proj-
ect site through purchase or an option to purchase
preferred parking: parking spaces that provide advantages through vehicle driver incentives;
(e.g., designated spaces close to building entrances (excluding handicapped), designated cov-
ered spaces, discounted parking passes)
preventive maintenance: the routine care and servicing by personnel for the purpose of main-
taining equipment and facilities in satisfactory operating condition by providing for systematic
inspection, detection, and correction of incipient failures either before they occur or before they
develop into major defects
previously developed: altered by paving, construction, and/or land use that would typically
have required regulatory permitting to have been initiated (alterations may exist now or in the
past). Previously developed land includes a platted lot on which a building was constructed if
the lot is no more than 1 acre; previous development on lots larger than 1 acre is defined as the
development footprint and land alterations associated with the footprint. Land that is not pre-
viously developed and altered landscapes resulting from current or historical clearing or filling,
agricultural or forestry use, or preserved natural area use are considered undeveloped land. The
date of previous development permit issuance constitutes the date of previous development,
but permit issuance in itself does not constitute previous development
previously developed site: a site that, preproject, consisted of at least 75% previously devel-
oped land
primary function space: the floor area that serves the main purpose of the building or space
primary structural component: any component of the load-bearing structure of a building
including footings, piles, foundations, columns, girders, beams, joists, wind or seismic bracing
prime farmland: a designation assigned by U.S. Department of Agriculture, is land that has the
best combination of physical and chemical characteristics for producing food, feed, forage, fiber,
and oilseed crops and is also available for these uses
primer: a preparatory coating put on materials before painting; priming ensures better adhe-
sion of paint to the surface, increases paint durability, and provides additional protection for the
material being painted
prior condition: state of the project site, building or space at the time it was selected
prior condition area: the condition of the area before the project was selected; includes the
total area of the finished ceilings, floors and full height walls; excludes exterior doors and win-
dows

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 253
Glossary of Terms
private or private use: plumbing fixtures intended for private use in residences, apartments,
and dormitories, (non-public) bathrooms in transient lodging facilities (hotels and motels), and
private bathrooms in hospitals and nursing facilities
process water: water used for industrial processes and building systems such as boilers, cool-
ing towers and chillers and commercial processes such as dishwashing, clothes washing and ice
making
project: the land, water, and construction that constitutes the project application; a project ap-
plicant does not have to own or control all land or water within a project boundary, but all the
area within the project boundary must comply with prerequisites and attempted credits
project administrator: the project team member that registers the project with GBCI
project boundary: the platted property line of the project defining land and water within it;
projects located on publicly owned campuses that do not have internal property lines must
delineate a sphere-of-influence line to be used instead; project site is equivalent to the land and
water inside the project boundary; the project must not contain noncontiguous parcels, but
parcels can be separated by public rights-of-way; projects may also have enclaves of nonproject
properties that are not subject to the rating system, but such enclaves cannot exceed 2% of the
total project area and cannot be described as certified
project building: the real property, including buildings and the associated grounds, that is reg-
istered for LEED certification
project credit interpretation ruling (CIR): a ruling from GBCI when the project team requests
an interpretation about the viability of a proposed prerequisite or credit strategy
Project Team: the design and construction team, along with the owner and other stakeholders,
that collaborate on a project
property area: total area of constructed and non-constructed areas within the legal property
boundaries of a site
property manager: owner’s employee or contract service in charge of building operations and
maintenance
proposed building performance: the calculated annual energy cost for a proposed design
Protected Harvest certification standards: crop and region specific standards that address
production, toxicity and chain-of-custody
Provider: a third party organization that recruits, trains and coordinates LEED for Homes Green
Raters to serve as third party verifiers of LEED Homes; LEED for Homes Certification Providers are
under contract to USGBC
public transportation: bus, rail, light rail and other services designed to move large numbers
of people on a regular basis and route
public or public use: applies to all buildings, structures, or uses that are not defined as private
or private use

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
254 | Chapter 13 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Glossary of Terms
radon: colorless, odorless, short-lived radioactive gas that vents from the ground and can seep
into buildings and result in lung cancer risk; radon and its decay products emit cancer-causing
alpha, beta, and gamma particles
Rainforest Alliance certification: the Rainforest Alliance is a non-governmental organization
with the published aims of working to conserve biodiversity and ensure sustainable livelihoods
by transforming land-use practices, business practices and consumer behavior; the Rainforest
Alliance’s sustainable forestry division works to reconcile the growing demand for trees and oth-
er forest flora with a shrinking supply by encouraging better on the ground practices
rain garden: a depressed area of the ground planted with vegetation, allowing runoff from im-
pervious surfaces such as parking lots and roofs the opportunity to be collected and infiltrated
into the groundwater supply or returned to the atmosphere through evaporation and evapo-
transpiration; considered a stormwater management strategy
rainwater harvesting: the on-site capture, storage and use of rainwater; harvested rainwater
may be stored in cisterns, tanks or rain barrels for non-potable domestic use, irrigation, or water
features where a high level of water purity is not required
rapidly renewable materials: resources that can be rapidly replenished (within a ten year cycle)
as they are used; (e.g., certain woods, grasses and cork)
rated power: the nameplate rating on equipment, representing the maximum draw
receptacle (aka plug) load: plug loads consist of any electrical equipment that is plugged into
a wall outlet or electrical plug; (e.g., appliances, TVs, VCRs, pop machines, drinking fountains, and
office equipment such as fax machines, computers, printers, and copiers)
recirculated air: air that has been used, reconditioned and redistributed for further use
reclaimed material: building materials that have been recovered from a demolition site to be
reused in their original state; also referred to as salvaged or reused materials, but not recycled
reclaimed water: sometimes called recycled water, is former wastewater (sewage) that has
been treated to remove solids and certain impurities, and then allowed to recharge the aquifer
rather than being discharged to surface water; wastewater that has been treated and purified
for reuse
recommissioning: applies to previously commissioned buildings undergoing new construction
or renovation; repetition of part of all of the commissioning test requirements for the purpose of
reconfirming process reliability
recovered fiber: postconsumer and waste fiber from the manufacturing process; paper prod-
ucts that are collected for re-use in recycled products
recycled content: the portion of a product that is made from materials diverted from the waste
stream, usually stated as a percentage by weight, and used to manufacture new materials; man-
ufacturing waste stream (preconsumer) and/or the consumer waste stream (postconsumer)

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 255
Glossary of Terms
recycling: involves processing used materials (waste) into new products to prevent waste of
potentially useful materials, reduce the consumption of fresh raw materials, reduce energy us-
age, reduce air pollution (from incineration) and water pollution (from landfilling) by reducing
the need for “conventional” waste disposal, and lower greenhouse gas emissions as compared
to virgin production; recycling is a key component of modern waste reduction and is the third
component of the “Reduce, Reuse, Recycle” waste hierarchy
recycling collection area: a dedicated area located in an occupied space in the building for the
collection of recyclable materials
refrigerants: the working fluids of refrigeration cycles that absorb heat from a reservoir at low
temperatures and reject heat at higher temperatures; traditionally, fluorocarbons, especially
chlorofluorocarbons, were used as refrigerants, but they are being phased out because of their
ozone depletion effects
refurbished materials: products that are repaired or refurbished for reuse instead of disposing
into the waste stream
regenerative design: sometimes referred to as Cradle to Cradle, a process-oriented systems
theory based approach to design; the term “regenerative” describes processes that restore, re-
new or revitalize their own sources of energy and materials, creating sustainable systems that
integrate the needs of society with the integrity of nature
regional materials: percentage (total material costs of the building) of a building’s materials
that have been extracted, processed and manufactured within a 500 mile radius of the project
site
regionally harvested or extracted materials: materials taken from within a 500 mile radius of
the project site
regionally manufactured products: materials assembled as finished products within a 500
mile radius of the project site
regular building occupants: people who spend 10 hours or more per week in a building, in-
cluding those who live in a residential building
regularly occupied spaces: in non-residential applications, areas where one or more individu-
als normally spend time (more than one hour per person per day on average) seated or standing
as they work, study, or perform other focused activities inside a building
relative humidity: the ratio of the amount of water in the air at a given temperature to the
maximum amount it could hold at that temperature; expressed as a percentage
remanufactured materials: items made into other products, such as cotton remanufactured
for use as insulation
remediation: removal of contamination at a site to levels that do not exceed pre-established
goals, such as federal or state standards or alternate concentration limits that are protective of
human health and the environment

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
256 | Chapter 13 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Glossary of Terms
renewable energy (aka green power): energy generated from natural resources such as sun-
light, wind, rain, tides, and geothermal heat, which are renewable (naturally replenished)
Renewable Energy Certificates (RECs): tradable commodities that verify electricity was gener-
ated by a renewable resource
Renewable Energy Credits (REC): or Green tags, are bought and sold to offset a percentage of
annual electricity use, typically sold in 1 megawatt-hour units
renewable resource: any natural resource (e.g., wood, solar energy) that can be replenished
naturally with the passage of time; solar radiation, tides, winds and hydroelectricity are perpetu-
al resources that are in no danger of a lack of long-term availability
replacement value: refers to the amount that an entity would have to pay to replace an asset
at the present time
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA): legislation that allows the EPA to control
hazardous waste from cradle to grave
residential: a unit or series of units that each includes a cooking area (comprised of sinks, cook-
ing appliances, preparation spaces) a bathroom, and a sleeping area.
residential area: land zoned primarily for single or multi-family housing at a density of 10 units
per acre, or greater
retained components: the amount of finished ceilings, finished floors and full height walls, inte-
rior doors and built in case goods that preexisted and will be retained in the completed design
retention ponds: human-made ponds where stormwater is directed and retained until it can
be absorbed into the water table or slowly released without flooding downstream property
owners; the current trend is to prefer absorption into the natural water table, so many local gov-
ernments impose retention pond requirements as a condition of development, even if storm
sewer facilities are available
retrocommissioning: the commissioning process extended to existing buildings
retrofit: changes to an existing building
return air: air that has circulated through a building as supply air and has been returned to the
HVAC system for additional conditioning or release from the building
reuse: extends the life of materials by salvaging and reusing for the same or similar use
reused area: total area of the existing building structure, core and envelope that preexisted and
will be retained in the completed design
reverberation: the persistence of sound in a particular space after the original sound is re-
moved
reverberation time (RT): sound after it is ended at the source will continue to reflect off sur-
faces until the sound wave loses energy by absorption to eventually die out; the time required
for the level of a steady sound to decay by 60dB after the sound has stopped

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 257
Glossary of Terms
ridesharing: synonymous with carpooling
right-sizing: calculating loads and equipment requirements accurately using procedures ac-
cording to the latest editions of ACCA Manuals J and S, ASHRAE 2001 Handbook of Fundamen-
tals, or equivalent
R-value: the unit of thermal resistance used for comparing insulating values of different materi-
als; the higher the R-value of a material, the greater its insulating properties
safety and comfort light levels: lighting levels that meet local code requirements; must be
adequate to provide a safe path of egress
salvaged materials or reused materials: construction materials or decorative items recovered
from existing buildings or construction sites and reused
school: a kindergarten, elementary, or secondary institution for the academic instruction of chil-
dren
sealant: sealing material that is used to form a hard coating on a porous surface (as a coat of
paint or varnish used to size a surface)
sealant primer: material applied to a substrate to enhance the bonding surface prior to the ap-
plication of a sealant
sealers: coatings labeled and formulated for application to a substrate for one or more of the
following purposes: to prevent subsequent coatings from being absorbed by the substrate, or to
prevent harm to subsequent coatings by materials in the substrate
seating: chairs or other seating types used with systems furniture
secure bicycle storage: secured locations for keeping bikes safe from theft; can be located
interior or exterior
sedimentation: sediment is naturally occurring materials that are broken down by processes
of weathering and erosion and is subsequently transported by the action of fluids such as wind,
water, or ice, and/or by the force of gravity acting on the particle itself; generally decreases the
quality of the water and can age streams, rivers and lakes
sensors: devices that measure a physical quantity and converts it into a signal which can be
read by an observer or by an instrument
sequence of operations: a documented system level detail of operation and maintenance pro-
cedures; determines (e.g., reset temperature and occupancy schedules, idle versus running sys-
tems, room air temperatures, etc.)
setpoints: the target value that an automatic control system will aim to reach; (ie., a boiler con-
trol system might have a temperature setpoint, that is a temperature the control system aims to
attain)
shellac: a clear or opaque coating formulated solely with the resinous secretions of the lac bee-
tle (Laciffer lacca), thinned with alcohol and formulated to dry by evaporation without a chemi-
cal reaction

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
258 | Chapter 13 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Glossary of Terms
shielding: devices or techniques used as part of a luminaire to limit glare, light trespass or sky
glow
sick building syndrome (SBS): a combination of ailments (a syndrome) associated with an in-
dividual’s place of work (office building) or residence
siltation: the depositing and subsequent sedimentation of particles in streams, rivers and lakes;
generally decreases the quality of the water in streams, rivers and lakes
simple payback: a simple indicator of how long it takes to get out the money put in
site area: synonymous with property area; the total area within a project boundary that in-
cludes both the constructed and non-constructed areas
site assessment: the thorough environmental analysis conducted as a stage in planning to as-
sess a variety of measures from soils, topography, hydrology, environmental amenities such as
wetlands, wind direction, solar orientation, animal and plant habitat, connections to community,
etc. Geographical Information Systems (GIS) can facilitate this task
site development costs: all costs needed to prepare the land for building construction, such
as the demolition of existing structures, site preparation, off-site improvements, and on-site im-
provements
site disturbance: the areas of the site that have been disturbed due to the project’s scope and
requirements
site energy: the energy consumed at a building location or other end–use site
sky glow: wide scale illumination of the sky or parts of the sky at night; the most common cause
of sky glow is man-made lights that give off light pollution that accumulates into a vast glow that
can be seen from miles away and from high in the sky
smart growth: an urban planning and transportation theory that concentrates growth in the
center of a city to avoid urban sprawl; and advocates compact, transit-oriented, walkable, bicy-
cle-friendly land use, including neighborhood schools, complete streets, and mixed-use devel-
opment with a range of housing choices
soft costs: cost items excluded from the direct construction cost; soft costs generally include
architectural and engineering, legal, permits and fees, financing fees, construction Interest and
operating expenses, leasing and real estate commissions, advertising and promotion. etc.
softscape: elements of a landscape that comprise live, horticultural elements; softscaping can
include, flowers, plants, shrubs, trees, flower beds, etc
solar access: access to the sun’s rays by, for instance, restricting the location of shade trees or
laying out the building so as to maximize the usefulness of solar energy
solar collector: device which uses the sun’s energy to perform some kind of mechanical advan-
tage which would normally be supplied by a non-renewable energy source

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 259
Glossary of Terms
Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC): the fraction of radiation coming through the window
compared to the amount hitting the outside of the window; common in the performance rating
of manufacturers; a lower SHGC transmits less solar heat than higher SHGC values
solar reflectance (albedo): is a measure of the ability of a surface material to reflect sunlight—
including the visible, infrared, and ultraviolet wavelengths; solar reflectance is also called “al-
bedo.”; black has a solar reflectance of 0; white has a solar reflectance of 1
solar reflectance index (SRI): is a measure of material’s ability to reject solar heat; black is 0 and
white is 100; with the index ranging from 0, black and less reflective, to 100, white and highly
reflective; materials with highest SRI are cooler choices
solar thermal systems: systems that collect or absorb sunlight via solar collectors to heat wa-
ter; typically circulated to the building’s hot water tank
solar window screen: a material or device, such as an architectural screen mesh, with the de-
sign intent of blocking heat and light from the sun
solid waste management policy: a policy that develops a diversion rate and disposal/reuse/
recycle program by using the three principles of sustainability: economic vitality, ecological in-
tegrity, and improved quality of life to guide solid waste management decisions
sound absorption: a process in which sound energy is reduced when sound waves pass through
a medium or strike a surface; also known as acoustic absorption
sound absorption coefficient: the fraction of energy striking a material or object that is not
reflected (i.e., if a material reflects 70% of the sound energy incident upon its surface, then its
Sound Absorption Coefficient would be 0.30)
sound absorption class (STC): is an integer rating of how well a building partition attenuates
airborne sound; in the U.S., it is widely used to rate interior partitions, ceilings/floors, doors, win-
dows and exterior wall configurations
source energy: all the energy used in delivering energy to a site, including power generation
and transmission and distribution losses, to perform specific functions, such as space condition-
ing, lighting or water heating
source reduction: refers to any change in the design, manufacture, purchase, or use of materi-
als or products (including packaging) to reduce their amount or toxicity before they become
municipal solid waste; reduces the amount of materials brought on-site
species factor (ks): coefficient used to adjust the Evapotranspiration Rate to reflect features of
a specific plant species
spores: a reproductive structure that is adapted for dispersal and surviving for extended peri-
ods of time in unfavorable conditions; spores form part of the life cycles of many bacteria, plants,
algae, fungi and some protozoans

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
260 | Chapter 13 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Glossary of Terms
square: (also green) a publicly accessible open area for gatherings that is wholly or partially
bounded by segments of the street network; a square can be landscaped or landscaped and
paved, is spatially defined by building fronts paralleling at least 45% of its perimeter, and may be
privately owned or publicly dedicated
square footage: total area of a building including all regularly and non-regularly occupied spac-
es and common areas (e.g., corridors, elevators, stairwells, restrooms)
stain: a clear semi-transparent or opaque coating labeled and formulated to change the color of
a surface but not conceal the grain pattern or texture
stakeholder: a person who has an intended, vested interest in a project, or an unintended con-
sequence from a project
stakeholder meeting: a meeting between people who have a vested interest
standard operating procedures (SOP): a set of instructions having the force of a directive, cov-
ering those features of operations that lend themselves to a definite or standardized procedure
stewardship: refers to our responsibility to care for our natural resources - land, air, wildlife and
water - sustainably, so future generations can enjoy them
stormwater: water that originates during precipitation events rain and snow); is not absorbed
into soil and rapidly flows downstream, increasing the level of waterways
stormwater pollution prevention plan (SWPPP): a plan for stormwater discharge that includes
erosion prevention measures and sediment controls that, when implemented, will decrease soil
erosion on a parcel of land decrease off-site nonpoint pollution; required for major construction
projects under the US Environmental Protection Agency National Pollutant Discharge and Elimi-
nation System (NPDES) general permit for construction activities
stormwater runoff: precipitation (rain and snow) that does not infiltrate into the ground or
evaporate due to impervious land surfaces but instead flows into storm sewer systems, water-
ways or onto adjacent land
stratified random sampling: a sampling procedure for which the population is first divided
into strata or subgroups based on designated criteria and then the sample is drawn, either pro-
portionately or disproportionately, from each subgroup
stratosphere: the region of the uppermost atmosphere where temperature increases along
with the altitude due to the absorption of solar UV radiation by ozone; extends from 10 km to
about 50 km above the earth
street: a dedicated right-of-way that can accommodate one or more modes of travel, excluding
alleys and paseos. A street is suitable for primary entrances and provides access to the front and/
or sides of buildings and lots. A street may be privately owned as long as it is deeded in perpe-
tuity for general public use. A street must be an addressable thoroughfare (for mail purposes)
under the standards of the applicable regulating authority

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 261
Glossary of Terms
street grid density: a measurement of circulation permeability and multi-modal travel feasi-
bility; it is expressed in centerlines miles per square mile, often within a 1-mile radius around a
project boundary
subdivision: the act of dividing land into pieces that are easier to sell or otherwise develop, usu-
ally via a plat; the former single piece as a whole is then known as a subdivision
submetering: utility submetering is the implementation of a system that allows a landlord,
property management firm, condominium association, homeowners association, or other multi-
tenant property to bill tenants for individual measured utility usage
substantial completion: the point when construction is sufficiently complete in accordance
with the contract documents, that the owner can occupy or utilize the building or space
supply air: air delivered in a conditioned space through ducts or plenums from the heat ex-
changer of a heating, cooling or ventilation system
sustainability: meeting the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future
generations to meet their own needs
sustainable development: development which seeks to produce sustainable economic growth
while ensuring future generations’ ability to do the same by not exceeding the regenerative ca-
pacity of the nature; in other words, it’s trying to protect the environment
sustainable forestry: sustainable forest management (SFM) is the management of forests ac-
cording to the principles of sustainable development
sustainable purchasing policies: the purchase of environmentally preferable products
sustained yield forestry: management of a forest to produce in perpetuity a high level annual
or regular periodic output through a balance between increment and cutting
systemic sampling: surveys every xth person in a population using a constant skip interval
system: an assembly of components or parts that work together to support an intended pur-
pose
systems furniture: panel based workstations
systems narrative: a generalized description of each major building system (e.g., heating, cool-
ing, ventilation, humidification/dehumidification, lighting)
systems performance testing: the process of determining the ability of commissioned sys-
tems to perform in accordance with OPR, BOD, and CDs
systems thinking: understanding how individual systems affect other systems as a whole
technical advisory subcommittee: a committee based group of professionals who rule on
credit interpretation requests (CIR) and innovative design requests (ID)

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
262 | Chapter 13 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Glossary of Terms
telecommuting: telecommuting, e-commuting, e-work, telework, working from home (WFH),
or working at home (WAH) is a work arrangement in which employees enjoy flexibility in work-
ing location and hours; in other words, the daily commute to a central place of work is replaced
by telecommunication links
termite: whitish soft-bodied ant-like social insect that feeds on wood
tertiary treatment: treatment of wastewater to a level beyond secondary treatment but below
potable
thermal bridge: the part of a building envelope where heat is transferred at a much higher rate
than the surrounding area; exterior doors and windows are two common examples of thermal
bridging areas; adding insulating spacers is one way to remedy the problem and minimize rapid
heat loss or heat gain
thermal comfort: human thermal comfort is defined by ASHRAE as the state of mind that ex-
presses satisfaction with the surrounding environment (ASHRAE Standard 55); maintaining ther-
mal comfort for occupants of buildings or other enclosures is one of the important goals of HVAC
design engineers
thermal envelope: in contrast to the building envelope; it sets the boundaries for the insulation
and airtightness line between the inside and outside of a building; components of a building
that ensure maximum retention and minimal loss of heat
tipping fees: price charged to deliver municipal solid waste to a landfill, waste-to-energy facility,
or recycling facility
topsoil: the upper layer of soil that has the highest concentration of organic matter and micro-
organisms and where most of the Earth’s biological soil activity occurs
total phosphorus (TP): the total concentration of phosphorus found in the water; phosphorus
is a plant nutrient found in many fertilizers, increasing the growth of plant life such as algae
total suspended solids (TSS): measure of the amount of non-dissolved solid material present
in water or waste water; it is listed as a conventional pollutant in the U.S. Clean Water Act
traffic analysis zone: a statistical entity delineated by state and/or local transportation officials
for tabulating traffic-related data (especially journey-to-work and place-of-work statistics) from
a decennial census; a TAZ usually consists of one or more census blocks, block groups, or census
tracts
transient users: occupants who do not use a facility on a consistent, regular, daily basis
transportation demand management: transportation demand management or travel de-
mand management (both TDM) is the application of strategies and policies to reduce travel de-
mand (specifically that of single-occupancy private vehicles), or to redistribute this demand in
space or in time
tree and plant preservation plan: formal assessment of the site and the subsequent develop-
ment of a landscape plan whose intent is to preserve existing trees and plants

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 263
Glossary of Terms
triple bottom line: aka TBL or people, planet, profit or the three pillars; a measurement of the
economic, ecological, and social impact caused by a project
two year, 24-hour design storm: the largest amount of rainfall expected over a 24 hour period
during a 2 year interval
undercover parking: parking that is placed underground, under a deck, roof or building; also
applies to on-grade parking where the hardscape surfaces are shaded
underground parking: parking beneath a stacked structure such as a building
universal notification: providing occupants not less than 72 hours notice before a pesticide is
applied in a building or on surrounding grounds under normal conditions and within 24 hours
after application in emergency conditions
upstream equipment: heating or cooling systems, equipment and controls that are associated
with a district energy system but are not part of the project building’s thermal connection or
do not interfere with the district energy system; includes the central energy plant and all trans-
mission and distribution equipment associated with transporting thermal energy to the project
building and site
urban growth boundary: A boundary which identifies urban and urbanizable lands needed
during a specified planning period to be planned and serviced to support urban development
densities, and which separates these lands from rural lands.
urea formaldehyde: combination of urea and formaldehyde that is used in glues and may emit
formaldehyde at room temperature
USDA organic: a certification process for producers of organic food and other organic agricul-
tural products for products that contain at least 95% organically produced ingredients
U value: a measure of air-to-air heat transmission (loss or gain) of a material or assembly due to
thermal conductance and the difference in indoor and outdoor temperatures; U=1/R; the inverse
of R value
vapor barrier: used to refer to any material, typically a plastic or foil sheet, that resists diffusion
of moisture through wall, ceiling and floor assemblies of buildings and of packaging
vegetation containing artifices: planters, gardens or other constructions that hosts flora
vegetated roofs (green roofs): the roof of a building that is partially or completely covered
with vegetation and a growing medium, planted over a waterproofing membrane; it may also
include additional layers such as a root barrier and drainage and irrigation systems
vehicle miles traveled (VMT): the number of miles driven by motorists in a specified time pe-
riod, such as a day or a year, in absolute or per capita terms
ventilation: the intentional movement of air by removing air from a space for the purpose of
controlling air contaminant levels, humidity or temperature within the space

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
264 | Chapter 13 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Glossary of Terms
ventilation rate: the rate at which indoor air enters and leaves a building; expressed as the
number of changes of outdoor air per unit of time (air changes per hour (ACH)), or the rate at
which a volume of outdoor air enters in cubic feet per minute (CFM)
verification: the act of verifying by conducting a range of checks and tests carried out to de-
termine whether components, subsystems, systems and interfaces between systems operate in
accordance with the contract documents
vertical footcandles: light on a vertical surface
visible light transmittance (Tvis): the percentage of light that is transmitted through glass in the
visible light spectrum; the higher the number the higher the percentage of visible light transmit-
ted through the window
vision glazing: windows that provide a connection to the outdoors; typically vertical windows
between 2.5 ft and 7.5 ft above the floor
volatile organic compounds (VOC): compounds that evaporate easily at room tempurature
and often have a sharp smell; they can come from many products, such as office equipment,
adhesives, carpeting, upholstery, paints, solvents, and cleaning products
walk off mats: mats placed inside the building entrances to address pollution point source con-
trol by capturing dirt, water and other materials tracked inside by people and equipment
walking distance: the length of the walkable pathway between the building and public trans-
portation or community services
waste: any materials unused and rejected as worthless or unwanted that flow from the building
to final disposal
waste disposal: proper handling and removal of any material no longer appropriate for further
use by means of burial in a landfill, combustion through incineration or any other way that is not
reuse or recycling
waste diversion: the process of diverting waste from landfill; a waste reduction strategy fo-
cused on the recycling or composting of materials, thereby recovering what would otherwise
have been waste for use in new products
waste reduction program: Reduce, Reuse, Recycle; a program developed to address source
reduction and increase material reuse and recycling; includes tracking and review procedures to
monitor waste production and improve performance
waste stream: the flow or movement of waste from the point of generation to final disposal
wastewater: any water that has been used by some human domestic or industrial activity and,
because of that, now contains waste products; the spent or used water from residential, business
or industrial sources

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 265
Glossary of Terms
water balance: in hydrology (the study of the movement, distribution, and quality of water on
Earth) and other planets, a water balance equation can be used to describe the flow of water in
and out of a system.
water body: the surface water of a stream (first-order and higher, including intermittent streams),
arroyo, river, canal, lake, estuary, bay, or ocean, excluding irrigation ditches
water meters: devices that measure water volume usage
waterless urinal: a urinal that uses a trap insert filled with a sealant liquid instead of water
waterproofing sealer: a coating labeled and formulated for application to a porous substrate
for the primary purpose of preventing the penetration of water
wave and tidal energy systems: energy captured by wave and tidal action that is turned into
electricity and primarily used for desalination, water pumping and electricity generation; wave
energy technology uses the movement of ocean surface waves to generate electricity, tidal
power; is based on extracting energy from tidal movements and the water currents that accom-
pany the rise and fall of the tide
weighted decibel (dBA): a single-number measurement based on the decibel but weighted to
approximate the response of the human ear with respect to frequencies
wetland: an area that is inundated or saturated by surface or ground water at a frequency and
duration sufficient to support, and that under normal circumstances do support, a prevalence
of vegetation typically adapted for life in saturated soil conditions; wetlands generally include
swamps, marshes, bogs, and similar areas, but exclude irrigation ditches unless delineated as
part of an adjacent wetland
wet ponds: a stormwater facility constructed through filling and/or excavation that provides
both permanent and temporary storage of stormwater runoff
wetland vegetation: vegetation that is adapted to hydric soils and hydrologic conditions nor-
mally found in wetlands; plants that require saturated soils to survive or can tolerate prolonged
wet soil conditions
wind energy: the conversion of wind energy into a useful form of energy, such as using wind
turbines to make electricity, wind mills for mechanical power, wind pumps for pumping water or
drainage, or sails to propel ships
window-to-floor ratio (WFR): the ratio of total, unobstructed window glass area to total floor
area served by the windows, expressed as a percentage; measured vertically from 30 inches
above the finished floor to the top of the glass, multiplied by the width of the glass divided by
the floor area
wood preservative: a coating labeled and formulated to protect exposed wood from decay or
insect attack

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
266 | Chapter 13 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Glossary of Terms
woonerf: a “living street” in which the needs of car drivers are secondary to the needs of users
of the street as a whole; it is a shared space designed to be used by pedestrians, playing children,
bicyclists, and low-speed motor vehicles; becoming a public place for people instead of single-
purpose conduits for automobiles; in a woonerf, vehicles may not impede pedestrians, who in
turn may not unreasonably hinder the progress of drivers
xeriscaping: landscaping technique which employs native and drought-tolerant plants in order
to reduce water needs and help preserve native species
yard jockey: a vehicle used primarily on the site to facilitate the movement of truck trailers and
other types of large shipping containers from one area of the site to another. Fork lift trucks are
not considered a type of yard jockey

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 267
CHAPTER | 14

Appendix
»» Diverse Use Groups
»» Defaults Occupancy Counts
»» Credit Interactions
»» Referenced Standards by Standards
»» Referenced Standards by Category

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS

268
Appendix 1: Diverse Use Groups
Food Retail
• Supermarket
• Other food store with produce
Community-Serving Retail
• Clothing store or department store selling clothes
• Convenience store
• Farmer’s market
• Hardware store
• Pharmacy
• Other retail
Services
• Bank
• Family entertainment venue (theater, sports)
• Gym, health club, exercise studio
• Hair care
• Laundry, dry cleaner
• Restaurant, café, diner (excluding diverse uses with only drive-throughs)
• Civic and Community Facilities
• Adult or senior care (licensed)
• Child care (licensed)
• Community or recreation center
• Cultural arts facility (museum, performing arts)
• Educational facility (including K–12 school, university, adult education center, vocational
school, community college)
Government office that serves public on-site
• Place of worship
• Medical clinic or office that treats patients
• Police or fire station
• Post office
• Public library
• Public park
• Social services center

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 269
Appendix 1: Diverse Use Groups
Community Anchor Uses (BD&C and ID&C rating systems only)
• Commercial office (100 full-time equivalent jobs or more)
• Housing (100 dwelling units or more)
Adapted from Criterion Planners, INDEX neighborhood completeness indicator, 2005

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
270 | Chapter 14 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Appendix 2: Default Occupancy Counts
Because of the speculative nature of core and shell construction, a project team may not know
the final occupant count during the LEED certification process. Determining and demonstrating
compliance with some LEED credits can prove challenging and complex. For projects that do not
know the final occupant count, a default table has been developed.
Core & Shell projects that do not have final occupancy counts must utilize the default occupancy
counts provided in this appendix. Projects that know the tenant occupancy must use the actual
numbers, as long as the gross square foot per employee is not greater than that in the default
occupancy count table. If code requirements is required gross square foot per occupant is less
than those in the table, this is also acceptable. Default occupancy counts are provided for typical
core and shell project types. If the buildings and circumstances are not covered in this appendix,
provide documentation for comparable buildings demonstrating average gross square foot per
occupant when estimating the core and shell’s building occupancy.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 271
Appendix 2: Default Occupancy Counts
The figures above may be used to determine occupancy for the following credits:
• LT Credit: Bicycle Network, Storage and Shower Rooms
• LT Credit: Reducted Parking Footprint
• WE Prerequisite: Minimum Fixture and Fitting Water Use Reduction
• WE Credit: Sustainable Wastewater Management
• WE Credit: Additional Fixture and Fitting Water Use Reduction
• EA Prerequisite: Minimum Energy Performance
• EA Credit: Optimized Energy Performance
• EQ Prerequisite: Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance
• EQ Credit: Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring
• EQ Credit: Increased Ventilation
• EQ Credit: Thermal Comfort
• EQ Credit: Daylight
• EQ Credit: Quality Views
• EQ Credit: Interior Lighting
The defaults provided above are based on gross square foot per occupant and not net or leas-
able square foot per occupant. Gross square footage is defined as the sum of all areas on all
floors of a building included within the outside faces of the exterior wall including all floor pen-
etrations that connect one floor to another. This can be determined by taking the building foot
print and multiplying it by the number of floors in the building. Projects which contain under-
ground and/or structured parking, may exclude that area from the gross square footage used for
the calculation. Other spaces such as common areas, mechanical spaces, and circulation should
be included in the gross square footage of the building.

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
272 | Chapter 14 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Appendix: Credit Interactions
SUSTAINABLE SITES (SS)
Construction Activity Pollution Prevention SSc5.1: Site Development - Protect or Restore Habitat
Minimizing site disturbance and preventing soil and erosion assists SSc5.1 & SSc5.2: Site Development - Maximize Open Space
SSp1
SSc5.2 SSc6.1: Stormwater Design - Quantity Control
Limiting disturbance of natural hydrology assists SSc6. & SSc6.2 SSc6.2: Stormwater Design - Quality Control
Environmental Site Assessment
Ssp2 SSc3: Brownfield Redevelopment
Projects conducting environmental site assessments are eligible to achieve SSc3
SSc2: Development Density and Community Connectivity
Site Selection SSc3: Brownfield Redevelopment
Previously developed sites are likely to public transportation and connectivity SSc4.1: Alternative Transportation - Public Transportation Access
SSc1 and have an opportunity to remediate a contaminated site SSc2, SSc3 & SSc4.1 SSc5.1: Site Development - Protect or Restore Habitat
Limiting development footprint protects sensitive areas, SSc5.1 & SSc5.2 SSc5.2: Site Development - Maximize Open Space
Credit SSc1 can assist stormwater design SSc6.1 & SSc6.2 SSc6.1: Stormwater Design - Quantity Control
SSc6.2: Stormwater Design - Quality Control
Development Density and Community Connectivity
Channeling development toward urban areas increases the likelihood of SSc1: Site Selection
SSc2
locating on a previously developed site, SSc1, and near public transportation SSc4.1: Alternative Transportation - Public Transportation Access
SSc4.1
Brownfield Redevelopment
SSc3 SSc1: Site Selection
Projects developing on Brownfield sites are likely to qualify for SSc1

Alt. Transportation - Public Transportation Access


SSc1: Site Selection
SSc4.1 Sites located near public transportation are likely to be previously developed
SSc2: Development Density and Community Connectivity
sites, SSc1, and near urban areas SSc2

Alt. Transportation - Bicycle Storage and Changing Rooms SSc6.1: Stormwater Design - Quantity Control
SSc4.2 Paving materials added for paving bicycle lanes can affect stormwater design SSc6.2: Stormwater Design - Quality Control
SSc6.1 & SSc6.2 and alter heat island effects, SSc7.1 SSc7.1: Heat Island Effect - Nonroof

Alt. Transportation - Low-Emitting and Fuel-Efficient Vehicles


SSc4.3 Projects that provide preferred parking without increasing the parking capacity SSc4.4: Alternative Transportation - Parking Capacity
may be eligible for SSc4.4

Alt. Transportation - Parking Capacity SSc5.1: Site Development - Protect or Restore Habitat
Minimizing surface parking can enhance the qualities of open space, SSc5.1 & SSc5.2: Site Development - Maximize Open Space
SSc4.4 SSc5.2 SSc6.1: Stormwater Design - Quantity Control
Change the stormwater design, SSc6.1 & SSc6.2 SSc6.2: Stormwater Design - Quality Control
Reduce heat island effects, SSc7.1 SSc7.1: Heat Island Effect - Nonroof
Site Development - Protect or Restore Habitat SSc5.2: Site Development - Maximize Open Space
Protecting or restoring habitat provides open space, SSc5.2
SSc6.1: Stormwater Design - Quantity Control
Reduces impervious areas, thereby reducing the quantity and increasing the
SSc6.2: Stormwater Design - Quality Control
SSc5.1 quality of stormwater, SSc6.1 & SSc6.2
SSc7.1: Heat Island Effect - Nonroof
Reduces heat island effects, SSc7.1 & SSc7.2
SSc7.2: Heat Island Effect - Roof
Allows for the use of native vegetation to reduce landscaping irrigation
WEc1: Water Efficient Landscaping
requirements, WEc1
Site Development - Maximize Open Space SSc6.1: Stormwater Design - Quantity Control
Maximizing open spaces may improve stormwater quantities and qualities,
SSc6.2: Stormwater Design - Quality Control
SSc5.2 SSc6.1 & SSc6.2
SSc7.1: Heat Island Effect - Nonroof
Increasing the amount of open space can reduce heat island effects, SSC7.1 &
SSc7.2: Heat Island Effect - Roof
SSc7.2
Stormwater Design - Quantity Control
Reducing the rate and quantity of stormwater reduces filtration requirements, SSc6.2: Stormwater Design - Quality Control
SSc6.2 SSc5.1: Site Development - Protect or Restore Habitat
Reducing impervious surfaces by using pervious surfaces, vegetated roofs and SSc5.2: Site Development - Maximize Open Space
vegetated open spaces can contribute to SSc5.1, SSC5.2, SSc7.1 & SSc7.2 SSc7.1: Heat Island Effect - Nonroof
SSc6.1
Harvesting rainwater reduces stormwater runoff and can be reused for SSc7.2: Heat Island Effect - Roof
irrigation, WEc1: Water Efficient Landscaping
WEc1, and nonpotable needs inside the building, WEc3 WEc3: Water Use Reduction
Projects in dense urban areas that earn SSc2 may have difficulty achieving credit SSc2: Development Density and Community Connectivity
SSc6.1

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 273
Appendix: Credit Interactions
SUSTAINABLE SITES (SS)
Stormwater Design - Quality Control SSc6.1: Stormwater Design - Quantity Control
Projects Using best management practices (BMP) to capture and treat runoff
SSc5.1: Site Development - Protect or Restore Habitat
reducing the runoff volume, affects the stormwater quality, SSc6.2
SSc5.2: Site Development - Maximize Open Space
SSc6.2 Reducing impervious surfaces by using pervious surfaces, vegetated roofs and
SSc7.1: Heat Island Effect - Nonroof
vegetated open spaces can contribute to SSc5.1, SSC5.2, SSc7.1 & SSc7.2
SSc7.2: Heat Island Effect: Roof
Using BMPs for rain gardens, vegetated swales, rainwater harvesting, etc. can
WEc1: Water Efficient Landscaping
assist with earning WEc1
SSc7.1: Heat Island Effect - Nonroof
Locating parking structures underground will assist with SSc5.2 The use of open SSc5.2: Site Development - Maximize Open Space
grid pavements to capture and treat stormwater runoff can contribute to SSc6.1 SSc6.1: Stormwater Design - Quantity Control
SSc7.1
& SSc6.2 SSc6.2: Stormwater Design - Quality Control
Vegetation used to shade hardscapes can also help reduce landscaping WEc1: Water Efficient Landscaping
irrigation requirements, WEc1

Heat Island Effect - Roof SSc5.1: Site Development - Protect or Restore Habitat
Vegetated roofs help capture and treat stormwater, SSc6.1 & SSc6.2 SSc5.2: Site Development - Maximize Open Space
Using highly reflective roofing materials can reduce cooling loads, EAc1 SSc6.1: Stormwater Design - Quantity Control
SSc7.2
Vegetated roofs can also reduce the amount of rainwater harvesting that can be SSc6.2: Stormwater Control - Quality Control
used for nonpotable purposes, thereby making it more challenging to achieve EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance
WEc3 WEc3: Water Use Reduction

Light Pollution Reduction


Energy savings beyond the baseline lighting power density (LPD) established by
EAc1: Optimize energy Performance
SSc8 ASHRAE 90.1 may contribute to EAc1
IEQc6.1: Controllability of Systems - Lighting
Automatic occupancy controls to shut off interior perimeter lighting assists
IEQc6.1

WEc3: Water Use Reduction


EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance
EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning
EAc5: Measurement and Verification
IEQp2: Environmental Tobacco Smoke Control
Tenant Design and Construction Guidelines
SSc9 IEQc2: Increased Ventilation
Credit SSc9 is related to all these LEED Core & Shell credits the project pursues
IEQc3: Construction IAQ Management Plan
IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control
IEQc6: Controllability of Systems
IEQc7: Thermal Comfort
IEQc8: Daylighting and Views

SSc1: Site Selection


SSc5.1: Site Development - Protect or Restore Habitat
Site Master Plan SSc5.2: Site Development - Maximize Open Space
LEED for Schools requires the achievement and recalculation of (4) of these (7) SSc6.1: Stormwater Design - Quantity Control
SSc9
credits for compliance: SSc1, 5.1, 5.2,6.1,6.2, 7.1 and 8.1 SSc6.2: Stormwater Design - Quality Control
Possible community partnerships may result from pursuit of this credit, SSc10 SSc7.1: Heat Island Effect - Nonroof
SSc8: Light Pollution Reduction
SSc10: Joint Use of Facilities
Joint Use of Facilities
SSc10 This credit likely will place the project in the proximity of the school to services SSc2: Development Density and Community Connectivity
and institutions within the neighborhood, SSc2

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
274 | Chapter 14 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Appendix: Credit Interactions
WATER EFFICIENCY (WE)
SSc6.1: Stormwater Design - Quantity Control
SSc6.2: Stormwater Design - Quality Control
Water Use Reduction WEc1: Water Efficient Landscaping
Efforts to increase rainwater harvesting, increase greywater use and decrease in WEc2: Innovative Wastewater Technologies
demand on local water aquifers may support SSc6.1, SSc6.2, WEc1, WEc2, WEc3
WEp1 WEc3: Water Use Reduction
and WEc4
Additional energy use may be needed for certain reuse strategies requiring EAp1,
WEc4: Process Water Use Reduction (Schools)
EAc3 and EAc5 EAp1: Fundamental Commissioning of Building Energy Systems
EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning
EAc5: Measurement and Verification

SSc5.1: Site Development - Protect or Restore


Water Efficient Landscaping SSc5.2: Site Development - Maximize Open Space
Using native or adaptive vegetation can assist with SSc5.1, SSc5.2 and SSc7.2 SSc6.1: Stormwater Design - Quantity Control
Rainwater capturing can help managing stormwater runoff, SSc6.1 and SSc6.2 SSc6.2: Stormwater Design - Quality Control
WEc1
Landscaping can mitigate climate conditions and reduce building energy SSc7.1: Heat Island Effect - Nonroof
consumption by shading hardscapes and south facing windows and aiding SSc7.2: Heat Island Effect - Roof
passive solar design, contributing to SSc7.1, EAp2 and EAc1 EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance
EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance

SSc6.1: Stormwater Design - Quantity Control


SSc6.2: Stormwater Design - Quality Control
Innovative Wastewater Technologies WEp1: Water Use Reduction
Efforts to increase rainwater harvesting, increase greywater use and decrease in WEc1: Water Efficient Landscaping
demand on local water aquifers may support SSc6.1, SSc6.2, WEp1, WEc1, WEc2,
WEc2 WEc3: Water Use Reduction
WEc3 and WEc4
Additional energy use may be needed for certain reuse strategies requiring EAp1,
WEc4: Process Water Use Reduction (Schools)
EAc3 and EAc5 EAp1: Fundamental Commissioning of Building Energy Systems
EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning
EAc5: Measurement and Verification

SSc6.1: Stormwater Design - Quantity Control


SSc6.2: Stormwater Design - Quality Control
Water Use Reduction WEc1: Water Efficient Landscaping
Efforts to increase rainwater harvesting, increase greywater use and decrease in WEc2: Innovative Wastewater Technologies
demand on local water aquifers may support SSc6.1, SSc6.2, WEc1, WEc2, WEc3
WEc3 WEc3: Water Use Reduction
and WEc4
Additional energy use may be needed for certain reuse strategies possibly
WEc4: Process Water Use Reduction (Schools)
requiring credits EAp1, EAc3 and EAc5 EAp1: Fundamental Commissioning of Building Energy Systems
EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning
EAc5: Measurement and Verification
Process Water Use Reduction
EAp1: Fundamental Commissioning of Building Energy Systems
WEc4 Some water saving technologies affect energy performance and may require
EAc5: Measurement and Verification
commissioning and measurement/verification, EAp1 and EAc5

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 275
Appendix: Credit Interactions
ENERGY AND ATMOSPHERE (EA)
SSc8: Light Pollution Reduction
WEc1: Water Efficient Landscaping
WEc2: Innovative Wastewater Technologies
WEc3: Water Use Reduction
Fundamental Commissioning of Building Energy Systems EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance
LEED encourages the commissioning of energy using systems in these credits: EAc2: On-site Renewable Energy
SSc8, WEc1, WEc2, WEc3, EAc1, EAc2, EAc5, IEQp1, IEQc1, IEQc2, IEQc5, IEQc6 EAc5: Measurement and Verification
EAp1
and IEQc7 IEQp1: Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance
EAp1 establishes the minimum threshold for commissioning that is used for IEQc1: Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring
enhanced commissioning, EAc3 IEQc2: Increased Ventilation
IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control
IEQc6: Controllability of Systems
IEQc7: Thermal Comfort
EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning
Minimum Energy Performance
LEED for NC, Schools and CS address building energy efficiency in 2 places:EAp2 EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance
and EAc1 SSc7.2: Heat Island Effect - Roof
Energy consumption can be reduced by ensuring the project exceeds building SSc8: Light Pollution Reduction
code requirements for the envelope, lighting and HVAC systems, EAc1, using EAc2: On-site Renewable Energy
climatically appropriate roofing materials, SSc7.2, and optimizing exterior
EAc6: Green Power
lighting, SSc8
IEQp1: Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance
Energy use can be mitigated by using renewable energy, EAc3 and EAc6
EAp2 IEQc1: Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring
Building energy performance and indoor environmental issues such as
IEQc2: Increased Ventilation
increased ventilation, occupant controllability and the amount of daylight must
IEQc6: Controllability of Systems
be carefully coordinated. Increased ventilation may require additional energy
IEQc7: Thermal Comfort
use, which in turn can cause air and water pollution. The additional need for
IEQc8: Daylight and Views
energy may be mitigated by considering these strategies: IEQp1, IEQc1, IEQc2,
WEc3: Water Use Reduction
IEQc6, IEQc7 and IEQc8
Because water use, especially domestic hot water, requires significant energy WEc4: Process Water Use Reduction (Schools)
use water use reductions can lead to energy savings WEc3 and WEc4
Fundamental Refrigerant Management
EAp3 establishes minimum thresholds for refrigerant selection while greater
EAp3 EAc4: Enhanced Refrigerant Management
environmental benefits can be achieved by using environmentally preferable or
no refrigerants, EAc4

Optimize Energy Performance


LEED for NC, Schools and CS address building energy efficiency in 2 places:EAp2 EAp2: Minimize Energy Performance
and EAc1 SSc7.2: Heat Island Effect - Roof
Energy consumption can be reduced by ensuring the project exceeds building SSc8: Light Pollution Reduction
code requirements for the envelope, lighting and HVAC systems, EAc1using EAc2: On-site Renewable Energy
climatically appropriate roofing materials, SSc7.2, and optimizing exterior EAc6: Green Power
lighting, SSc8 EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance
Energy use can be mitigated by using renewable energy, EAc3 and EAc6 IEQp1: Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance
EAc1
Building energy performance and indoor environmental issues such as IEQc1: Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring
increased ventilation, occupant controllability and the amount of daylight must IEQc2: Increased Ventilation
be carefully coordinated. Increased ventilation may require additional energy IEQc6: Controllability of Systems
use, which in turn can cause air and water pollution. The additional need for IEQc7: Thermal Comfort
energy may be mitigated by considering these strategies: IEQp1, IEQc1, IEQc2, IEQc8: Daylight and Views
IEQc6, IEQc7 and IEQc8 WEc3: Water Use Reduction
Because water use, especially domestic hot water, requires significant energy WEc4: Process Water Use Reduction (LEED for Schools only)
use, water use reductions can lead to energy savings, WEc3 and WEc4

On-Site Renewable Energy


The installation of renewable energy equipment usually has only a small effect
EAp1: Fundamental Commissioning of Building Energy Systems
on the achievement of other credits but does require commissioning, EAp1, and
EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance
measurement and verification, EAc5
EAc2 EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance
The achievement of on-site renewable energy, EAc2, is a percentage of the
EAc5: Measurement and Verification
building's energy use and tied to the building's energy performance, EAp2 and
EAc6: Green Power
EAc1
EAc2 reduces the amount of green power needed, EAc6

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
276 | Chapter 14 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Appendix: Credit Interactions
ENERGY AND ATMOSPHERE (EA)
Enhanced Refrigerant Management
EAc4 encourages the use of no refrigerants or environmentally preferable EAp3: Fundamental Refrigerant Management
refrigerants and goes beyond the baseline prerequisite EAp3 Since building EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance
EAc4 cooling equipment consumes a large part of the energy use, HVAC&R equipment EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance
plays a significant role in the building's energy performance, EAp2 & EAc1 IEQc7.1: (CS IEQc7): Thermal Comfort - Design
Systems addressed by EAc4 can help meet the thermal comfort needs of the IEQc7.2: Thermal Comfort - Verification
building occupants, IEQc7, IEQc7.1 and IEQc7.2

Measurement and Verification EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance


Implementation of a measurement & verification (M&V) plan can contribute to
EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance
realizing optimal energy performance, EAp2 & EAc1
EAc2: On-site Renewable Energy
EAc5 On-site renewable energy generation systems are considered within an M&V
EAp1: Fundamental Commissioning of the Building Energy
plan
Systems
Commissioning uses measurement devices and often tracks building
EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning
performance and can serve as a basis for a M&V plan, EAp1 & EAc3

EAc5.1 Measurement and Verification - Base Building refer EAc5


EAc5.2 Measurement and Verification - Tenant Submetering refer EAc5

Green Power
EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance
Replacing conventional energy sources with renewable energy sources works
SSc7.2: Heat Island Effect - Roof
synergistically with efforts to reduce energy costs, EAc1
EAc6 EAp1: Fundamental Commissioning of the Building Energy
Replacing roofing materials with roof mounted renewable energy sources
Systems
reduces heat island effect, SSc7.2
EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning
Renewable energy sources should be commissioned, EAp1 & EAc3

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 277
Appendix: Credit Interactions
MATERIALS AND RESOURCES (MR)
Storage and Collection of Recyclables
IDc1: Innovation in Design
MRp1 Projects can seek ID credit for educational outreach
SSc9: Tenant Design and Construction Guidelines
CS projects should address recycling within tenant guidelines, SSc9

Building Reuse - Maintain Existing Walls, Floors and Roof


Develop a comprehensive reuse management plan on an adaptive reuse project MRc2: Construction Waste Management
MRc1.1
If reuse is not enough to meet the requirements of MRc1, these materials may be MRc3: Materials Reuse
applied to MRc2 or MRc3, but not both

MRc1 Building Reuse - Maintain Existing Walls, Floors and Roof refer MRc1.1
MRc1.2 Building Reuse - Maintain Interior - Nonstructural Elements refer MRc1.1
Construction Waste Management
Projects that reuse existing buildings but do not meet the threshold
requirements for MRc1 may apply the reused portions toward achievement of MRc1: Building Reuse
MRc2
MRc2 SSc3: Brownfield Redevelopment
If the building is found to contain contaminated substances, these materials
should be remediated per EPA, SSc3

Materials Reuse
Develop a comprehensive reuse management plan to evaluate materials MRc1: Building Reuse
meeting the requirements for MRc1 & MRc2 MRc2: Construction Waste Management
MRc3 Remanufactured materials are not considered a reuse of the material but can MRc4: Recycled Materials
contribute toward MRc2 & MRc4 MRc5: Regional Materials
The project material costs used for MRc3 must be consistent with those costs MRc6: Rapidly Renewable Materials
used in MRc4, MRc5 & MRc6

Recycled Content
Coordinate recycled procurement with a waste management plan to make use MRc2: Construction Waste Management
of salvaged deconstruction and demolition waste, MRc2 & MRc3 MRc3: Materials Reuse
Purchasing new recycled content materials using local waste products that are
MRc4 MRc5: Regional Materials
remanufactured locally can take advantage of synergies with MRc5
The project material costs used for MRc4 must be consistent with those costs
MRc6: Rapidly Renewable Materials
used in MRc3, MRc5 & MRc6 IEQc4: Low-Emitting Materials
Recycled content materials may contain high VOCs, IEQc4

Regional Materials
The project material costs used for MRc5 must be consistent with those costs MRc3: Materials Reuse
MRc5 used in MRc3, MRc4 & MRc6 MRc4: Recycled Materials
Using regional materials may affect the levels of achievement of MRc3, MRc4 & MRc6: Rapidly Renewable Materials
MRc5

Rapidly Renewable Materials


The project material costs used for MRc65 must be consistent with those costs MRc3: Materials Reuse
used in MRc3, MRc4 & MRc5 MRc4: Recycled Materials
MRc6
Using rapidly renewable materials may affect the levels of achievement of MRc3, MRc5: Regional Materials
MRc4 & MRc5 IEQc4: Low-Emitting Materials
Rapidly renewable materials may contain high VOCs, IEQc4

Certified Wood MRc5: Regional Materials


MRc7 Certified wood (FSC) may be sourced locally, MRc5 IEQc4.4: Low-Emitting Materials - Composite Wood and
Mixed certified wood products may contain urea-formaldehyde, IEQc4.4 Agrifiber

MRc6 Certified Wood refer MRc7

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
278 | Chapter 14 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Appendix: Credit Interactions
INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY (IEQ)
EAp1: Fundamental Commissioning of Building Energy Systems
Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance
Commissioning and measurement & verification can improve IAQ while EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning
minimizing energy efficiency losses, EAp1, EAc3 & EAc5 EAc5: Measurement and Verification
Specify materials and furnishings that do not release VOCs, IEQc4 IEQc4: Low Emitting Materials
IEQp1
Occupant activities such as chemical handling and smoking can affect indoor IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollution Source Control
air quality, IEQc5 & IEQp2 IEQp2: Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control
Dense neighborhoods and heavy traffic can affect ventilation, SSc4, where sites SSc4: Alternative Transportation
could be contaminated, SSc3
SSc3: Brownfield Redevelopment
EAp1: Fundamental Commissioning of Building Energy Systems
Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance
Using separate ventilation systems to isolate smoking requires additional EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning
energy, commissioning and measurement & verification, EAp1, EAc1, EAc3 and EAc5: Measurement and Verification
EAc5
IEQp2 IEQp1: Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance
Indoor and outdoor smoking affects the IAQ performance and is related to
IEQp1, IEQc1 & IEQc2
IEQc1: Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring
Project should address smoking related contaminants in conjunction with other IEQc2: Increased Ventilation
sources of air pollutants, IEQc4 & IEQc5 IEQc4: Low Emitting Materials
IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control
Minimum Acoustical Performance
IEQp3 IEQc9: Enhanced Acoustical Performance
Additional strategies to achieve effective acoustical performance, IEQc9

Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring IEQc2: Increased Ventilation


Monitoring airflow can alert building operators of potential IAQ problems that EAp1: Fundamental Commissioning of Building Energy Systems
requires increased ventilation, IEQc2 and help the commissioning process and
IEQc1 EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning
enable measurement & verification, EAp1, EAc3 & EAc5
Dense neighborhoods, heavy traffic and site contamination can raise CO2 levels
EAc5: Measurement and Verification
where alternative transportation methods can help alleviate, SSc4 SSc4: Alternative Transportation

Increased Ventilation EAp1: Fundamental Commissioning of Building Energy Systems


Ventilation strategies influence energy performance and requires EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance
commissioning as well as measurement & verification, EAp1, EAc3 & EAc5 EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance
IEQc2
Increased mechanical ventilation increase energy consumption and affect EAp2 EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning
& EAc1 Installing ventilation monitoring can facilitate the achievement and EAc5: Measurement and Verification
maintenance of increased ventilation, IEQc1 IEQc1: Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring
Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan
During Construction IEQc3.2: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - Before Occupancy
IEQc3.1 Construction activities can affect a building after occupancy. Reduce levels of IEQc4: Low Emitting Materials
indoor contaminants by implementing a construction IAQ management plan,
IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control
IEQc3.2, selecting low emitting finish materials and furnishings, IEQc4, and
isolating indoor pollutant sources, IEQc5

Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan


During Construction IEQc3.1: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - During Construction
CS projects are eligible for exemplary performance under ID when an indoor IAQ IEQc3.2: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - Before Occupancy
IEQc3
management plan is enforced for 100% of the tenants IEQc4: Low Emitting Materials
There are a number of credit synergies between CS and CI offered as incentives IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control
for CS projects to pursue CI certification

Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan


Before Occupancy
Comprehensive IAQ management plans consists of best practices both during IEQc3.1: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - During Construction
construction and after construction prior to occupancy, IEQc3.1 IEQc4: Low Emitting Materials
IEQc3.2 Materials specified and installed within the external moisture barrier, as well as IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control
filtration, can affect air quality and influence the results for air quality testing, IEQp1: Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance
IEQc4 & IEQc5 IEQc2: Increased Ventilation
Dilution of indoor air contaminants can be achieved by introducing outdoor air,
IEQp1 & IEQc2

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 279
Appendix: Credit Interactions
INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY (IEQ)
IEQc4.2: Low Emitting Materials - Paints and Coatings
IEQc4.3: Low Emitting Materials - Flooring Systems
Low Emitting Materials - Adhesives and Sealants IEQc4.4: Low Emitting Materials - Composite Wood & Agrifiber
The credit intent is to reduce odorous, irritating or harmful indoor air IEQc4.5: Low Emitting Materials - Furniture & Furnishings
contaminants, IEQc4.2, IEQc4.3, IEQc4.4, IEQc4.5 & IEQc4.6 (Schools)
Indoor environmental quality also includes occupant's auditory comfort and IEQc4.6: Low Emitting Materials - Ceiling and Wall Systems
IEQc4.1 well being, IEQp3 & IEQc9 (Schools)
Scheduling strategies and the use and tracking of building materials are part of IEQp3: Minimum Acoustical Performance (Schools)
the contractor orientation training, IEQc3.1 & IEQc3.2 IEQc9: Enhanced Acoustical Performance (Schools)
Indoor air quality is affected by sources generated within the building IEQp2 & IEQc3.1: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - During Construction
IEQc5 IEQc3.2: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - Before Occupancy
IEQp2: Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control
IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control

IEQc4.1: Low Emitting Materials - Adhesives and Sealants


IEQc4.3: Low Emitting Materials - Flooring Systems
Low Emitting Materials - Paints and Coatings IEQc4.4: Low Emitting Materials - Composite Wood & Agrifiber
The credit intent is to reduce odorous, irritating or harmful indoor air IEQc4.5: Low Emitting Materials - Furniture & Furnishings
contaminants, IEQc4.1, IEQc4.3, IEQc4.4, IEQc4.5 & IEQc4.6 (Schools)
IEQc4.2 Scheduling strategies and the use and tracking of building materials are part of IEQc4.6: Low Emitting Materials - Ceiling and Wall Systems
the contractor orientation training, IEQc3.1 & IEQc3.2 (Schools)
Indoor air quality is affected by sources generated within the building IEQp2 & IEQc3.1: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - During Construction
IEQc5 IEQc3.2: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - Before Occupancy
IEQp2: Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control
IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control

IEQc4.1: Low Emitting Materials - Adhesives and Sealants


IEQc4.2: Low Emitting Materials - Paints and Coatings
Low Emitting Materials - Flooring Systems IEQc4.4: Low Emitting Materials - Composite Wood & Agrifiber
The credit intent is to reduce odorous, irritating or harmful indoor air IEQc4.5: Low Emitting Materials - Furniture & Furnishings
contaminants, IEQc4.1, IEQc4.2, IEQc4.4, IEQc4.5 & IEQc4.6 (Schools)
IEQc4.3 Scheduling strategies and the use and tracking of building materials are part of IEQc4.6: Low Emitting Materials - Ceiling and Wall Systems
the contractor orientation training, IEQc3.1 & IEQc3.2 (Schools)
Indoor air quality is affected by sources generated within the building IEQp2 & IEQc3.1: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - During Construction
IEQc5 IEQc3.2: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - Before Occupancy
IEQp2: Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control
IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control

IEQc4.1: Low Emitting Materials - Sealants and Adhesives


IEQc4.2: Low Emitting Materials - Paints and Coatings
Low Emitting Materials - Composite Wood and Agrifiber IEQc4.3: Low Emitting Materials - Flooring Systems
Products IEQc4.5: Low Emitting Materials - Furniture & Furnishings
The credit intent is to reduce odorous, irritating or harmful indoor air (Schools)
contaminants, IEQc4.1, IEQc4.2, IEQc4.3, IEQc4.5 & IEQc4.6 IEQc4.6: Low Emitting Materials - Ceiling and Wall Systems
IEQc4.4 Indoor environmental quality also includes occupant's auditory comfort and (Schools)
well being, IEQp3 & IEQc9
IEQp3: Minimum Acoustical Performance (Schools)
Scheduling strategies and the use and tracking of building materials are part of
IEQc9: Enhanced Acoustical Performance (Schools)
the contractor orientation training, IEQc3.1 & IEQc3.2
Indoor air quality is affected by sources generated within the building IEQp2 & IEQc3.1: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - During Construction
IEQc5 IEQc3.2: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - Before Occupancy
IEQp2: Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control
IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
280 | Chapter 14 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Appendix: Credit Interactions
INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY (IEQ)
IEQc4.1: Low Emitting Materials - Adhesives and Sealants
IEQc4.2: Low Emitting Materials - Paints and Coatings
Low Emitting Materials - Furniture and Furnishings IEQc4.3: Low Emitting Materials - Flooring Systems
The credit intent is to reduce odorous, irritating or harmful indoor air IEQc4.4: Low Emitting Materials - Composite Wood & Agrifiber
contaminants, IEQc4.1, IEQc4.2, IEQc4.3, IEQc4.4 & IEQc4.6
IEQc4.6: Low Emitting Materials - Ceiling and Wall Systems
IEQc4.5 Scheduling strategies and the use and tracking of building materials are part of
(Schools)
the contractor orientation training, IEQc3.1 & IEQc3.2
Indoor air quality is affected by sources generated within the building IEQp2 &
IEQc3.1: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - During Construction
IEQc5 IEQc3.2: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - Before Occupancy
IEQp2: Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control
IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control

IEQc4.1: Low Emitting Materials - Sealants and Adhesives


IEQc4.2: Low Emitting Materials - Paints and Coatings
Low Emitting Materials - Ceiling and Wall Systems IEQc4.3: Low Emitting Materials - Flooring Systems
The credit intent is to reduce odorous, irritating or harmful indoor air IEQc4.4: Low Emitting Materials - Composite Wood & Agrifiber
contaminants, IEQc4.1, IEQc4.2, IEQc4.3, IEQc4.4 & IEQc4.5 IEQc4.5: Low Emitting Materials - Furniture & Furnishings
Indoor environmental quality also includes occupant's auditory comfort and (Schools)
IEQc4.6 well being, IEQp3 & IEQc9
IEQp3: Minimum Acoustical Performance (Schools)
Scheduling strategies and the use and tracking of building materials are part of
the contractor orientation training, IEQc3.1 & IEQc3.2
IEQc9: Enhanced Acoustical Performance (Schools)
Indoor air quality is affected by sources generated within the building IEQp2 & IEQc3.1: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - During Construction
IEQc5 IEQc3.2: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - Before Occupancy
IEQp2: Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control
IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control

IEQc3.1: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - During Construction


Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control IEQc3.2: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - Before Occupancy
Filtration media can remove contaminants from the air during construction and EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance
during operation, IEQc3.1 & IEQc3.2
EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance
IEQc5 Exhausting air can require additional fan energy and require commissioning,
EAp1: Fund. Commissioning of the Building Energy Systems
EAc1 & EAp2, EAp1 & EAc3
Filtration systems must be capable of accommodating the filtration media, EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning
IEQp1 & IEQc1 IEQp1: Minimum Indoor Air Delivery Monitoring
IEQc1: Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring

Controllability of Systems - Lighting IEQc8: Daylight and Views


Lighting systems are affected by window placement, glazing selection for IEQc6.2: Controllability of Systems - Thermal Comfort
daylight and views, IEQc8, and zoning strategies employed for thermal comfort EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance
IEQc6.1
controllability,IEQc6.2 EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance
Lighting systems affect energy performance, EAp2 & EAc1and are required to be EAp1: Fund. Commissioning of the Building Energy Systems
commissioned, EAp1 and EAc3 EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning

EAp1: Fund. Commissioning of the Building Energy Systems


EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance
EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance
Controllability of Systems - Thermal Comfort
EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning
IEQc6.2 The intent of this credit is to enable individuals and groups in multioccupant
Eac5: Measurement and Verification
spaces to control their thermal comfort, systems and maintenance
IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control
IEQc6.1: Controllability of Systems - Lighting (NC & Schools)
IEQc8: Daylight and Views

IEQc6 Controllability of Systems - Thermal Comfort refer IEQc6.2

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 281
Appendix: Credit Interactions
INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY (IEQ)
Thermal Comfort - Design EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance
Thermal comfort is affected by environmental conditions (air temperature, EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance
radiant temperature, relative humidity and air speed), personal factors EAc5: Measurement and Verification
(metabolic rate and clothing) and personal preferences. Thermal comfort can be EAp1: Fund. Commissioning of the Building Energy Systems
controlled by active (HVAC) and passive (natural ventilation. Using both active
IEQc7.1 EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning
and passive systems, the building's energy consumption can be reduced as well
as optimizing comfort levels, EAp2, EAc1, EAc5
IEQp1: Minimum Indoor Air Delivery Monitoring
Thermal comfort systems should be commissioned, EAp1 & EAc3 IEQc2: Increased Ventilation
Addressing and maintaining thermal comfort are also covered by IEQp1, IEQc2, IEQc6.2: Controllability of Systems - Thermal Comfort
IEQc6.2 & IEQc7.2 IEQc7.2: Thermal Comfort - Verification
IEQc7 Thermal Comfort - Design refer IEQc7.1
Thermal Comfort - Verification EAc5: Measurement and Verification
Thermal comfort is affected by environmental conditions (air temperature, EAp1: Fund. Commissioning of the Building Energy Systems
radiant temperature, relative humidity and air speed), personal factors EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning
(metabolic rate and clothing) and personal preferences. Thermal comfort
IEQc7.2 IEQp1: Minimum Indoor Air Delivery Monitoring
systems should be measured & verified, EAc5, monitored, IEQp1, and
commissioned, EAp1 & EAc3
IEQc2: Increased Ventilation
Achieving thermal comfort by ventilation, IEQc2, and controlling, IEQc6.2 per IEQc6.2: Controllability of Systems - Thermal Comfort
system design parameters, IEQc7.1 IEQc7.1: Thermal Comfort - Design

Daylight and Views - Daylight IEQc8.2: Daylight and Views - Views


Increasing the area of vision glazing can increase access to views from the
EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance
IEQc8.1 building, IEQc8.2
EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance
Increased window-to-wall ration can alter energy performance, EAc1 & EAp2
Daylighting controls can maximize energy savings, IEQc6.1 IEQc6.1: Controllability of Systems - Lighting

Daylight and Views - Views IEQc8.1: Daylight and Views - Daylight


Increasing the area of vision glazing can increase access to views from the
EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance
IEQc8.2 building, IEQc8.1
EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance
Increased window-to-wall ration can alter energy performance, EAc1 & EAp2
Daylighting controls can maximize energy savings, IEQc6.1 IEQc6.1: Controllability of Systems - Lighting

Enhanced Acoustical Performance


IEQc9 This credit is directly related to strategies and measures to achieve effective IEQp3: Minimum Acoustical Performance (Schools)
acoustical performance, IEQp3

Mold Prevention IEQc3.1: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - During Construction


IEQc10 Abating mold through preventative design and construction measures is treated IEQc7.1: Thermal Comfort - Design
in IEQc3.1, IEQc7.1 & IEQc7.2 IEQc7.2: Thermal Comfort - Verification

INNOVATION in DESIGN (ID)


IDc1.1 Innovation in Design
IDc1.2 Innovation in Design
IDc1.3 Innovation in Design
IDc1.4 Innovation in Design
IDc1.5 Innovation in Design
IDc2 LEED® Accredited Professional
IDc3 The School as a Teaching Tool

REGIONAL PRIORITY (RP)


RPc1.1 Regional Priority
RPc1.2 Regional Priority
RPc1.3 Regional Priority
RPc1.4 Regional Priority

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
282 | Chapter 14 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Appendix: Referenced Standards by Standards
REFERENCED STANDARD ADDRESSES CREDITS
ASHRAE Standard 52.2-1999 ventilation air filters; MERV IEQc3.1; IEQc5
thermal comfort (air temperature, radiant temperature, air IEQc6; IEQc6.2;
ASHRAE Standard 55-2004
speed and humidity) IEQc7.1; IEQc7.2
IEQc1; IEQc2;
ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2007 minimum standards for ventilation rates
IEQc6
ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2007 Sections 4 - 7 mechanical ventilation IEQp1
ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2007 Paragraph 5.1 natural ventilation IEQp1; IEQc6.2
minimum requirements for energy efficient design in
buildings:
Section 5: Building envelope
Section 6: HVAC
ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2007
Section 7: Service water heating
Section 8: Power
Section 9: Lighting
Section 10: Other equipment
ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2007 NC Schools & CS: uses energy modeling per Appendix G EAp2; EAc1;
Appendix G performance rating method to calculate baseline energy EAc2
ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2007 granted parallel equivalency to baseline energy standard of EAp2; EAc1;
California T-24-2005 ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2007 EAc2
ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2007,
Section 9 establishes allowable lighting power densities SSc8
Section 9 (w/o amendments)
ASHRAE Handbook, Chapter 47, Sound and
sound and vibration from mechanical equipment IEQp3
Vibration Control, 2003 HVAC Applications
American National Standards Institute
(ANSI)/ASHRAE Standard S12.60-2002, Acoustical standard for acoustical performance criteria and design
IEQp3
Performance Criteria, Design Requirements, and requirements for classrooms and other learning spaces
Guidelines for Schools
ASHRAE HVAC Applications Handbook, 2003
handbook to help design engineers use equipment and
edition, Chapter 4 (Places of Assembly), Typical IEQc7; IEQc7.1
systems
Natatorium Design Conditions
NC & CS: less than 20,000 sf; prescriptive compliance path
ASHRAE Advanced Energy Design Guide for
providing advanced levels of energy savings w/o detailed EAp2; EAc1
Small Office Buildings 2004
analysis
NC & CS: less than 20,000 sf; prescriptive compliance path
ASHRAE Advanced Energy Design Guide for
providing advanced levels of energy savings w/o detailed EAp2; EAc1
Small Retail Buildings 2006
analysis
ASHRAE Advanced Energy Design Guide for NC & CS: less than 50,000 sf; prescriptive compliance path
Small Warehouses and Self-Storage Buildings providing advanced levels of energy savings w/o detailed EAp2; EAc1
2008 analysis
ASHRAE Advanced Energy Design Guide for Schools: prescriptive compliance path providing advanced
EAp2; EAc1
K-12 School Buildings levels of energy savings w/o detailed analysis
NC, Schools & CS: less than 100,000 sf; prescriptive
New Building Institute, Advanced Buildings Core
compliance path for exceeding energy performance EAp2; EAc1
Performance Guide
requirements of ASHRAE 90.1-2004 w/o energy modeling
online tool for establishing project energy performance
ENERGY STAR Program, Target Finder Rating Tool EAp2
goals

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 283
Appendix: Referenced Standards by Standards
REFERENCED STANDARD ADDRESSES CREDITS
U.S. EPA Clean Air Act, Title VI, Section 608,
regulations on the use and recycling of ozone depleting
Compliance with Section 608 Refrigerant EAp3
compounds
Recycling Rule
IPMVP Volume III provides best practice techniques for
International Performance Measurement for
verifying energy performance in new construction; Option
Verification Protocol, Volume III, EVO 30000.1-
D: Calibrated Simulation and Option B: Energy EAc5
2006, Concepts and Options for Determining
Conservation Measure Isolation are the only 2 of the 4
Energy Savings in New Construction
available options permitted to be used
Center for Research Solutions, Green-e Product third party certification of sustainable green power
EAc6
Verification Requirements renewable energy providers
International Standard ISO 14021-1999,
Environmental Labels and Declarations - Self requirements for self declared environmental claims
MRc4
Declared Environmental Claims (Type II including statements, symbols and graphics for products
Environmental Labeling)
ASTM E1527-05 Phase I Environmental Site environmental investigation to identify existing or
SSp2; SSc3
Assessment potential site contamination
ASTM E1903-97 Phase II Environmental Site environmental investigation including subsurface
SSp2; SSc3
Assessment discovery and collecting building, water and soil samples
ASTM E408-71(1996)e1, Standard Test Methods
for Total Normal Emittance of Surfaces Using test for determining the total normal emittance of surfaces SSc7.1; SSc7.2
Inspection Meter Techniques
ASTM E903-96, Standard Test Method for Solar
test for determining solar absorptance, reflectance and
Absorptance, Reflectance and Transmittance of SSc7.1; SSc7.2
transmittance of materials
Materials Using Integrating Spheres
ASTM C1371-04a, Standard Test Method for
test for determining emittance of materials at room
Determination of Emittance of Materials Near SSc7.1; SSc7.2
temperature
Room Temperature Using Portable Emissometers
ASTM C1549-04, Standard Test Method for
Determination of Solar Reflectance Near Ambient test for determining solar reflectance near ambient
SSc7.1; SSc7.2
Temperatures Using a Portable Solar temperature
Reflectometer
ASTM E1918-97, Standard Test Method for
test for determining solar reflectance of horizontal and
Measuring Solar Reflectance of Horizontal and Low SSc7.1; SSc7.2
low sloped surfaces
Sloped Surfaces in the Field
ASTM E1980-01, Standard Practice for Calculating
test for determining solar reflectance index of horizontal
Solar Reflectance Index of Horizontal and Low SSc7.2
and low sloped opaque surfaces
Sloped Opaque Surfaces
American National Standards Institute
(ANSI)/ASTM-E779-03, Standard Test Method for
blower door tests IEQp2
Determining Air Leakage Rate by Fan
Pressurization
ASTM D1003-07e1, Standard Test Method for
Haze and Luminous Transmittance of Transparent haze and luminous transmittance of transparent plastics IEQc8.1
Plastics
provisions mandated by the National Pollutant Discharge
2003 EPA Construction General Permit Elimination System (NPDES) to reduce construction related SSp1
soil erosion, waterway sedimentation and dust generation
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, List of Threatened
threatened or endangered wildlife and plants SSc1
and Endangered Species

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
284 | Chapter 14 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Appendix: Referenced Standards by Standards
REFERENCED STANDARD ADDRESSES CREDITS
Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) the flood elevation that has a 1% chance of being reached
SSc1
Definition of 100 year flood or exceeded each year
U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA), Code of
Federal Regulations, Title 7, Volume 6, Parts 400 to
definition of prime farmland SSc1
699, Section 657.5, Definition of Prime Agricultural
Land
United States Code of Federal Regulations, 40 CFR, wetlands and discharges of dredged or filled materials into
SSc1
Parts 230-233, and Part 22, Definition of Wetlands waters regulated by states
National Marine Fisheries Service, List of
endangered marine species SSc1
Endangered Marine Species
U.S. EPA, Definition of Brownfields definition of sustainable redevelopment of Brownfield sites SSc3
Institute of Transportation Engineers, Parking
provides parking demand data SSc4.4
Generation study, 2003
energy and water use in commercial, institutional and WEp1; WEc2;
The Energy Policy Act (EPAct) of 1992
residential facilities WEc3
WEp1; WEc2;
The Energy Policy Act (EPAct) of 2005 date when the statute became law
WEc3
International Association of Plumbing and
Mechanical Officials, Publication IAPMO/ANSI UPC
defines water conserving fixtures and fittings for water
1-2006, Uniform Plumbing Code 2006, Section WEc2
closets, urinals and metered faucets
402.0, Water Conserving Fixtures and Fittings
(UPC)
defines maximum flow rates and consumption for
International Code Council, International
plumbing fixtures and fittings, including public and private
Plumbing Code 2006, Section 604, Design of WEc2
lavatories, showerheads, sink faucets, urinals and water
Building Water Distribution System (IPC)
closets
Residential Manual for Compliance with
standard for the quality of design and construction of
California's 2001 Energy Efficiency Standards (For IEQp2
mechanical ventilation systems and air distribution systems
Low Rise Residential Buildings),Chapter 4
Chartered Institute of Building Services Engineers
guidance for implementing natural ventilation in IEQc2; IEQc7;
(CIBSE) Application Manual 10-2005, Natural
nonresidential buildings IEQc7.1
Ventilation in Non-Domestic Buildings
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors
National Association (SMACNA) IAQ Guidelines for guidelines for maintaining healthful indoor air quality
IEQc3; IEQc3.1
Occupied Buildings under Construction, 2nd during demolitions, renovations and construction
edition, Chapter 3, November 2007
provides regional, state and local environmental regulatory
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
agencies with step-by-step sampling and analysis
Compendium for the Determination of Air IEQc3.2
procedures for the determination of selected pollutants in
Pollutants in Indoor Air
indoor air
South Coast Air Quality Management District
VOC limits for adhesives and sealants IEQc4.1; IEQc4.3
(SCAQMD) Rule 1168, VOC Limits
Green Seal Standard 36 (GS-36) VOC limits for aerosol adhesives IEQc4.1
South Coast Air Quality Management District OVC limits for clear wood finishes, floor coatings, stains,
IEQc4.2; IEQc4.3
(SCAQMD) Rule 1113, Architectural Coatings primers and shellacs
Green Seal Standard (GC-03), Anti-Corrosive Paints VOC limits for anti-corrosive and anti-rust paints IEQc4.2
Green Seal Standard (GS-11), Paints VOC limits for paints, coatings and primers IEQc4.2
Carpet and Rug Institute (CRI) Green Label Plus
VOC limits for carpets IEQc4.3
Testing Program

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 285
Appendix: Referenced Standards by Standards
REFERENCED STANDARD ADDRESSES CREDITS
Carpet and Rug Institute (CRI) Green Label Testing
VOC limits for carpet cushions IEQc4.3
Program
FloorScore Program VOC limits for all non-carpet finished flooring IEQc4.3
specifies testing criteria for carpet emissions that will satisfy
State of California Standard 1350, Section 9 the credit requirements and not exceed CRI Green Label IEQc4.3
target emissions and CRI Green Label Plus testing protocol
California Department of Health Services Standard
Schools: testing of all newly manufactured materials used
Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic IEQc4.3; IEQc4.4
within an enclosed indoor environment
Emissions from Various Sources
Building Air Quality: A Guide for Building Owners
provides information on factors affecting IAQ and how to
and Facility Managers, EPA Reference Number 402- IEQc10
develop and manage an IAQ profile
F-91-102, effective December 1991
International Standard ISO 14021-1999,
Environmental Labels and Declarations - Self requirements for self declared environmental claims
MRc4
Declared Environmental Claims (Type II including statements, symbols and graphics for products
Environmental Labeling)
seal of approval awarded to forest managers who adopt
Forest Stewardship Council Principles and Criteria environmentally and socially responsible forest
MRc6; MRc7
(FSC) management practices and to companies that
manufacture and sell products made from certified wood

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
286 | Chapter 14 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Appendix: Referenced Standards by Category
SUSTAINABLE SITES (SS)
2003 EPA Construction General Permit: A set of provisions construction operators must follow to
SSp1
comply with NPDES stormwater regulations
Construction Activity
OR
Pollution Prevention
Local Codes if more stringent

ASTM E1527-05 Phase I Environmental Assessment: A report prepared that identifies potential or
existing environmental contamination liabilities but does not collect physical samples or chemical
SSp2
analysis
Environmental
Site Assessment
ASTM E1903-97 Phase II Environmental Site Assessment: An investigation that collects samples of
soil, groundwater or building materials to analyze for quantitative values of various contaminants

U.S. Department of Agriculture, United States Code of Federal Regulations Title 7, Volume 6,
Parts 400 to 699, Section 657.5: Standard that defines prime farmland

Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Definition of 100 Year Flood: The flood
elevation that has a 1% chance of being reached or exceeded each year

SSc1 Endangered Species List (U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, List of Threatened and Endangered
Site Selection Species): Addresses threatened and endangered wildlife and plants

National Marine Fisheries Services, List of Endangered Marine Species: In addition to this federal
list, state agencies provide state specific lists

United States Code of Federal Regulations, 40 CFR, Parts 230 -233, and Part 22, Definition of
Wetlands: Addresses wetlands and discharges of dredge or filled material into water regulated by states

SSc2
Development Density and No Referenced Standards
Community Connectivity

U.S. EPA, Definition of Brownfields (EPA Sustainable Redevelopment of Brownfields Program)

ASTM E1527-05 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment: A report prepared that identifies potential
SSc3
or existing environmental contamination liabilities but does not collect physical samples or chemical
Brownfield
analysis
Redevelopment
ASTM E1903-97 Phase II Environmental Site Assessment: An investigation that collects samples of
soil, groundwater or building materials to analyze for quantitative values of various contaminants
SSc4.1
Alternative Transportation
No Referenced Standards
Public Transportation
Access
SSc4.2
Alternative Transportation
No Referenced Standards
Bicycle Storage &
Changing Rooms
SSc4.3
Alternative Transportation
No Referenced Standards
Low-Emitting &
Fuel-Efficient Vehicles

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 287
Appendix: Referenced Standards by Category
SUSTAINABLE SITES (SS)
SSc4.4
Institute of Transportation Engineers, Parking Generation Study, 2003: Database of studies for
Alternative Transportation
various types of parking demands
Parking Capacity
SSc5.1
Site Development No Referenced Standards
Protect or Restore Habitat
SSc5.2
Site Development No Referenced Standards
Maximize Open Space
SSc6.1
Stormwater Design No Referenced Standards
Quantity Control
SSc6.2
Stormwater Design No Referenced Standards
Quality Control
ASTM E408-71(1996) e1, Standard Test Methods for Total Normal Emittance of Surfaces Using
Inspection Meter Techniques: Describes how to measure total normal Emittance of surfaces

ASTM C1371-04a, Standard Test Method for Determination of Emittance of Materials Near
Room Temperature Using Portable Emissometers: Technique for determination of the emittance of
typical materials

SSc7.1 ASTM E903-96, Standard Test Method for Solar Absorptance, Reflectance and Transmittance
Heat Island Effect of Materials Using Integrating Spheres: Energy Star roofing standard for initial reflectance
Nonroof measurement

ASTM E1918-97, Standard Test Method for Measuring Solar Reflectance of Horizontal and Low
Sloped Surfaces in the Field: Measures solar reflectance in the field

ASTM C1549-04, Standard Test Method for Determination of Solar Reflectance Near Ambient
Temperatures Using a Portable Solar Reflectometer: Technique for determining the solar
reflectance of flat opaque materials
ASTM E1980-01, Standard Practice for Calculating Solar Reflectance Index of Horizontal and
Low Sloped Opaque Surfaces: Describes how surface reflectivity and emissivity are combined to
calculate solar reflectance index (SRI) for a roofing material or other surface

ASTM E408-71(1996)e1, Standard Test Methods for Total Normal Emittance of Surfaces Using
Inspection Meter Techniques: Describes how to measure total normal Emittance of surfaces

ASTM E903-96, Standard Test Method for Solar Absorptance, Reflectance and Transmittance of
Materials Using Integrating Spheres: Energy Star roofing standard for initial reflectance
SSc7.2 measurement
Heat Island Effect
Roof ASTM E1918-97, Standard Test Method for Measuring Solar Reflectance of Horizontal and Low
Sloped Surfaces in the Field: Measures solar reflectance in the field

ASTM C1371-04a, Standard Test Method for Determination of Emittance of Materials Near
Room Temperature Using Portable Emissometers: Technique for determination of the emittance of
typical material

ASTM C1549-04, Standard Test Method for Determination of Solar Reflectance Near Ambient
Temperatures Using a Portable Solar Reflectometer: Technique for determining the solar
reflectance of flat, opaque materials

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
288 | Chapter 14 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Appendix: Referenced Standards by Category
SUSTAINABLE SITES (SS)
SSc8 ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2007, Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low Rise Residential
Light Pollution Lighting, Section 9 (without amendments): Establishes exterior lighting power densities (LPD) for
Reduction buildings

SSc9
Tenant Design & No Referenced Standards
Construction Guidelines
SSc9
No Referenced Standards
Site Master Plan

SSc10
No Referenced Standards
Joint Use of Facilities

WATER EFFICIENCY (WE)

The Energy Policy Act (EPAct) of 1992 (and as amended): Addresses energy and water use in
commercial, institutional and residential facilities

The Energy Policy Act (EPAct) of 2005: Statute that became U.S. law in August 2005

International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials Publication/American National


WEp1
Standards Institute IAPMO/ANSI UPC 1-2006, Uniform Plumbing Code 206, Section 402.0,
Water Use
Water Conserving Fixtures and Fittings: PC defines water conserving fixtures and fittings for water
Reduction
closets, urinals and metered faucets

International Code Council, International Plumbing Code 2006, Section 604, Design of
Building Water Distribution System: Defines maximum flow rates and consumption for plumbing
fixtures and fittings, including public and private lavatories, showerheads, sink faucets, urinals and water
closets

WEc1
Water Efficient No Referenced Standards
Landscaping

The Energy Policy Act (EPAct) of 1992 (and as amended): Addresses energy and water use in
WEc2 commercial, institutional and residential facilities
Innovative
Wastewater The Energy Policy Act (EPAct) of 2005: Statute that became U.S. law in August 2005
Technologies
International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials Publication/American National
Standards Institute IAPMO/ANSI UPC 1-2006, Uniform Plumbing Code 206, Section 402.0,
Water Conserving Fixtures and Fittings: UPC defines water conserving fixtures and fittings for water
closets, urinals and metered faucets

WEc3 International Code Council, International Plumbing Code 2006, Section 604, Design of
Water Use Reduction Building Water Distribution System: Defines maximum flow rates and consumption for plumbing
fixtures and fittings, including public and private lavatories, showerheads, sink faucets, urinals and water
closets

WEc4
Process Water No Referenced Standards
Use Reduction

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 289
Appendix: Referenced Standards by Category
ENERGY & ATMOSPHERE (EA)
EAp1
Fundamental
No Referenced Standards
Commissioning of
Building Energy Systems

ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2007: Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low Rise
Residential: Establishes minimum requirements for the energy efficient design of buildings using
mandatory provisions and additional prescriptive requirements

California T-24-2005: granted parallel equivalency to ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2007

ASHRAE Advanced Energy Design Guide for Small Office Buildings, 2004: Achieves advanced
levels of energy savings without having to perform calculations or analysis for office buildings up to
20,000 sf

ASHRAE Advanced Energy Design Guide for Small Warehouses and Self Storage Buildings,
EAp2 2008: Achieves advanced levels of energy savings without having to perform calculations or analysis for
Minimum Energy warehouses up to 50,000 sf and self storage buildings that use unitary heating and air conditioning
Performance equipment

ASHRAE Advanced Energy Guide for K-12 School Buildings: Achieves advanced levels of energy
savings without having to perform calculations or analysis for elementary, middle and high school
buildings

New Building Institute, Advanced Buildings™ Core Performance Guide: Provides a predictable
alternative to energy performance modeling and a simple set of criteria for increasing building energy
performance

Energy Star® Program, Target Finder Rating Tool: A government partnership managed by the EPA
and DOE as an online tool that can establish energy performance goals for a project

EAp3
Fundamental U.S. EPA Clean Air Act, Title VI, Section 608, Compliance with the Section 608 Refrigerant
Refrigerant Recycling Rule: Regulations on using and recycling ozone depleting compounds
Management

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
290 | Chapter 14 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Appendix: Referenced Standards by Category
ENERGY & ATMOSPHERE (EA)
ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2007: Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low Rise
Residential: Establishes minimum requirements for the energy efficient design of buildings using
mandatory provisions and additional prescriptive requirements

California T-24-2005: granted parallel equivalency to ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2007

ASHRAE Advanced Energy Design Guide for Small Office Buildings, 2004: Achieves advanced
levels of energy savings without having to perform calculations or analysis for office buildings up to
20,000 sf
EAc1
Optimize
ASHRAE Advanced Energy Design Guide for Small Warehouses and Self Storage Buildings,
Energy
2008: Achieves advanced levels of energy savings without having to perform calculations or analysis for
Performance
warehouses up to 50,000 sf and self storage buildings that use unitary heating and air conditioning
equipment

ASHRAE Advanced Energy Guide for K-12 School Buildings: Achieves advanced levels of energy
savings without having to perform calculations or analysis for elementary, middle and high school
buildings

New Building Institute, Advanced Buildings™ Core Performance Guide: Provides a predictable
alternative to energy performance modeling and a simple set of criteria for increasing building energy
ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2007: Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low Rise
EAc2
Residential: Establishes minimum requirements for the energy efficient design of buildings using
On-Site
mandatory provisions and additional prescriptive requirement
Renewable
Energy
California T-24-2005: granted parallel equivalency to ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2007
EAc3
Enhanced No Referenced Standards
Commissioning
EAc4
Enhanced
No Referenced Standards
Refrigerant
Management
International Performance Measurement and Verification Protocol, Volume III, EVO 30000.1-
EAc5
2006, Concepts and Options for Determining Energy Savings in New Construction, effective
Measurement
January, 2006: IPMVP Volume III describes best practice techniques for verifying the energy performance
& Verification
of new construction projects

EAc5.1 International Performance Measurement and Verification Protocol, Volume III, EVO 30000.1-
Measurement 2006, Concepts and Options for Determining Energy Savings in New Construction, effective
& Verification January, 2006: IPMVP Volume III describes best practice techniques for verifying the energy
Base Building performance of new construction projects

EAc5.2 International Performance Measurement and Verification Protocol, Volume III, EVO 30000.1-
Measurement 2006, Concepts and Options for Determining Energy Savings in New Construction, effective
& Verification January, 2006: IPMVP Volume III describes best practice techniques for verifying the energy
Tenant Submetering performance of new construction projects

Center for Resource Solutions, Green-e Product Certification Requirements: Certifies products
that meet environmental and consumer protection standards developed un conjunction with
EAc6
environmental, energy and policy organizations. Three types of renewable energy are eligible for Green-e
Green Power
certification: renewable energy certificates, utility green pricing programs and competitive electricity
products

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 291
Appendix: Referenced Standards by Category
MATERIALS & RESOURCES (MR)
MRp1
Storage & Collection No Referenced Standards
of Recyclables
MRc1.1
Building Reuse
No Referenced Standards
Maintain Existing
Walls, Floors and Roof

MRc1
Building Reuse
No Referenced Standards
Maintain Existing
Walls, Floors and Roof

MRc1.2
Building Reuse
No Referenced Standards
Maintain Interior
Nonstructural Elements
MRc2
Construction No Referenced Standards
Waste Management
MRc3
No Referenced Standards
Materials Reuse

International Standard ISO 14021-1999, Environmental Labels and Declarations - Self


MRc4
Declared Environmental Claims (Type II Environmental Labeling): Specifies requirements for self
Recycled Content
declared environmental claims including statements, symbols and graphics for products

MRc5
No Referenced Standards
Regional Materials
MRc6
Rapidly Renewable No Referenced Standards
Materials
MRc7
Certified Wood Forest Stewardship Council Principles and Criteria: Seal of approval awarded to forest managers
who adopt environmentally and socially responsible forest management practices and to companies that
MRc6 manufacture and sell products made from certified wood
Certified Wood

INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY (IEQ)


IEQp1
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2007: Ventilation for
Minimum Indoor
Acceptable Indoor Air Quality: Specifies minimum standard ventilation rates and IAQ levels
Air Quality Performance

American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/ASTM-E779-03, Standard Test Method for


Determining Air Leakage Rate by Fan Pressurization: Standard for measuring air leakage rates
IEQp2 through a building envelope under controlled pressurization and depressurization
Environmental Tobacco
Smoke (ETS) Control Residential Manual for Compliance with California's 2001 Energy Efficiency Standards (For Low
Rise Residential Buildings),Chapter 4: Standard for the quality of design and construction of
mechanical ventilation systems and air distribution systems

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
292 | Chapter 14 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Appendix: Referenced Standards by Category
INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY (IEQ)
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/ASHRAE Standard S12.60-2002, Acoustical
IEQp3 Performance Criteria, Design Requirements, and Guidelines for Schools: Standard for acoustical
Minimum performance criteria and design requirements for classrooms and other learning spaces
Acoustical
Performance ASHRAE Handbook, Chapter 47, Sound and Vibration Control, 2003 HVAC Applications:
Addresses sound and vibration from mechanical equipment

IEQc1
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2007: Ventilation for
Outdoor Air
Acceptable Indoor Air Quality: Specifies minimum standard ventilation rates and IAQ levels
Delivery Monitoring

American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2007: Ventilation for


Acceptable Indoor Air Quality: Specifies minimum standard ventilation rates and IAQ levels
IEQc2
Increased Ventilation Chartered Institute of Building Services Engineers (CIBSE) Application Manual 10-2005,
Natural Ventilation in Non-Domestic Buildings: CIBSE Applications Manual 10-2005 provides
guidance for implementing natural ventilation in nonresidential buildings

IEQc3.1
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA) IAQ Guidelines
Construction IAQ
for Occupied Buildings under Construction, 2nd edition, Chapter 3, November 2007: Guidelines
Management Plan
for maintaining healthful indoor air quality during demolitions, renovations and construction
During Construction

American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/ASHRAE Standard 52.2-1999: Method of


IEQc3
Testing General Ventilation Air Cleaning Devices for Removal Efficiency by Particle Size:
Construction IAQ
Standard for methods for testing air cleaners for 2 performance characteristics: the device's capacity for
Management Plan
removing particles from the air stream and the device's resistance to airflow
During Construction

IEQc3.2
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Compendium for the Determination of Air
Construction IAQ
Pollutants in Indoor Air: Provides regional, state and local environmental regulatory agencies with
Management Plan
step-by-step sampling and analysis procedures for the determination of selected pollutants in indoor air
Before Occupancy

South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Amendment to South Coast Rule
IEQc4.1
1168, VOC Limits, effective January 7, 2005: VOC limits for adhesives, sealants and sealant primers
Low Emitting Materials
Adhesives and Sealants
Green Seal Standard GC-36, effective October 19,2000: VOC limits for aerosol adhesives

South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule 1113, Architectural Coatings:
VOC limits for paints and coatings
IEQc4.2
Low Emitting Materials
Green Seal Standard GC-03: VOC limits for anti-corrosive and anti-rust paints
Paints and Coatings
Green Seal Standard GS-11: VOC limits for commercial flat and nonflat paints

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 293
Appendix: Referenced Standards by Category
INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY (IEQ)
Carpet and Rug Institute (CRI) Green Label Plus and Green Label Testing Program: CRI is a trade
organization representing the carpet and rug industry. Green Label Plus is an independent testing
program that identifies carpet and carpet cushions with low VOC emissions. Green Label addresses carpet
cushions

South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule 1168, VOC Limits: VOC limits for
adhesives

South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule 1113, Architectural Coatings :
VOC limits for paints and coatings

IEQc4.3
FloorScore™ Program: Tests and certifies flooring products for compliance with indoor air quality
Low Emitting Materials
emission requirements. Products include vinyl, linoleum, laminate flooring, wood flooring, ceramic
Flooring Systems
flooring, rubber flooring and wall base

California Department of Health Services Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small Scale Environmental Chambers, including 2004
Addenda: Testing practice that applies to any newly manufactured material generally used within an
enclosed indoor environment. Excluded is testing of all products that cannot be tested whole or by
representative sample in small scale environmental chambers

State of California Standard 1350, Section 9, Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile
Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small Scale Environmental Chambers, Testing
Criteria : Specifies testing criteria for carpet emissions that will satisfy the credit requirements

FOR SCHOOLS:
IEQc4.4 California Department of Health Services Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Low Emitting Materials Emissions from Various Sources Using Small Scale Environmental Chambers, including 2004
Composite Wood Addenda: Testing practice that applies to any newly manufactured material generally used within an
& Agrifiber Products enclosed indoor environment. Excluded is testing of all products that cannot be tested whole or by
representative sample in small scale environmental chambers

American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/Business and Institutional Furniture Makers


Association (BIFMA) X7.1-2007 Standard for Formaldehyde and TVOC Emissions of Low
Emitting Office Furniture Systems and Seating: Standard for Formaldehyde and TVOC Emissions of
Low Emitting Office Furniture and Seating

BIFMA International: Defines the criteria for office furniture VOC emissions to be classified as low
IEQc4.5 emitting products
Low Emitting Materials
Furniture and Furnishings Environmental Technology Verification (ETV) Large Chamber Test Protocol for Measuring
Emissions of VOCs and Aldehydes, effective September 1999: Protocol that requires the
placement of the seating product or furniture assembly to be tested in a climatically controlled chamber

Greenguard™ Certification Program: Performance based standards to define goods with low
chemical emissions for use indoors, primarily for building materials; interior furnishings; furniture;
electronics; and cleaning, maintenance and personal care products

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
294 | Chapter 14 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved
Appendix: Referenced Standards by Category
INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY (IEQ)

California Department of Health Services Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
IEQc4.6 Emissions from Various Sources Using Small Scale Environmental Chambers, including 2004
Low Emitting Materials Addenda: Testing practice that applies to any newly manufactured material generally used within an
Ceiling and Wall Systems enclosed indoor environment. Excluded is testing of all products that cannot be tested whole or by
representative sample in small scale environmental chambers

American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/ASHRAE Standard 52.2-1999: Method of Testing


IEQc5
General Ventilation Air Cleaning Devices for Removal Efficiency by Particle Size: Standard for
Indoor Chemical
methods for testing air cleaners for 2 performance characteristics: the device's capacity for removing
& Pollutant Source Control
particles from the air stream and the device's resistance to airflow

IEQc6.1
Controllability of Systems No Referenced Standards
Lighting

American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2007: Ventilation Rate


IEQc6.2
for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality: Standard providing minimum requirements for operable openings
Controllability of Systems
at 4% of the net habitable floor area
Thermal Comfort
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/ASHRAE Standard 55-2004: Thermal
Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy: Identifies the factors of thermal comfort and the
process for developing comfort criteria for a building space and its occupants. Indoor space
IEQc6
environmental and personal factors that will produce thermal environmental conditions acceptable to
Controllability of Systems
80% of the occupants within a space. The environmental factors addressed are: temperature, thermal
Thermal Comfort
radiation, humidity and air speed. The personal factors are: activity and clothing

American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/ASHRAE Standard 55-2004: Thermal


Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy: Identifies the factors of thermal comfort and the
IEQc7.1 process for developing comfort criteria for a building space and its occupants. Indoor space
Thermal Comfort environmental and personal factors that will produce thermal environmental conditions acceptable to
Design 80% of the occupants within a space. The environmental factors addressed are: temperature, thermal
radiation, humidity and air speed. The personal factors are: activity and clothing

Chartered Institute of Building Services Engineers (CIBSE) Application Manual 10-2005,


Natural Ventilation in Non-Domestic Buildings: CIBSE Applications Manual 10-2005 provides
guidance for implementing natural ventilation in nonresidential building
IEQc7
Thermal Comfort SCHOOLS:
Design ASHRAE HVAC Applications Handbook, 2003 edition, Chapter 4 (Places of Assembly), Typical
Natatorium Design Conditions: ASHRAE handbook to help design engineers use equipment and
systems

American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/ASHRAE Standard 55-2004: Thermal


Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy: Identifies the factors of thermal comfort and the
IEQc7.2
process for developing comfort criteria for a building space and its occupants. Indoor space
Thermal Comfort
environmental and personal factors that will produce thermal environmental conditions acceptable to
Verification
80% of the occupants within a space. The environmental factors addressed are: temperature, thermal
radiation, humidity and air speed. The personal factors are: activity and clothing

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
© 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 295
Appendix: Referenced Standards by Category
INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY (IEQ)

IEQc8.1 ASTM D1003-07e1, Standard Test Method for Haze and Luminous Transmittance of
Daylight and Views Transparent Plastics: Tests the specific light transmitting and wide angle light scattering properties of
Daylight planer sections of materials

IEQc8.2
Daylight and Views No Referenced Standards
Views

American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/ASHRAE Standard S12.60-2002, Acoustical


Performance Criteria, Design Requirements, and Guidelines for Schools: Standard for acoustical
IEQc9
performance criteria for classrooms and other learning spaces
Enhanced
Acoustical Performance
ASHRAE Handbook, Chapter 47, Sound and Vibration Control, 2003 HVAC Applications:
Addresses sound and vibration from mechanical equipment

Building Air Quality: A Guide for Building Owners and Facility Managers, EPA Reference
IEQc10
Number 402-F-91-102, effective December 1991:Provides information on factors affecting IAQ and
Mold Prevention
how to develop and manage an IAQ profile

INNOVATION in DESIGN (ID)


IDc1.1
No Referenced Standards
Innovation in Design
IDc1.2
No Referenced Standards
Innovation in Design
IDc1.3
No Referenced Standards
Innovation in Design
IDc1.4
No Referenced Standards
Innovation in Design
IDc1.5
No Referenced Standards
Innovation in Design
IDc2
LEED® No Referenced Standards
Accredited Professional
IDc3
The School No Referenced Standards
as a Teaching Tool

REGIONAL PRIORITY (RP)


RPc1.1
Refer project zip code applicable Regional Priority credits
Regional Priority

RPc1.2
Refer project zip code applicable Regional Priority credits
Regional Priority

RPc1.3
Refer project zip code applicable Regional Priority credits
Regional Priority

RPc1.4
Refer project zip code applicable Regional Priority credits
Regional Priority

SUSTAINABLEIDEALS
LEED® Green Associate Study Guide, 2nd Edition
296 | Chapter 14 © 2012 Studio4 LLC All Rights Reserved

S-ar putea să vă placă și